Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act (B-BBEE Act)
Act 53 of 2003
Provides the empowerment-compliance context often used in public-sector supplier evaluation.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Documents available on tender detail page
Tender Type
Request for Bid(Open-Tender)
Delivery Location
Limlanga Cluster Warehouses - Limlanga Cluster - Limlanga Cluster - 0700
Organization Type
GOVERNMENT
Published
07 Sept 2026
OCDS Reference
ocds-9t57fa-169384
ESKOM distribution group requires the supply of various lv electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its limlanga cluster warehouses on an as-and-when required basis over 24 months. Bidders must complete the mandatory technical schedules (schedule a and b) and comply with the detailed technical specification, including SANS 1507-3 requirements, type test reports, and cable marking and drum requirements. The most consequential requirement is full compliance with the technical specification, as bids failing mandatory requirements will be disqualified.
Bidders must be registered on the Central Supplier Database (CSD) with a valid tax clearance status.
Bidders must submit the completed Schedule A (Purchaser's specific requirements) and Schedule B (Guarantees and technical particulars).
Bidders must complete the technical schedules for LV cables, including the Deviation Schedule, and provide evidence that any proposed deviation is more cost-effective than the specified Eskom requirement.
Bidders must provide type test reports and applicable certificates with the tender documentation.
Cables must comply with SANS 1507-3, including fire performance requirements (clause 3.2.7), conductor marking (clause 3.6), and wooden drum minimum requirements (clause 3.3.1).
Bids must be submitted via the Eskom Tender Bulletin before the closing time; late bids will be disqualified.
Continue with tenders sharing this issuer, category, or province.
Return to this tender’s issuing organisation, province, or category.
Continue with tenders sharing this issuer, category, or province.
Date & Time
Monday, 05 October 2026 - 10:00
Venue
https://teams.microsoft.com/meet/332588737289794?p=ErtZ4Fhf8IHpvPfQVg
Categories
Request for Bid(Open-Tender)
Limlanga Cluster Warehouses - Limlanga Cluster - Limlanga Cluster - 0700
Recommended Certifications
Having these can improve your winning chances: SABS Product Certification, NRCS Certification
AI Document Analysis Stages
Review in progress
The information shown on this card is preliminary. Our procurement team is currently finalising the submission guidelines, evaluation criteria, technical specifications, financial requirements, and compliance sections so you have a clean, bid-ready summary to work from. Document being finalised: Quality Control Plan or Inspection Test Plan (QCP or ITP) Template.docx. You don’t need to refresh — this page will pick up the updated review automatically.
07 Sept
2026
Tender Published
Tender was published
05 Oct
2026
Closing Date
Tender closing date
These references help suppliers understand the public-procurement framework around this opportunity. They are generated from the tender category, issuing organisation type and procurement context.
These rules commonly apply to South African public-sector procurement.
Act 53 of 2003
Provides the empowerment-compliance context often used in public-sector supplier evaluation.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 108 of 1996 (s217)
This is general procurement context, not legal advice. Always verify requirements in the official tender documents and issuing authority notices.
BOQ_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables to Eskom warehouses 07.09.2026.xlsx
Eskom is procuring a 24-month, as-and-when supply of various electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables to its warehouses in the Limlanga Cluster, Limpopo. The tender covers 37 line items with specified SAP numbers, technical specifications, and estimated quantities, with pricing to be submitted per metre.
Supply of Various Electrical Cables Conductors.pdf
Eskom seeks suppliers to provide various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The tender includes mandatory quality management system requirements and a draft contract quality plan.
240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdf
No summary available
SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf
No summary available
LOCAL CONTENT ANNEX C,D,E.xls
Eskom seeks suppliers for various electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables, delivered to its warehouses in the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over 24 months. The tender is issued by Eskom in Limpopo, with a closing date of 5 October 2026.
Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf
Eskom seeks a 24-month contract for the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its LimLanga Cluster warehouses in Limpopo, on an as-and-when required basis. The scope covers low- and medium-voltage power cables, aerial bundled conductors, ACSR/AAC conductors, concentric cables and bare copper earth wire, all to specified Eskom and SANS standards.
Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdf
No summary available
Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdf
No summary available
3128 LV cables copper power and control.pdf
Eskom is procuring a range of 1 kV electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables, including copper-conductor, PVC-insulated, steel- or aluminium-wire-armoured cables in various core counts and conductor sizes, for delivery to its warehouses in the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when-required basis over a 24-month period.
Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) Vendors Template.pdf
No summary available
240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdf
No summary available
NEC Supply Contract_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables 07.09.2026.pdf
Eskom is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the LimLanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period, under an NEC3 Supply Contract (SC3). The contract is a framework agreement where delivery dates, quantities and prices are stipulated in individual purchase orders.
E-tendering Help Manual for supplier - 27 January 2025.docx
Eskom seeks suppliers to provide various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. Bidders must register on Eskom's eTendering system and submit their tender documents electronically before the closing date.
MV XLPE Cables Tech schedules 2026.xls
Analysis completed but response format was invalid
240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdf
Eskom Distribution Division is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster (Limpopo) on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The tender is governed by Eskom's engineering standard for low-voltage cable systems, which sets out technical, installation, and safety requirements for the supplied products.
Form A- Cables Conductors.pdf
Eskom is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an 'as and when' required basis over a 24-month period. The tender is issued under Eskom's quality requirements for ISO 9001, with the tenderer required to complete Form A and indicate applicability of quality clauses.
3141 rev 12.pdf
Eskom is procuring the supply of various low-voltage aerial bundle conductors (ABC), including XLPE-insulated phase cores and bare or insulated neutral cores, in sizes 35 mm², 70 mm², and 95 mm², with 2 to 5 cores, delivered to warehouses in the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when-required basis over 24 months.
Quality Control Plan or Inspection Test Plan (QCP or ITP) Template.docx
The supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an "as and when" required basis over a period of 24 months.
8001 MV Al and Cu XLPE power cables.pdf
The supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an 'as and when' required basis over a period of 24 months.
Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf
Eskom is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an 'as and when' required basis over a 24-month period. The tender is issued by Eskom in Limpopo, with a closing date of 5 October 2026 at 10:00. The technical evaluation will assess bidders' capability to manufacture and supply overhead phase conductors, including ACSR, AAAC and AAC types, through desktop and factory assessments.
2128 LV Aluminium power cables.pdf
The tender is for the supply of various 1kV electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses in the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when-required basis over 24 months. The cables are 4-core, PVC-insulated, steel-wire-armoured, with copper or aluminium conductors in sizes from 35 mm² to 240 mm², supplied on 300 m drums, conforming to SANS 1507 and Eskom specification ESP 32-1272.
Guidelines to complete Local Content Documents.pdf
Eskom seeks tenders for the supply of various electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The tender is issued by Eskom in Limpopo, with a closing date of 5 October 2026 at 10:00.
240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdf
Eskom is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an 'as and when' required basis over a 24-month period. The tender includes a technical evaluation for Low Voltage Aerial Bundled Conductors (LV ABC) with bare or insulated supporting neutral, requiring compliance with Eskom specifications and SANS standards.
Overhead Phase Conductor Test Matrix.xlsx
Eskom is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The tender includes detailed technical specifications for multiple conductor types, including ACSR, AAAC, and AAC conductors, with specific test requirements and compliance standards.
240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdf
Eskom seeks a supplier to provide various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The technical specification covers aerial bundled conductors (ABC) with bare or insulated neutral supporting conductors, including detailed construction, marking, testing and drum requirements.
LIST OF PREVETTED GUARANTORS 30 Sep 24.pdf
Eskom is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. Bidders must be able to supply these materials and provide an acceptable guarantee from a pre-vetted guarantor.
D-DT 7356 -Rev1 Conductor Hybrid Drum Drawing.pdf
Eskom seeks a supplier to provide various electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The tender includes a specific requirement for hybrid conductor drums with wooden or steel construction, galvanized steel, and preservation treatments.
240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf
Eskom Distribution is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The tender is governed by Eskom's technical standard for 6mm² concentric service cable with tinned copper and coated steel conductors, which specifies construction, dimensional, mechanical, electrical and testing requirements.
240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdf
Eskom Distribution is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The tender is governed by Eskom's technical evaluation criteria for medium voltage (XLPE) and low voltage cables, which include mandatory documentation, factory evaluation, and factory sample evaluation stages.
Technical Schedule A&B_LV PVC Cables 2026.xls
Eskom Distribution is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster, on an 'as and when' required basis over a 24-month period. The technical schedules specify LV cables (1.0 kV, PVC insulated, copper or aluminium conductors) that must comply with SANS 1507 and Eskom specification 240-56063805 Rev 3, including type test reports and routine test certificates.
Conductor Standard ST_240-152844641 Rev 2.pdf
Eskom is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an 'as and when' required basis over a 24-month period. The tender is issued by Eskom in Limpopo, with a closing date of 5 October 2026 at 10:00. The accompanying technical standard specifies requirements for ACSR, AAAC and AAC overhead line conductors, including fabrication, testing, packing and marking.
SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf
No summary available
Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf
Eskom is procuring the supply of various electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables to its warehouses in the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The tender is open to suppliers who can meet technical, quality, and local content requirements, with evaluation based on functionality, price, and specific goals.
240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdf
Eskom seeks a 24-month term contract for the supply of various LV power and control cables, conductors, and concentric cables to its warehouses in the Limlanga Cluster, Limpopo, on an as-and-when required basis. The technical requirements follow Eskom's LV Power and Control Cable Standard 240-56063805, which specifies compliance with SANS 1507 and includes conductor marking, cable identification, and detailed technical documentation.
E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form.pdf
Eskom seeks a supplier for various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables, delivered to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The tender is issued under enquiry number E3463DXLIMOU and closes on 5 October 2026 at 10:00.
D-DT 3140 Rev 12.pdf
Eskom seeks a supplier to deliver various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its warehouses in the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when-required basis over 24 months. The tender covers specific cable types, including 1kV concentric service cables with copper conductors and steel-reinforced variants, supplied on 500m drums, meeting SANS 1507 and Eskom specifications.
240-56030635 General Information and Requirements for Medium-Voltage Cable Systems.pdf
No summary available
Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf
Eskom is procuring a 24-month contract for the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to its LimLanga Cluster warehouses, on an as-and-when required basis. The materials are for construction, maintenance, refurbishment and emergency restoration of distribution networks, and must comply with specified Eskom and SANS standards.
Contract Quality Plan (CQ) Template.docx
Eskom seeks a supplier to provide various electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables to its warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an as-and-when required basis over a 24-month period. The tender includes a Contract Quality Plan template that the successful bidder must complete, outlining quality management, communication, and documentation requirements.
To download these documents and access AI-powered analysis, visit the main tender page.
Win Eskom tenders with AI Tender Matching, technical document analysis, compliance scoring, and structured bid support for energy and engineering contracts.
Matched by category & region
Free guidance to prepare before you bid
Not sure if your business is ready for this tender? Check CSD, CIDB, and B-BBEE requirements, run a readiness assessment, and move from opportunity to submission.
Open Supplier Readiness HubMedian Estimate
R 469 952
Range
Based on 7 comparable awarded tenders. Companies with similar profiles typically bid near the median.
* Estimates are based on historical data and do not guarantee actual award values.
We refine every tender document through these stages so you can brief your team and prepare your bid with confidence. Anything marked as "in progress" will be upgraded automatically — no action required from you.
Description
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdfThis specification defines the Supplier Quality Management requirements for Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, applicable to procurement and supply chain management. It covers quality management system requirements, quality plans, inspection and testing, and supplier quality assessment.
Important Dates
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"01 July 2026"}
Contact Information
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":"Supply Chain Management","address":null}
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdf (unknown)Submission must include Form A (Sections A & E) completed and signed, along with all returnables listed in the List of Tender Returnable document (240-12248652). Only one category (1-4) applies per procurement process, as indicated in Form A. The supplier must prepare and submit quality documentation per the selected category.
Returnable Documents
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdf (unknown)Minimum returnable documentation for Categories 1 to 4 includes: completed and signed Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for QM 58 and ISO 9001), valid ISO 9001 certificate or applicable QMS certificate, organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, and a draft contract quality plan specific to the scope of work. Additional requirements may be listed in Section E of the List of Tender Returnable (240-12248652).
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdf (unknown)Quality assessment criteria are selected per tender, as indicated in Form A. The supplier's quality management system and documentation will be evaluated against the requirements of this specification.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdf (unknown)The supplier must develop and submit contract/project quality plans (CQP/QCP) and inspection/test plans (ITP) that include: reference to applicable codes and standards, acceptance criteria with clause numbers, intervention points, inspection and test activities, acceptance criteria, listing of certifying or verifying inspectors, proposed test procedures, and a section for signed acceptance. The QCP/ITP must be specific to the scope of work and address minimum requirements as per ISO 10005. The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan specific to the scope of work described in the tender documents.
Methodology
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdfuser to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
6.3.8. Preservation work plan development and plan execution performance evaluation of all parties
engaged for provision of material transportation, handling, or storage services.
6.3.9. Oversight of material quality preservation plan preparation and plan execution performance
at all work locations.
6.3.10. Development of a preservation programme records management process, in compliance
with Eskom information management requirements, which comprehensively addresses
generation, maintenance, and ready access by Eskom to all preservation programme
records.
6.3.11. The supplier shall deploy a clearly defined documented programme providing for
identification of all physical asset pre-operation preservation of quality requirements. In this
reference, the term “physical assets” should be understood to include bulk materials,
including consumable items, equipment systems, system components, and any other
procured or supplied materials or equipment transferred to project control, but not deployed
for operational purposes.
6.3.12. Where the project responsibility for equipment and materials management has been formally
delegated, the supplier’s preservation programme shall ensure clear and unambiguous
communication of pre-operation preservation of goods quality requirements to sub-suppliers.
6.3.13. The supplier’s preservation programme shall clearly and unambiguously document
processes and procedures for efficient and effective monitoring of compliance with
programme requirements.
6.3.14. Compliance monitoring shall commence with ensuring comprehensive consideration of
preservation requirements in the engineering instruction and subsequent inclusion of said
instruction in procurement documentation and shall be applicable until such time as
equipment or materials have been incorporated in an operating or operational system or
structure.
6.3.15. Compliance evaluation frequency shall anticipate transfer of tactical-level responsibility for
management of preservation responsibilities between project functional areas, for example,
procurement to logistics, logistics to fabrication, fabrication to logistics, logistics to
construction, etc., and shall, in similar fashion, anticipate transfer of support for tactical-level
responsibility between various subcontracted service providers.
6.3.16. Supplier engineering shall ensure that preservation requirements for scope of work systems,
system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly and
unambiguously documented and that preservation requirements are efficiently and effectively
communicated to project procurement, logistics, construction management, quality, security,
and other project functional areas, as required, for efficient and effective implementation of
preservation requirements. This shall take the form of a preservation programme applicable
to all systems, system components, equipment, materials, customer-supplied materials, and
other goods procured or managed under the scope of work.
6.3.17. The supplier’s preservation management programme shall clearly and unambiguously
address temporary, long-term, and in-transit preservation requirements, including, but not
limited to:
sunlight, temperature, soil, dust, humidity, salt spray, corrosive atmospheres, or
other physical environment conditions.
coverings, fasteners, lines, and other components for internal and external weather
Experience & Qualifications
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdf (unknown)Supplier and sub-supplier quality management system requirements include ISO 9001 certification or equivalent, and personnel competence. Eskom may request removal of personnel lacking required competencies from the contract site.
Quality Management
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdf. Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1 Scope ................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ............................................................................................................................ 3
2.1.3 Effective date ......................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References ..................................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.2.2 Informative ............................................................................................................................. 4
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................... 4
2.4 Abbreviations ...................................................................................................................................... 6
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ................................................................................................................. 6
2.6 Process for Monitoring ....................................................................................................................... 7
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ......................................................................................................... 7
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements .......................................... 8
3.2 Quality Plan ........................................................................................................................................ 9
3.3 Contract Quality Plan ......................................................................................................................... 9
3.4 Quality Control Plan ......................................................................................................................... 11
4.1 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Categories .................................................................................... 15
4.2 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment ........................................... 18
5.1. Contract Execution ............................................................................................................... 19
5.2. Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase ................................................................. 20
5.3. Supplier Quality Audit .......................................................................................................... 21
6.1. Rights of Access ............................................................................................................... 21
6.2. Eskom Rights to Information ............................................................................................................ 22
6.3. Preservation ..................................................................................................................................... 23
6.4. Quality Audits Related Conditions .................................................................................................... 27
6.5. Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom ...................... 27
6.6. Special Processes ............................................................................................................................ 28
Acceptance ................................................................................................................................................ 29
Revisions ................................................................................................................................................... 29
Development Team ................................................................................................................................... 30
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................................... 30
existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the evaluation, selection,
supplier/ vendor registration, assessment, performance monitoring, and auditing of suppliers.
Eskom’s position is to partner with suppliers who fully demonstrate commitment to the development,
implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that conforms to the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard. The focus is to ensure suppliers establish and continually
improve their QMS and enhance service delivery, and customer satisfaction by implementing and
conforming to the standard.
a quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for conformity
to Eskom quality requirements for various externally provided products, services and processes and
continual adherence throughout the duration of a contract.
2.1.2 Applicability
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans.
[15] SANS 10845-1 Construction Procurement Part1: Processes, Methods and Procedures
2.3 Definitions
The vocabulary of ISO 9000 and the following definitions apply in the application of this specification.
2.3.1 Component: a constituent part of the product or sub-assembly of the product. The product
may comprise multiple individual components.
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of quality
required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering quality.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
manufacturing shall not proceed without the attendance of, and written authorisation of, an
2.3.4 Intervention Points: those control points indicated by the various controlling bodies
concerned with the implementation of a specific QCP/ ITP. These can be in the form of
inspection, hold points, surveillances, witnesses, reviews and verifications.
2.3.5 Inspection Agency: an organisation or person appointed by Eskom for the purpose of
performing quality assurance/ quality control, monitoring, inspection and/ or expediting
services.
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
2.3.6 Level 1 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure has an effect on personnel safety and/ or
health, causes an environmental incident, cause a huge production loss or major equipment
damage. Equipment that are safety/ redundancy/ protective device or covered by statutory
regulations requirements.
2.3.7 Level 2 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure impacts plant availability and/or reliability,
causes significant costs or secondary damage.
2.3.8 Level 3 Plant Items: equipment that does not impact on personnel safety and/ or health,
environmental, cost, availability and/ or reliability of plant.
2.3.9 Nonconformity: a deficiency in material, composition, characteristic, or performance that
renders the quality of an item, component, or product unacceptable or indeterminate. The
term also covers a deficiency in, or deviation from/non-adherence to, the quality management
system requirements, prescribed production processes, and/or related documentation such
as procedures and instructions.
2.3.10 Quality Plan: specification of the actions, responsibilities and associated resources to be
applied to a specific object.
2.3.11 Quality Control Plan: a document specifying the activities to be inspected throughout the
execution of the project, inclusive of test methods, procedures, and acceptance criteria (This
term is equivalent to QIP and ITP).
NOTE: An Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) is a structured document that outlines the
necessary inspections and tests to ensure that a product or process meets specified quality
requirements and standards.
2.3.12 Requirement: the need or expectation that is stated, generally implied, or obligatory.
course and scope of his/her employment or any agent or manager acting for, or on behalf of,
or in the interests of, the person registered as supplier on the Eskom supplier database.
2.3.17 Sub-supplier: an organisation that provides a product/service to the supplier and/or that
enters into a subcontract and assumes some of the obligations of the supplier or prime
contractor.
2.3.18 Witness Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan where and inspection
activity will take place. Work may proceed, provided Eskom or its inspection agency has been
formally notified and confirmed that inspection is waived.
(CFT) appointed to transact on externally provided products, services and processes shall select
applicable requirements for existing and potential Eskom suppliers using, 240-125473040 Supplier
Quality Management – Guideline for QM 58 Selection Criteria and Form A (Tender and Contract
Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management: Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and
Quality Requirements for ISO 9001 Standard).
system audit schedule to review performance and effectiveness of this specification.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
The documents superseded by this specification: all divisional and business unit supplier quality
requirements standards and/or specifications.
2.7.1 Forms and templates:
[1] 240-68099512 Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001 Standard (Form
A)
[2] 240-109253698 Template for a Typical Contract Quality Plan
[3] 240-109253302 Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan
[4] 240-126469599 Method Statement Template.
[5] 240-144723833 Quality Requirements Exemption Certificate
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements
3.1.1 The supplier and sub-supplier shall develop, implement, maintain and improve a formal QMS
that conforms to the latest ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS (latest
applicable revision) in accordance with the requirements of this specification.
3.1.2 Such a formal system shall consist of the appropriate documented information required by
ISO 9001, and may include a quality manual, quality plans, work procedures, work
instructions, method statements, workflow documentation, etc., as the case may be. This
requirement constitutes the most basic QMS requirements.
3.1.3 Unless specifically excluded from the quality list of tender returnables, as per the categories
of quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), such a QMS shall carry a valid ISO 9001
certificate from an accredited certification body, as indicated in the applicable Eskom
invitation (this requirement applies equally to both the supplier and any/ all manufacturing
third-party organisations mentioned above).
3.1.4 Unless specifically excluded in the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), the supplier shall have a fully developed,
documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained QMS that complies with the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS. In the event that the
main supplier invariably requires the assistance of a sub-supplier in order to realise its own
supply obligations. The aforementioned requirement applies equally in all cases where any
such sub-supplier’s scope of responsibility includes the provision of any of the following
activities, namely, design and development, manufacturing, maintenance, testing, storage,
delivery, installation, commissioning, and project management, or in the cases the supplier’s
name changes, mergers, acquisitions and/ or cessions. Eskom Quality department must
ensure that the changed entity can still fulfil the requirements as set out in the contract
documentation.
3.1.5 Where a new product/ service introduced in Eskom, the requirements for such shall be in line
with available industry recommended practises (RP) or applicable codes (for example for
BESS, the RP UL 9540 or IEEE 1790) in the absence of SANS equivalent
3.1.6 Eskom reserves the right to request and perform necessary assessments at sub-supplier
facilities.
3.1.7 The main supplier shall be responsible for defining and managing the specific quality
assurance and control elements applicable to the respective sub-supplier’s scope of
work/supply and ensure that its sub-supplier(s) quality programmes support Eskom
requirements.
3.1.8 The supplier shall inform Eskom of any proposed changes to the QMS or staff that will affect
the quality system prior to implementation of these changes.
3.1.9 The main supplier shall develop and implement a performance management programme for
their sub-supplier. The programme shall include, but not limited to:
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
3.2 Quality Plan
3.2.1 Where specified in the Evaluation Criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables, as per the
categories of quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4); all individual products, services
and processes shall have a documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained
contract/project quality plan and/or quality control plan (inspection and test plan).
3.2.2 Where specified in the evaluation criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables. All
production and/ or service provision shall be carried out in accordance with a documented
and agreed contract/project quality plan (CQP) and/ or quality control plan (QCP)/ inspection
and test plan (ITP).
3.2.3 The supplier shall plan for the required quality-related activities and interfaces within the
supplier’s quality system in order to demonstrate its ability towards both controlling and
meeting specified Eskom requirements.
Note 1: Contract/ Project Quality Plan should address the quality assurance elements related to
the scope of work and/ or technical specification for the specified duration.
Note 2: Quality Control Plan (QCP)/ Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) should address the quality
control elements related to the scope of work and/ or technical specification.
3.3 Contract Quality Plan
The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit project quality plans (PQPs)/ contract quality
plans (CQPs) and associated documentation in accordance with the requirements of project QMS
processes applicable to the sub-supplier’s scope of work.
accordance with the ISO 10005 Quality Management System Guidelines for Quality Plans and the
sub-contracted scope of work. In addition to the elements specified in ISO 10005, the supplier’s
and/ or sub-suppliers’ CQPs shall include the following (as applicable):
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
3.3.1 The management of records, including material tests, positive material identification (PMI)
testing, material certification, etc.
3.3.2 The provision for free and uninhibited access by the supplier and/or personnel at the time of
inspection.
3.3.3 The proposals for submission of final documentation, the final manufacturing data book, prior
to shipment.
3.3.4 The special processes related to welding: management of the welder’s qualification record
(WQR), welding procedure specifications (WPS), and procedures qualification records (PQR)
that will be used in the performance of work for supplier review and acceptance prior to
commencing manufacture. Welders shall be qualified to the specified Codes of Construction
for the applicable procedures. The requirements for qualification shall be specified by the
supplier, and welder records shall be maintained by sub-suppliers performing the work.
3.3.5 The special installation procedures and other required fabrication or manufacturing
procedures (that is, those required for post-weld heat treatment, tube rolling, coatings, etc.)
that will be used in the performance of work shall require supplier review and acceptance
prior to commencing manufacture.
3.3.6 The personnel carrying out special processes (for example, NDE, welding, coating, heat
treatment, etc.) where the results cannot be fully verified by subsequent inspection and test
shall be suitably qualified and, where applicable, registered with statutory bodies as legally
required, that is, as radiographic workers to conduct radiography. The requirements for the
qualification shall be specified, and personnel records shall be maintained in accordance with
the Project Quality Personnel Qualification Specification and, where applicable, legal
requirements.
3.3.7 The personnel required to perform special processes shall be certified competent through a
certificate of competency in accordance with the company’s training and development policies
or in line with applicable regulatory and statutory bodies requirements.
3.3.8 All personnel who perform activities that affect quality shall have their training needs identified
and documented. The required training shall be implemented in accordance with the
company’s training and development policies. All the training certificates shall meet the
applicable regulatory or statutory requirements in terms of having the unit standard /National
Qualification Framework (NQF) completed and the accreditation number of the service
providers.
3.3.9 Instructions and requirements for equipment and materials storage, preservation, and
maintenance, including identification of materials required for preservation and maintenance,
are to be provided sufficiently prior to receipt (prior to shipment or earlier) to ensure that
appropriate resources are available at the time of delivery.
3.3.10 Specific quality monitoring and verification activities are to be undertaken on the supplier’s
sub-suppliers by Eskom or it agent.
3.3.11 The CQP information shall include, but not limited to:
methods to be utilised to ensure quality.
generated.
fabrication meeting and prior to commencement of manufacturing, whichever is earlier.
3.3.13 The Eskom template for CQP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier does
not have a CQP template.
3.3.14 Competence and Qualification of Personnel managing quality shall be in line with applicable
qualification, certificates as deemed by the respectable company criteria.
3.3.15 Where personnel involved in the management of quality shall be noted to be lacking relevant
competences, Eskom shall request the removal of such personnel from the contract site
operations in respect to all activities and process that leads to conformity of product /services.
3.4 Quality Control Plan
sufficient to address all quality-control-related activities in a chronological order, from contract review
through materials verification, manufacturing, fabrication, assembly, final testing, commissioning,
hand-over documentation, and certification. In addition, the supplier shall ensure compliance with
the following requirements:
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
3.4.1 All stages of manufacturing, fabrication, assembly and installation shall be controlled by a
supplier’s QCP/ ITP that clearly and unambiguously identifies the quality verifications to be
performed and special attention to controls related to critical products and services. The
intervention points and the inspection and tests methods to be applied are to be indicated
as per ISO 10005, Guidelines for Quality Plans.
3.4.2 QCP/ ITP shall be reviewed and accepted by an Eskom employer representative, its
inspection authority or agency, and they shall allow for the insertion of Eskom specific
requirements, including hold and witness points prior to the commencement of work.
3.4.3 Subsequent changes to the Eskom accepted QCP/ ITP shall require Eskom, its inspection
authority or agency’s agreement prior to the commencement of work involving an activity
affected by such changes.
3.4.4 The ITPs should cover materials certification, fabrication works, in-process inspections, final
acceptance tests, packaging and pre- shipment/ transportation, shipping/ transportation
inspections where contracted, preservation, site acceptance tests, construction and erection
works, and pre-commissioning and commissioning tests.
3.4.5 All sub-supplier QCP/ ITP activity shall be performed using an Eskom-accepted supplier
3.4.6 All applicable codes, standards, and relevant acceptance criteria documents are available at
the work location, and Eskom representatives on site shall have on-going access to this
information. Workplace documentation shall be available in English and in any workforce-
appropriate language.
3.4.7 Where activities subject to inspection and test procedures are to be undertaken by a sub-
supplier, the QCP/ ITP shall make reference to this fact and shall include descriptive details
of the sub-supplier’s involvement. A separate QCP/ ITP shall be required for each sub-
supplier scope of work.
3.4.8 The supplier shall be ultimately accountable and responsible for the development and proper
implementation of all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs, including those reviewed or developed by
sub-suppliers.
3.4.9 Eskom reserves the right to select intervention points on QCPs/ ITPs for Eskom oversight of
selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.4.10 Once signed, the ITPs and QCPs become addendums to the main contract. These ITPs can
be reviewed at Eskom’s discretion based on its assessment of the supplier’s performance or
other risks.
3.4.11 A QCP/ ITP shall contain the following information:
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
with reference to the relevant criticality risk rating
international standard, with the relevant clause number for each operation
agency
intervention in the plan
indication of records to be provided to Eskom (as applicable)
3.4.12 The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit QCPs/ ITPs and associated
documentation applicable to the sub-supplier scope of work. Any changes made to the QCP
after submission must be resubmitted to Eskom for further review. The supplier shall ensure
that all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs are in compliance with the Eskom Quality Requirements
will take place, including facility location(s)
performance of the activity, including specific reference to actual sections and pages of
procedures, standards, instructions, specifications, etc.
with specified requirements; documents are to be provided using the proper Eskom
document numbering requirements
inspection authority (AIA) and Eskom inspection activities defined in terms of witness, hold,
document review, and verification monitoring points and provision for sign-off of each of the
above-mentioned parties for each intervention point
inspectors
applicable), and Eskom prior to commencement of work
and package acceptance test, witness, and hold points
3.4.13 A quality kick-off meeting will be held at the start of the contract and, if required, at the start
of each subsequent phase.
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
for items or equipment to ensure that all technical and commercial requirements are clear
and understood. Fourteen days’ advance notice of meetings shall be given to Eskom.
and qualified to perform inspection and testing assignments. Mobilisation of all such
personnel shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
3.4.14 Where QCP/ ITP is applicable, the supplier shall ensure that sub-suppliers are provided with
comprehensive, clearly written, and unambiguous inspection and testing protocols, including
processes, procedures, and methods that shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
inspected
distribution, and report retention requirements
inspection and test processes, procedures, or methods and nonconformity identified in
inspection and test results
equipment and sub-systems (if applicable)
3.4.15 The supplier shall establish processes and procedures for formal assessment of sub-supplier
inspection and testing programmes. These shall include review of sub-supplier inspection
reports and other quality control documentation. Additional formal assessment of
manufacturing, fabrication, and assembly facility operations shall be conducted by the
supplier to ensure continuing suitability, adequacy, and effectiveness of the sub-supplier’s
inspection and testing programmes. Assessment frequency shall be established in
consideration of the sub-supplier scope of work, criticality of scope of work deliverables, and
performance information. The assessment scope and schedule shall be developed in
consultation with Eskom.
3.4.16 Supplier processes and procedures for verification of supplier and sub-supplier purchased
product compliance with specifications shall obtain document return/review status prior to
implementation.
3.4.17 The objective is to finalise any outstanding procedural or other issues before proceeding to
deliver the works.
3.4.18 Eskom, in consultation with the supplier, develops an agenda for the meeting, and Eskom will
keep minutes of these meetings.
3.4.19 Mandatory pre-inspection meetings will be convened by Eskom or its inspection agency or
AIA to be attended by the supplier’s and sub-supplier’s representatives, including their quality
representatives who will be involved in the works, and records are to be kept.
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
3.4.20 Eskom reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the
supplier’s or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed. The
supplier is expected to provide workspace at no cost to Eskom for the inspector, as required.
3.4.21 Eskom may appoint any organisation it prefers to perform quality assurance and quality
control activities, either in the capacity as an AIA or inspection agency, on the works
contracted to the supplier, and the supplier or its sub-suppliers may not object, prevent,
hinder, undermine, circumvent, question, discredit, or in any way make it impossible for such
organisation to carry out its work on behalf of Eskom.
3.4.22 The Eskom template for QCP/ ITP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier
does not have a QCP/ ITP template.
classified into four categories (category 1, 2, 3 and 4). Suppliers must prepare and submit quality
documentation as per the tender selected category (indicated in Form A) using the list of tender
returnables document.
NOTE: Only one (1) category must be applicable per procurement process e.g. [Eskom requests for
information (RFI)/ requests for quotation (RFQ)/ requests for proposal (RFP), including contracts for
the procurement of products and services].
The following are the minimum returnable documentation for Categories 1 to 4:
4.1.1 Category 1: Quality Requirements
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
Automobile; ICT) of a QMS (the latest applicable revision). The QMS should drive the
supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are
fully met on a consistent basis.
audit reports. The audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformities identified, and
the resulting remedial actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals,
procedures.
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as
per ISO 10005.
plan (ITP) or quality control plan (QCP) on similar and/ or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided
The supplier shall submit documented information retained (records) of management review
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note 1: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
documents (240-12248652).
Note 2: any additional requirements specific to the scope of work can be included under Section E
(List of Tender Returnable documents (240-12248652)) and subsequently listed from E2 onwards.
4.1.2 Category 2: Quality Requirements
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
QMS that complies with ISO 9001 or any applicable standard of quality management system
(the latest applicable revision). The following documents (approved/ signed copies) shall be
submitted:
o Quality Management System manual or a documented information that have defines
and describes the QMS and its scope
o Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented
information)
o Quality Objectives (documented information)
o Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented
information)
o Internal audit procedure (documented information)
o Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
o Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
remedial actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as
per ISO 10005.
quality control plan (QCP) on similar or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals,
procedures.
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note 1: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
documents (240-12248652).
Note 2: any additional requirements specific to the scope of work can be included under Section E
(List of Tender Returnable documents (240-12248652)) and subsequently listed from E2 onwards.
4.1.3 Category 3: Quality Requirements
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
9001 (or the latest applicable revision). The following documented information (approved/
signed copies) shall be submitted:
o Quality management system manual or a (documented information) that have
defines and describes the QMS and its scope
o Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented
information)
o Quality Objectives (documented information)
o Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented
information)
o Internal audit procedure (documented information)
o Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
o Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as
per ISO 10005.
quality control plan (QCP).
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals,
procedures.
Note 1: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
documents (240-12248652).
Note 2: any additional requirements specific to the scope of work can be included under Section E
(List of Tender Returnable documents (240-12248652)) and subsequently listed from E2 onwards.
4.1.4 Category 4: Quality Requirements
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
scope of work.
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
strategic direction). (documented information)
evaluation.
Note: Form A (Enquiry/ Contract/ Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management:
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001) will be used to select and indicate whether
capability and capacity assessment will be conducted during the requirements setting phase of the
transaction.
appointed employer agent within 30 days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
(Inspection and Test Plan) ITP(s) for review and acceptance by Eskom prior to the
commencement of any work, inclusive of subcontracted work, within 30 days or as per
stated timeline after contract award.
by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the award of the tender. All supplier
and Eskom comments shall be resolved prior to commencing work.
considered when compiling CQPs and QCPs.
minimum of 7 working days prior to the activity being executed.
Note: These plans are to be compiled in line with Eskom’s requirements and will have to be
discussed with, and approved by, Eskom prior to any work commencing.
meetings shall be convened by Eskom with the supplier.
manager or his/her representative for the contract.
intervals during the execution of a contract using agreed key performance indicators. The monitored
key performance areas include the following:
CQP and QCP /ITP submissions prior to project execution/ PO delivery
Delivery
Design
Cost
Management system compliance
Nonconformity monitoring
Audit and assessment evaluation scoring
Management system compliance and accreditation
Achievement of delivery targets as per contractual agreements
Process improvements
Correction and corrective action response and closure
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
5.3. Supplier Quality Audit
5.3.1. Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification
such as contract document.
5.3.2. Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, verification of compliance reviews, surveillance,
inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work deliverables provided by
the supplier or sub-suppliers.
5.3.3. Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
5.3.4. Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, verification of compliance reviews, surveillance,
inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work deliverables provided by
the supplier or sub-suppliers.
5.3.5. Quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be carried out by trained,
accredited, and experienced personnel in accordance with established documented
information for managing audits.
5.3.6. The supplier shall submit, for Eskom review, documented processes for conducting project
scope of work quality audits and related quality performance reviews. Supplier quality audits
and related quality performance review processes shall be designed to address evaluation
of progress towards completion of project functional area deliverables as well as final
deliverable quality.
5.3.7. The supplier shall provide a schedule of anticipated quality audits covering all functional
areas and related quality performance reviews at the time of first post-contract award CQP
submission.
6.1.1. shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts;
6.1.2. reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as well
as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location; and
6.1.3. reserves the right to carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-
suppliers.
6.1.4. shall support Eskom’s effort to monitor, verify, and/or witness any activities associated with
the work at any time;
6.1.5. shall cooperate with Eskom requests for documentation, records, and inspection and
witnessing. Eskom participation in audits, appraisals, assessment of plans, and verification
shall be conducted at no extra cost to Eskom;
6.1.6. shall ensure that a sub-supplier provides access to Eskom to all work procedures, records,
and supporting documentation through provision of access to view and photocopy, as
required, to support verification of scope of work requirements. Access shall include the
ability to photograph Eskom equipment, systems, system components, materials, etc.;
6.1.7. shall provide access to all quality-related information pertaining to activities performed by
itself or sub-suppliers, where Eskom might not have participated in the witnessing of their
quality assurance or control (this refers to inspections, audits, etc. performed by the supplier
on its own sub-suppliers);
6.1.8. shall allow Eskom to assess, audit, approve, or reject any sub-suppliers employed by
Eskom’s suppliers to assist with the product and/or service delivery to Eskom; and
6.1.9. shall ensure that the above requirements flow down to sub-suppliers.
6.2. Eskom Rights to Information
6.2.1. To expect that the works will be conducted in accordance with the contract between the
parties.
6.2.2. To have access to the supplier’s information as determined by applicable legislation.
6.2.3. Eskom reserves the right to oversee the supplier’s audit programmes by participating in
selected audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages. Eskom
will coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the supplier’s
audit schedule.
6.2.4. To obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the supplier reflected in the audit
programme.
6.2.5. To conduct independent quality audits during all phases of the contract, and the supplier shall
provide all resources to support these activities.
6.2.6. Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
6.2.7. To participate in, and/or lead, investigations related to incidents involving its products.
6.2.8. To require from suppliers to be responsible for the cost of re-inspections.
6.2.9. To withhold payment from suppliers as a result of outstanding nonconformities, irrespective
of the agreed payment schedule and in accordance with the conditions of contract.
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
6.2.10. Shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts.
6.2.11. Reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as well
as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location.
6.2.12. Shall carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-suppliers.
6.2.13. Reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the supplier’s
or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed.
6.2.14. Reserves the right to select intervention points within all developed supplier QCPs/ ITPs for
plans, processes, procedures and actions undertaken for the purpose of planning for and
maintenance of material deliverables quality. The supplier preservation programme scope includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
6.3.1. Engagement of personnel suitably qualified for oversight of, and (as required) direct
implementation of, preservation programme requirements.
6.3.2. Development and implementation of preservation programme training appropriate to work
need.
6.3.3. Eskom may make use of its appointed service provider tasked to provide a full suite of
services encompassing an online monitoring system and asset tracking during, but not limited
to the following stages: inspections, testing, shipping, transportation, storage, and
commissioning. The supplier is to enable full access during all of these stages in order to
allow the installation of the devices on Eskom-identified products and equipment, which
include the sub-supplier’s testing facilities, processing plant, and any other processes
deemed important towards effective and efficient quality control.
6.3.4. Eskom seeks cooperation between the supplier’s designers and those of Eskom’s service
provider in ensuring seamless installation of the device and other associated installations.
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
proofing;
charging, heating, cooling, etc., inclusive of gas storage, electric power supply, etc.;
internal atmosphere generation, regeneration, monitoring, and relieving systems, for
example, inert gas management systems;
cyclical motion in transit, for example, wave-generated movement during sea
transport;
bracing, padding, framing, chocking, etc.;
substrates, or support required to ensure in-storage and in-transit stability of
systems, system components, equipment, and material, or other discrete units or
items;
transmittal of contaminants between work areas or between work areas and storage
areas, for example, prevention of carbon steel grinding or cutting debris impact on
stainless steel elements, airborne drift of blast aggregate into vessels or machinery,
etc.;
required supports and related binding devices, for example, stools, stands, sea
fasteners, platforms, chocks, spacers, cabling, etc.;
required to ensure provision of preservation services, for example, provision of a
self-elevating work platform for periodic access to elevated fittings, gauges, man-
ways, etc.;
example, padding or other protection for external tubing, fittings, or other impact-
sensitive structures or components;
by hard and soft barriers, as required, to maintain a protective perimeter;
management regarding security management, including, but not limited to, facility
access and egress control and control of access to project goods and materials
within facility boundaries or aboard vehicles or vessels; and
6.3.18. detailed procedures for inspection and testing to verify performance of preservation
procedures and to provide for timely notice and corrective action to maintain preservation
status.
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
6.4. Quality Audits Related Conditions
6.4.1. The supplier shall maintain an accurate quality audit and related quality performance review
schedule and shall incorporate the current schedule as an attachment to the supplier CQP.
6.4.2. The supplier’s quality audit and related quality performance review schedule development
process shall be designed to incorporate consideration of information generated by
previously conducted audits and reviews, by input from project risk management evaluations
(risk register), or from Eskom or sub-supplier subject matter expertise.
6.4.3. Eskom reserves the right to oversee supplier audit programmes by participating in selected
audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages. Eskom will
coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the supplier’s audit
schedule.
6.4.4. Eskom will have the right to obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the
supplier reflected in the audit programme.
6.4.5. Eskom reserves the right to conduct independent quality audits, scheduled and unscheduled,
during all phases of the contract. The supplier shall provide all resources to support these
activities.
6.4.6. Eskom shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture
and before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect
the products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
6.4.7. The supplier shall obtain access for Eskom to measure, test, witness tests, and inspect
products that are being manufactured by any sub-supplier. This includes surveillances.
6.4.8. The assessments and audits shall be carried out on all new suppliers and their sub-suppliers.
6.4.9. Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
6.4.10. Qualification requirements for supplier and sub-supplier personnel engaged in conducting
quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be defined in the supplier CQP
and shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification Specification.
6.5. Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom
6.5.1. Nonconformity reports raised by Eskom and issued against the supplier shall be investigated
by the supplier as a matter of urgency in order to determine the root cause, corrective action
measures, as required, with implementation time frames.
6.5.2. A formal response shall be prepared in respect of the defined criteria and submitted to Eskom
for its review, evaluation, and acceptance, within a maximum of 14 calendar days from the
date of issue of the nonconformity and should be aligned with the site
requirements/procedure.
6.5.3. Eskom may, at its discretion, request a response sooner and, in any case, before the supplier
proceeding with any pending/further intervention or corrective action, as may be required by
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
6.5.4. Should Eskom or its inspection authority/agency identify any nonconforming products during
the conduct of its audits/surveillances/inspections, the supplier shall be deemed to be in
breach of contract and shall be held liable for any repair, rework, and/or associated
replacement costs. The supplier may, in such instances, also be held liable for the full costs
associated with the conducting of follow-up audits/surveillances/inspections.
6.5.5. The nature, magnitude, and/or frequency of nonconformity and inspection defect/rejection
reports raised by Eskom or its appointed inspection authority/agency shall form the basis of
any action to rescind/withdraw the supplier’s qualification status.
6.5.6. Nonconforming outputs identified by Eskom shall be documented via a NC Report and issued
to the suppliers via the contract communication protocol. The suppliers shall investigate the
matter and respond in writing to Eskom of disposition within the stated contractual conditions.
Note: The dates for the disposition should align to contractual conditions.
6.5.7. Eskom shall identify repeat deficiencies as systematic failures of the supplier’s QMS and
shall notify the supplier of the trends. Eskom can initiate an internal audit to highlight the
system failures. The supplier with raise a Corrective Action Report and undertake Root
scope of work for the provision of the following special process services:
6.6.1. The supplier shall ensure that all processes which require that procedures be pre-qualified
or work methods and operators tested and qualified are controlled and all steps followed
before the work can commence.
6.6.2. This typically covers such activities as welding, non-destructive testing, special fabrication
techniques, coating, painting, etc.
6.6.3. All special processes (procedures and processes) shall be submitted for review and
acceptance by Eskom, accredited or certified agency. No work shall commence until these
are accepted.
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
6.6.4. The supplier shall ensure that all processes which require that procedures be pre-qualified
or work methods and operators tested and qualified are controlled and all steps followed
before the work can commence.
6.6.5. This typically covers such activities as welding, non-destructive testing, special fabrication
techniques, coating, painting, etc.
6.6.6. All special processes (procedures and processes) shall be submitted for review and
acceptance by Eskom, accredited or certified agency. No work shall commence until these
are accepted.
6.6.7. Where applicable, a relevant Management System for the special process shall be certified
or approved by an accredited body and proof of certification shall be submitted to Eskom for
review. An example for this will be the Welding Management System based on ISO 3834.
6.6.8. Where samples are required for acceptance, these shall be submitted to Eskom for review
and acceptance.
6.6.9. The supplier shall ensure that all operators are suitably qualified for these processes in
accordance with the procedures, processes and/ or applicable standards/ codes.
6.6.10. The records of qualification of procedures, processes and operators shall be maintained by
the supplier in accordance with the applicable procedure or code and these made available
to Eskom at all times.
Portia Mngomezulu Group Executive: Corporate Services
Mpho Dire Chief Procurement Officer (Acting): Corporate Services
Bathusi Montwedi Senior Manager (Acting): Procurement and Supply Chain Management
Sanjiv Kalicharran Senior Manager (Acting): Risk and Sustainability - Quality Management
Rolland Ngugama Middle Manager: Risk and Sustainability - Quality Assurance
Pamela Dondashe Middle Manager: Risk and Sustainability - Quality Assurance
align the requirements with the latest Eskom business
October 2025 4 SA Sambo
processes and systems. Including updates on
numbering of the document.
October 2021 3 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and in addition, to
align the requirements with the latest Eskom business
processes and systems.
October 2018 2 SA Sambo Specification reviewed to be aligned with the
requirements of ISO 9001:2015
Pricing Schedule
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdfbut may not be limited to these.
2.3.13 Primary Plant (Power Plant): primary plant include High Voltage equipment situated inside
the control room (breakers, bus-bars, CT’s, VT’s and transformers).
2.3.14 Secondary Plant (Control Plant): secondary plant includes all equipment used to control
and protect the HV equipment on the primary plant side. (Protection, metering, AC/DC and
tele-control).
2.3.15 Special Process: is any production or service process which generates products or services
which cannot be measured, monitored, or verified prior to delivery and use. This may include
welding processes or non-destructive techniques
2.3.16 Supplier: is a current or potential supplier, vendor, contractor, consultant, or service provider.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdf (unknown)No specific requirements found
B-BBEE Minimum Level: 1
B-BBEE Details: 30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
[6] ISO 9004 Quality Management – Quality of an Organisation – Guidance to Achieve Sustained
Success
[7] 32-1033: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Policy
[8] 32-1034: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Procedure
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnable
[12] 240-168873697 Supplier Quality Management: Tender Evaluation Scorecard
[13] 240-125473040 Supplier Quality Management: Guideline for QM 58 Selection Criteria
[14] IAEA Safety Standard GS-R-3.1 Application of the Management System for Facilities and
Activities
[15] SANS 10845-1 Construction Procurement Part1: Processes, Methods and Procedures
2.3 Definitions
The vocabulary of ISO 9000 and the following definitions apply in the application of this specification.
2.3.1 Component: a constituent part of the product or sub-assembly of the product. The product
may comprise multiple individual components.
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of quality
required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering quality.
Purpose of a CQP is to outline how the results defined in the specifications will be achieved.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the qualit
Health & Safety
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdfuser to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
[6] ISO 9004 Quality Management – Quality of an Organisation – Guidance to Achieve Sustained
[7] 32-1033: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Policy
[8] 32-1034: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Procedure
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnable
[12] 240-168873697 Supplier Quality Management: Tender Evaluation Scorecard
[13] 240-125473040 Supplier Quality Management: Guideline for QM 58 Selection Criteria
[14] IAEA Safety Standard GS-R-3.1 Application of the Management System for Facilities and
Contractual Terms
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdfuser to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the
expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 4
Page:
6.3.19. The supplier’s preservation management programme scope shall encompass management
of preservation requirements, from initial transfer of ownership or management responsibility
to project scope of responsibility, through any period of temporary or longer-term storage and
through any period of transit, including transit for final delivery at point of active use or
installation.
6.3.20. The supplier’s preservation management programme shall clearly and unambiguously
address processes and procedures to ensure that storage and control of materials are
accomplished in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, specifications, and
project-specific requirements.
6.3.21. The supplier’s preservation management programme shall incorporate special precautions
to address preservation and control of valves, electrical motors and components, mechanical
and rotating equipment, piping and fittings, instrumentation, flange faces, gaskets, coatings,
insulation, and other materials. Special precautions include, but are not limited to, supplier-
specified maintenance procedures related to engines, electric motors, pumps, compressors,
etc., such as periodic shaft rotation, engine turnover, lubrication, etc.
6.3.22. The supplier shall ensure that clear and unambiguous requirements for preservation of the
system, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented in purchase orders, work authorisations, and other
communications between the supplier and sub-suppliers.
6.3.23. Where sub-supplier expertise is utilised in determination of the preservation protocol, supplier
procurement processes shall ensure clear and unambiguous documentation of sub-supplier
input into preservation management programme requirements.
6.3.24. Supplier procurement shall ensure that preservation requirements for scope of work systems,
system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly and
unambiguously documented and that preservation requirements are efficiently and effectively
communicated to project logistics, construction management, quality, security, and other
project functional areas, as required, for efficient and effective implementation of preservation
requirements.
6.3.25. The supplier shall ensure comprehensive, clear, and unambiguous designation of sub-
supplier responsibility for execution of all preservation management programme elements,
including, but not limited to, all systems, processes, procedures, methods, ready access to
records, and provision of equipment, tools, or services essential to efficient and effective
execution of the preservation management programme.
6.3.26. The supplier shall ensure that preservation management programme responsibilities are
clearly and unambiguously defined within the project team and efficiently and effectively
implemented at all project scope of work locations. Inclusion of supplier and sub-supplier
scope of work in the development and implementation of a preservation management
programme shall be considered essential to efficient and effective preservation management
programme execution.
6.3.27. The supplier shall ensure clear and unambiguous designation of project team responsibility
for oversight and management of preservation management programme elements during
every stage of project development.
6.3.28. The supplier shall ensure that Eskom has free and unrestricted access to all preservation
records for inspection and audit.
Section
Source: 240-105658000 SUPPLIER QUALITY MANAGEMENT SPEC REV4 FINAL 2026.pdfQuality assessment criteria are selected per tender, and Form A (Sections A & E) must be completed and signed by the supplier, committing to comply with Eskom Supplier Quality requirements and ISO 9001. Only one category (1-4) applies per procurement process, as indicated in Form A.
Description
Source: MV XLPE Cables Tech schedules 2026.xlsThe tender is for the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster. The technical specification details requirements for XLPE cables, including conductor size, armouring, drum length, fault level ratings, and compliance with SANS standards. Bidders must provide detailed cable data, including type test reports and test schedules.
Important Dates
Source: MV XLPE Cables Tech schedules 2026.xls (unknown)Closing date and time: as stated in the tender record (not recovered from the document). No other dates (briefings, site visits, clarification deadlines) are stated in the provided text.
Submission Guidelines
Source: MV XLPE Cables Tech schedules 2026.xls (unknown)Bids must be submitted in the prescribed manner and must include all completed returnable documents. The following are required: the Invitation to Bid (SBD 1) as the signed cover page; the Pricing Schedule (SBD 3.1) with firm prices; the Declaration of Interest (SBD 4); the Preference Points Claim (SBD 6.1) for B-BBEE points; the Declaration for Local Production and Content (SBD 6.2) if applicable; the Declaration of Bidder's Past Supply Chain Management Practices (SBD 8); the Certificate of Independent Bid Determination (SBD 9); and an Authority to Sign / Board Resolution authorising the signatory. Bids must be submitted before the closing time; late bids will be disqualified. All required technical documentation, including type test reports, test schedules, deviation schedules (if any), and cable construction details, must be submitted with the bid.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: MV XLPE Cables Tech schedules 2026.xls (unknown)Preference points will be allocated in accordance with the PPPFA 80/20 or 90/10 system as applicable, claimed via SBD 6.1. Local production and content requirements apply as declared in SBD 6.2. Technical compliance with the specification is mandatory; deviations must be declared in a deviation schedule. No deviations to specification are permitted (as indicated in the document).
Compliance Requirements
Source: MV XLPE Cables Tech schedules 2026.xls (unknown)No specific requirements found
Description
Source: Guidelines to complete Local Content Documents.pdfThe tender is for the supply of various electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster on an 'as and when' required basis over a period of 24 months.
Contact Information
Source: Guidelines to complete Local Content Documents.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":"+27 12 394 9500","department":"of Trade and Industry","address":"Private Bag X84, PRETORIA, 0001, the dti Campus, 77 Meintjies Street, Sunnyside, 0002, Tel: (012) 394 0000"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: Guidelines to complete Local Content Documents.pdf (unknown)Submit the completed tender documentation, including all required forms and declarations, to the designated Eskom tender box before the closing time of 10:00 on the closing date. The tender number MWP1079DX must be referenced on all submissions. Late, faxed, or emailed tenders will not be accepted. All documents must be completed in full and signed by an authorised representative.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Guidelines to complete Local Content Documents.pdf (unknown)Tenders will be evaluated in two stages. First, bidders will be evaluated on administrative compliance, including the submission of all required documents and forms. Second, bidders will be evaluated on functionality, with a minimum threshold of 80 points out of 100. Thereafter, price and preference points will be applied: 90 points for price and 10 points for B-BBEE status level of contribution, or 80 points for price and 20 points for B-BBEE status level of contribution for designated groups, as per the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act (PPPFA).
Technical Specifications
Source: Guidelines to complete Local Content Documents.pdf (unknown)of how to
calculate local content of products (goods, services and works) by
components/material/services and enables them to keep an updated record
for verification requirements as per the SATS 1286:2011 Annexure A and B.
The guideline consists of two parts, namely:
a written guideline; and
three declarations that must be completed:
Declaration C: “Local Content Declaration – Summary Schedule” (see
Annexure C);
Declaration D: “Imported Content Declaration – Supporting Schedule
to Annex C” (see Annexure D); and
Declaration E: “Local Content Declaration – Supporting Schedule to
Annex C” (see Annexure E).
The guidelines and declarations should be used by tenderers when preparing
a tender. A tenderer must complete Declarations D and E, and consolidate
the information on Declaration C.
Annexure C must be submitted with the tender by the closing date and time
as determined by the Tender Authority. The Tender Authority reserves the
right to request that Declarations D and E also be submitted.
If the tender is successful, the tenderer must continuously update
Declarations C, D and E with actual values for the duration of the contract.
Note:
Annexure A is a
Quality Management
Source: Guidelines to complete Local Content Documents.pdfmanagement, design, testing, marketing, etc and makes royalty and lease
payments, such payments relating to the tender must be included when
calculating imported content.
2.3.1.2. Imported by a third party and supplied to the tenderer:
management, design, testing, marketing etc. and makes royalty and lease
payments, such payments relating to the tender must be included when
calculating imported content.
2.3.1.3. Exempt Imported Content:
B-BBEE Requirements
Source: Guidelines to complete Local Content Documents.pdf (unknown)This guidance document explains how to calculate local content for designated products, requiring tenderers to complete Declarations C, D, and E to demonstrate the percentage of local content in their offer. Local content is calculated as the tender price less imported content, expressed as a percentage, according to SATS 1286:2011. The guidance details how to classify and calculate imported content (including direct imports, third-party imports, and exempt imported content) and local content, and specifies the completion of Annexure C (Local Content Declaration – Summary Schedule), Annexure D (Imported Content Declaration – Supporting Schedule), and Annexure E (Local Content Declaration – Supporting Schedule). These declarations must be submitted with the tender and updated during the contract.
Contractual Terms
Source: Guidelines to complete Local Content Documents.pdfmarketing, insurance, financing, interest and mark-up costs.
E13. Total local content:
The total local content is the sum of the values of E9, E10, E11 and
E12. This total must correspond with C24 of Annexure C.
Contact Information
Source: NEC Supply Contract_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables 07.09.2026.pdf (TENDER){"name":null,"email":"[email protected]","phone":"011 800 8000","department":null,"address":"in the conditions of contract identified in the Contract Data."}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: NEC Supply Contract_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables 07.09.2026.pdf (TENDER)Bidders must complete the Form of Offer and Acceptance and submit a Schedule of Deviations if any. The contract requires compliance with NEC3 SC3 conditions and Eskom's Z-clauses. Bidders must be able to provide a parent company guarantee (Option X4) and/or performance bond (Option X13) if required by Eskom's financial analysis. Bidders must comply with B-BBEE requirements and notify Eskom of any change in B-BBEE status. Bidders must have the capacity to supply on an as-and-when basis with delivery dates per purchase order. No specific eligibility thresholds (e.g., CSD, tax clearance, CIDB) are stated in the provided document.
Quality Management
Source: NEC Supply Contract_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables 07.09.2026.pdf42 The defects date is 12 months from the date of delivery per purchase
order for goods and services.
43.2 The defect correction period is Programming is 3 weeks including testing.
42.2 The defects access period is 5 working days
Pricing Schedule
Source: NEC Supply Contract_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables 07.09.2026.pdfPart C1 Agreements & Contract Data
Part C2 Pricing Data
Part C3 Scope of Work
Tender Number: E3463DXLIMOU
Part C1 Agreements and Contract Data, (which includes this Form of Offer and Acceptance)
Part C2 Pricing Data
Part C3 Scope of Work: Goods Information including Supply Requirements
and drawings and documents (or parts thereof), which may be incorporated by reference into the above listed
(ii) the LIBOR rate applicable at the time for
amounts due in other currencies. LIBOR is the 6
month London Interbank Offered Rate quoted
under the caption “Money Rates” in The Wall Street
done to ensure that the exchange rates for the
manufacturer’s forward cover is market related.
required.
goods/services to be provided
11.2(8) The Goods Information for the Supplier’s
design is in: Part of scope of works.
11.2(11) The tendered total of the Prices is To be stipulated in respective purchase orders.
11.2(12) The price schedule is in: C2 SC3 Pricing Data and to be stipulated in
respective purchase orders.
11.2(14) The following matters will be included in
the Risk Register 1. Late deliveries
“as and when” required basis over a period of 24 months
Tender No.: E3463DXLIMOU
Part 2: pricing data
NEC3 Supply Contract
reference
C2.1 Pricing assumptions
C2.2 The price schedule
“as and when” required basis over a period of 24 months
Tender No.: E3463DXLIMOU
C2.1 Pricing assumptions
(12) The Price Schedule is the price schedule unless later changed in
accordance with this contract.
Assessing the 50.2 The amount due is
amount due
has completed,
calculated by multiplying the quantity which the Supplier has completed by
the rate,
Clause 53.1 states: “Information in the Price Schedule is not Goods Information”. This confirms that instructions to do
work or how it is to be done are not included in the Price Schedule but in the Goods Information. This is further
confirmed by Clause 20.1 which states, “The Supplier Provides the Goods and Services in accordance with the Goods
Information”. Hence the Supplier does not Provide the Goods and Services in accordance with the Price Schedule.
additional items which he considers necessary. Whichever party provides the items in the price schedule the total of the
for this unless the Defect is due to a Supplier’s risk;
“as and when” required basis over a period of 24 months
Tender No.: E3463DXLIMOU
tendered total of the Prices;
quantity, of work within that lump sum item later turns out to be different to that which the Supplier
estimated at time of tender. The only basis for a change to the Prices is as a result of a compensation
event per clause 60.1;
a result of a compensation event.
Entries in the first four columns in the price schedule in section C2.2 are made either by the Purchaser or the
tendering supplier.
“as and when” required basis over a period of 24 months
Tender No.: E3463DXLIMOU
C2.2 the price schedule
Financial Requirements
Source: NEC Supply Contract_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables 07.09.2026.pdf (TENDER)Payment Terms: payment certificate from the Supply Manager in terms of core clause
51.1, the Supplier provides the Purchaser with a tax invoice in accordance with the Purchaser's
procedures stated in the Goods Information, showing the amount due for payment equal to that
stated in the payment certificate.
Z7.2 If the Supplier does not provide a tax invoice in the form and by t
Health & Safety
Source: NEC Supply Contract_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables 07.09.2026.pdf (TENDER)Z6.1 The Supplier undertakes to take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of persons in and about the provision of the goods and execution of the services, and to comply with all applicable health & safety laws and regulations and the health and safety rules, guidelines and procedures provided for in this contract. Z15.6 The Supplier continues to Provide the Services, without additional control measures, conducted in line with South African legislation, including asbestos regulations.
Environmental
Source: NEC Supply Contract_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables 07.09.2026.pdfZ15.7 Any removal and disposal of asbestos, asbestos containing materials and waste, is done by a
registered asbestos contractor, instructed by the Purchaser at the Purchaser’s expense, and
conducted in line with South African legislation.
Contractual Terms
Source: NEC Supply Contract_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables 07.09.2026.pdfC1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance
C1.2a Contract Data provided by the Purchaser
C1.2b Contract Data provided by the Supplier
C1.3 Proforma Guarantees
Deviations (if any), contact the Purchaser’s agent (whose details are given in the Contract Data) to arrange the
delivery of any securities, bonds, guarantees, proof of insurance and any other documentation to be provided in
terms of the conditions of contract identified in the Contract Data at, or just after, the date this agreement comes
into effect. Failure to fulfil any of these obligations in accordance with those terms shall constitute a repudiation of
this agreement.
clauses and the clauses for Options
X1: Contract Price Adjustment
X2: Changes in the law
X3: Multiple currencies
X4: Parent company guarantee
X7: Delay damages.
X13 : Performance bond
X4 and or X13 will only be applicable should
parent company guarantee and or performance
bond be obtained.
Z: Additional conditions of contract
of the NEC3 Supply Contract (April 2013) 2 (If the December 2009 edition is to be used delete April 2013 and
replace by December 2013)
10.1 The Purchaser is (name): Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd (reg no: 2002/015527/30),
a state owned company incorporated in terms of
the company laws of the Republic of South Africa
51.4 The interest rate is the publicly quoted prime rate of interest
(calculated on a 365 day year) charged from time to
time by the Standard Bank of South Africa Limited
(as certified, in the event of any dispute, by any
manager of such bank, whose appointment it shall
not be necessary to prove) for amounts due in
quoted for the currency in question then the rate
for United States Dollars, and if no such rate
appears in The Wall Street Journal then the rate as
quoted by the Reuters Monitor Money Rates
Service (or such service as may replace the
Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service) on the due
date for the payment in question, adjusted mutatis
mutandis every 6 months thereafter and as
certified, in the event of any dispute, by any
manager employed in the foreign exchange
department of The Standard Bank of South Africa
insurance
80.1 These are additional Purchaser’s risks Not applicable
88.1 The Supplier’s liability to the Purchaser for In the event that the appointed successful
indirect or consequential loss, including manufacturer(s) are unable to meet Eskom’s full
“as and when” required basis over a period of 24 months
Tender No.: E3463DXLIMOU
loss of profit, revenue and goodwill is requirements of the Purchase Order (PO); Eskom
limited to shall implement the following solution:
the offered prices and claim the difference from the
awarded manufacturer(s). This shall be dealt with
the NEC 3 Supply Contract conditions in terms of
clause 88.1 (The Supplier’s liability to the
to termination and
furthermore to appoint another Supplier to
perform the outstanding works. The Supplier will
be liable for the total difference in cost of the of
the outstanding works, should the contracted
value of the alternative appointed Supplier.
mentioned, where it is proven that the contractor is
liable the amount payable will be determined upon
investigation.
88.2 For any one event, the Supplier’s liability (1) for the Purchaser’s existing and surrounding
to the Purchaser for loss of or damage to property in the care, custody and control of the
the Purchaser’s property is limited to Supplier the amount of the deductible (first amount
payable) relevant to the event
and
(2) for all other existing Purchaser’s property the
applicable deductible as at contract date
88.3 The Supplier’s liability for Defects due to his The total of the Prices
design which are not notified before the last
defects date is limited to:
88.4 The Supplier’s total liability to the The total of the Prices
in connection with this contract, other than
the excluded matters, is limited to
88.5 The end of liability date is 15 years after Delivery of the whole of the goods
and services.
Party intending to refer a dispute to him. (see
www.ice-sa.org.za). If the Parties do not agree on
an Adjudicator the Adjudicator will be appointed by
the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa
(Afsa).
94.2(3) The Adjudicator nominating body is: the Chairman of ICE-SA, a Division of the South
Z3.4 Failure by the Supplier to notify the Purchaser of a change in its B-BBEE status may constitute a
reason for termination. If the Purchaser terminates in terms of this clause, the procedures on
termination are P1, P2 and P3 as stated in clause 92, and the amount due is A1 and A3 as stated in
clause 93.
Z4 Confidentiality
Z4.1 The Supplier does not disclose or make any information arising from or in connection with this
contract available to Others. This undertaking does not, however, apply to information which at the
time of disclosure or thereafter, without default on the part of the Supplier, enters the public domain
or to information which was already in the possession of the Supplier at the time of disclosure
(evidenced by written records in existence at that time). Should the Supplier disclose information to
Others in terms of clause 23.1, the Supplier ensures that the provisions of this clause are complied
with by the recipient.
Z4.2 If the Supplier is uncertain about whether any such information is confidential, it is to be regarded as
such until notified otherwise by the Supply Manager.
Z4.3 In the event that the Supplier is, at any time, required by law to disclose any such information which
is required to be kept confidential, the Supplier, to the extent permitted by law prior to disclosure,
notifies the Purchaser so that an appropriate protection order and/or any other action can be taken if
possible, prior to any disclosure. In the event that such protective order is not, or cannot, be
obtained, then the Supplier may disclose that portion of the information which it is required to be
disclosed by law and uses reasonable efforts to obtain assurances that confidential treatment will be
“as and when” required basis over a period of 24 months
Tender No.: E3463DXLIMOU
Z8.1 As per the terms and conditions of the NEC3 Supply Contract (April 2013).
Z9 Purchaser’s limitation of liability
Z9.1 The Purchaser’s liability to the Supplier for the Supplier’s indirect or consequential loss is limited to
R0.00 (zero Rand)
Z9.2 The Supplier’s entitlement under the indemnity in 83.1 is provided for in 60.1(12) and the
Purchaser’s liability under the indemnity is limited.
Termination: Add to core clause 91.1, at the second main bullet point, fourth sub-bullet point,
Z10
after the words "against it":
Z10.1 or had a business rescue order granted against it.
Z11 Addition to secondary Option X7 Delay damages (if applicable in this contract)
Z11.1 If the amount due for the Supplier’s payment of delay damages reaches the limits stated in this
Contract Data for Option X7, the Purchaser may terminate the Supplier’s obligation to Provide the
reasons R1 to R15 or R18 stated in the Termination Table.
Z12 Ethics
Z12.3 If the Purchaser terminates the Supplier’s obligation to Provide the Services for this reason, the
amounts due on termination are those intended in core clauses 92.1 and 92.2.
Z12.4 A Committing Party co-operates fully with any investigation pursuant to alleged Prohibited Action.
ensures that the Committing Party co-operates fully with an investigation.
Z13 Insurance
Z __13.1 Replace core clause 84 with the following:
Insurance cover 84
84.1 When requested by a Party, the other Party provides certificates from
his insurer or broker stating that the insurances required by this
contract are in force.
84.2 The Supplier provides the insurances stated in the Insurance Table A
for events which are at the Supplier’s risk from the starting date until
the last defects date or a termination certificate has been issued.
goods, plant and materials Purchaser’s insurance.
The Purchaser’s policy deductible as at
Purchaser’s insurance.
damage to property Purchaser’s property
(except the goods, plant The replacement cost where not covered by the
and materials and Purchaser’s insurance.
equipment) and liability for
bodily injury to or death of The Purchaser’s policy deductible as at
a person (not an employee Contract Date, where covered by the
of the Supplier) caused by Purchaser’s insurance.
activity in connection with
this contract Other property
bodily injury to employees
of the Supplier arising out
of and in the course of
their employment in
connection with this
contract
Z _13.2 Replace core clause 87 with the following:
Insurance by 87
the Purchaser
87.1 The Purchaser provides the insurances stated in the Insurance Table B
Transportation (Marine) Per the insurance policy document
Z14 Nuclear Liability
Z14.1 The Purchaser is the operator of the Koeberg Nuclear Power Station (KNPS), a nuclear
installation, as designated by the National Nuclear Regulator of the Republic of South Africa,
and is the holder of a nuclear licence in respect of the KNPS.
Z14.2 The Purchaser is solely responsible for and indemnifies the Supplier or any other person
against any and all liabilities which the Supplier or any person may incur arising out of or
resulting from nuclear damage, as defined in Act , save to the extent that any
liabilities are incurred due to the unlawful intent of the Supplier or any other person or the
presence of the Supplier or that person or any property of the Supplier or such person at or in
the KNPS or on the KNPS site, without the permission of the Purchaser or of a person acting
on behalf of the Purchaser.
Z14.3 Subject to clause Z14.4 below, the Purchaser waives all rights of recourse, arising from the
aforesaid, save to the extent that any claims arise or liability is incurred due or attributable to
the unlawful intent of the Supplier or any other person, or the presence of the Supplier or that
person or any property of the Supplier or such person at or in the KNPS or on the KNPS site,
without the permission of the Purchaser or of a person acting on behalf of the Purchaser.
Z14.4 The Purchaser does not waive its rights provided for in section 30 (7) of Act , or any
replacement section dealing with the same subject matter.
Z14.5 The protection afforded by the provisions hereof shall be in effect until the KNPS is
decommissioned.
Z15 Asbestos
For use with the NEC3 Supply Contract (SC3)
The conditions of contract stated in the Contract Data Part 1 may include the following Options:
Option X4: Parent company guarantee
Option X13: Performance bond
These Options require a bond or guarantee “in the form set out in the Goods Information”.
part of the Goods Information.
The organisation providing the bond / guarantee does so by copying the pro forma document onto it’s letterhead
without any change to the text or format and completing the required details. The completed document is then
given to the Purchaser within the time stated in the contract.
Pro forma Parent Company Guarantee (for use with Option X4)
(to be reproduced exactly as shown below on the letterhead of the Supplier’s Parent Company)
“as and when” required basis over a period of 24 months
Tender No.: E3463DXLIMOU
and duly authorised thereto do hereby unconditionally guarantee to the Purchaser that the Supplier shall Provide
the Goods and Services in accordance with the above numbered Contract.
performance (whether or not the Agreement be formally determined). The Purchaser is to notify us and we
shall indemnify the Purchaser for any additional cost or expense it incurs.
“as and when” required basis over a period of 24 months
Tender No.: E3463DXLIMOU
Pro forma Performance Bond – Demand Guarantee (for use with Option X13)
(to be reproduced exactly as shown below on the letterhead of the Bank providing the Bond / Guarantee)
Performance Bond – Demand Guarantee for [insert name of Supplier] required in terms of contract [insert
Supplier’s contract reference number or title]
1.1 “Bank” means [Insert name of Bank], [●] Branch, Registration No. [●]
1.2 “Bank’s Address” means [Insert physical address of Bank]
1.3 “Contract” means the written agreement relating to providing the goods and services,
entered into between the Purchaser and the Supplier, on or about
the [●] day of [●] 200[●] (Contract Reference No. [●]) as amended,
varied, restated, novated or substituted from time to time;
1.4 “Supplier” means [●] a company registered in accordance with the laws of [●] under
Registration No [●].
1.5 “Purchaser” means Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd a company registered in accordance with
the laws of the Republic of South Africa under Registration Number
[●]
1.6 “Expiry Date” means the earlier of
stating that all amounts due from the Supplier as certified in
terms of the contract have been received by the Purchaser and
that the Supplier has fulfilled all his obligations under the
lesser or higher amount as may be required by the Purchaser.
1.7 “Guaranteed Sum” means the sum of R[●], ([●] Rand)
1.8 “goods and services” means [insert details from Contract Data part 1]
capacities as _____________ and ___________ of the Bank, and duly authorized thereto, confirm that we hold
the Guaranteed Sum at the disposal of the Purchaser as security for the proper performance by the Supplier of
all of its obligations in terms of and arising from the Contract and hereby undertake to pay to the Purchaser, on
written demand from the Purchaser received prior to the Expiry Date, any sum or sums not exceeding in total
the Guaranteed Sum.
General Manager or its delegate;
not as surety and the Bank’s obligation/s to make payment:
Sum; and
hereof shall not be delayed, by the fact that a dispute may exist between the Purchaser and the Supplier.
advising us and without affecting our liability under this Guarantee. This includes, without limitation, any
extensions, indulgences, release or compromise granted to the Supplier or any variation under or to the
the Contract, then the Purchaser shall be entitled to cede to such third party the rights of the Purchaser under
this Guarantee on written notification to the Bank of such cession.
subject to the jurisdiction of the Courts of the Republic of South Africa.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Quality Control Plan or Inspection Test Plan (QCP or ITP) Template.docx (unknown)No eligibility criteria specified
Description
Source: Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) Vendors Template.pdfThe project involves the supply of various cables, conductors, and concentric cable for the Limlanga Cluster, on an 'as and when' required basis over a period of 24 months.
Contact Information
Source: Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) Vendors Template.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":null,"address":"t name of country], having its registered office at"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) Vendors Template.pdf (unknown)Submit the completed, signed Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) as part of the tender returnables. The NDA template is mandatory and must be executed before any confidential information is disclosed. No other submission channel or format is specified in the document.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) Vendors Template.pdf (unknown)No evaluation criteria are stated in the document. The NDA is a pre-contractual requirement, not an evaluation factor.
Contractual Terms
Source: Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) Vendors Template.pdfthird parties. For purposes of this clause, the Receiving Party’s Representatives shall
be deemed to be acting, in the event of a breach, as the Receiving Party’s duly
authorised agents.
3.6 Accordingly, the Receiving Party agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Disclosing
shall not apply to any Confidential Information that:
8.1 is known to, or in the possession of the Receiving Party prior to disclosure thereof by
the Disclosing Party;
8.2 is or becomes publicly known, otherwise than as a result of a breach of this Agreement
by the Receiving Party;
8.3 is developed independently of the Disclosing Party by the Receiving Party in
circumstances that do not amount to a breach of the provisions of this Agreement;
8.4 is disclosed by the Receiving Party to satisfy an order of a court of competent
jurisdiction or to comply with the provisions of any law or regulation in force from time
to time; provided that in these circumstances, the Receiving Party shall advise the
required to disclose and the Receiving Party will use its reasonable endeavours to
protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information to the greatest extent
possible in the circumstances;
8.5 is disclosed to a third party pursuant to the prior written authorisation and Ltd to the
extent of such approval of the Disclosing Party;
8.6 is received from a third party in circumstances that do not result in a breach of the
provisions of this Agreement.
shall endure for a period of 02 (two) years after the date of termination of the
relationship between the parties or at a date specified in any subsequent agreement(s)
between the Parties in pursuance of the Project referred to herein.
Agreement and fail to remedy such breach within seven (7) business days from date
of a written notice to do so, then the Disclosing Party shall be entitled to invoke all
remedies available to it in law including, but not Ltd to, the institution of urgent
proceedings as well as any other way of relief appropriate under the circumstances, in
any court of competent jurisdiction, in the event of breach or threatened breach of the
14.2.1 will not result in a breach of any other Agreement to which it is a party; and
14.2.2 will not, to the best of its knowledge and belief, infringe the rights of any third party;
and the Disclosing Party hereby indemnifies and holds the Receiving Party harmless
against any liability for third party claims on such a basis.
Section
Source: Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) Vendors Template.pdf (unknown)Contact person: Tlhologelo Mahlape.
Description
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdfThis document has been developed to set the standard technical evaluation criteria to be used when
evaluating the tender submissions. This covers the technical evaluation of the concentric cable with
tinned copper and coated steel without communication cores for Eskom. It has clauses developed to
address various aspects required to perform the technical evaluation. It has been developed based on
the Eskom standards (.240-61704085)
This document contains both the evaluation criteria used for the documentation evaluation and factory
evaluation. In addition, it contains the questions which answers are required for technical evaluation
purposes.
2.1 Scope
The document covers the criteria for the evaluation of the concentric cable with tinned copper and
coated steel for Eskom Holdings SOC (Ltd).
2.1.1 Purpose
The document addresses the standard documented technical evaluation criteria to be used when
evaluating the tender submissions for the Concentric cable in line with the Eskom Holdings SOC (Ltd)
requirements and it is applicable to all the technical evaluations for the related tender submissions.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply for Eskom Holdings Limited and Distribution division wherein Eskom has a
controlling interest.
2.2 Normative/informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 National document(s)
[1] SANS 1507-1, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500
V to 1 900/3 300 V) Part 1: General
[2] SANS 1507-6, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500
V to 1 900/3 300 V) Part 6: Service cables
[3] SANS 1411-1, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords Part 2: Polyvinyl chloride
(Pvc)
[4] SANS 1411-4, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords Part 4: Cross-linked
polyethylene (XLPE)
2.2.2 Eskom document(s)
[5] 240-61704085: Concentric cable with tinned copper and coated steel.
[6] D-DT: 3140: CABLE 1kV 2C 4SQ CU CONC
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique 240-125775345
CRITERIA FOR 6 SQ MM (TINNED CU AND COATED Id tifi
Revision: 3STEEL) CONCENTRIC CABLE
Page:
2.2.3 Informative
[7] 32-9: Definition of Eskom documents.
[8] 32-644: Eskom documentation management standard.
[9] 474-65: Operating manual of the Steering Committee of Technologies (SCOT).
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
Definition Description
Eskom Evaluating The person(s) appointed by Eskom to perform the evaluation of tender
Representative(s) submission(s) in line with the Eskom requirements.
2.3.2 Disclosure classification
Controlled disclosure: controlled disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or
discretionary).
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
SANS South African National Standard
LV Low Voltage
XLPE Cross-Linked Polyethylene
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
All Eskom employees and/or appointed bodies involved in the procurement of concentric cable shall
ensure that the project deliverable meets the requirements of these technical evaluation criteria. Any
deviation from these requirements shall constitute non-conformance unless it was in advance agreed to
by a delegated Specialist and is based on sound engineering judgement.
All suppliers of the concentric cable to Eskom must be conversant with the requirements of this standard
and shall comply with the requirements. Deviations shall be assessed by the technical team for
acceptance and manufacturers shall ensure that they obtain clarity where required and obtain all
supporting information or documents necessary to comply with this document.
2.6 Process for monitoring
The concentric cable acceptance shall be based on fully compliant submission of documents, the factory
assessment and proving manufacturing capability and capacity during factory evaluations.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Refer to clause/ section 2.2.
Is marking drum done in accordance with Eskom
240-61704085 8
Note: full mark for Eskom compliance. Total /18
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique 240-125775345
CRITERIA FOR 6 SQ MM (TINNED CU AND COATED Id tifi
Revision: 3STEEL) CONCENTRIC CABLE
Page:
Annexure A: Sample verification (scoring) at the factory
Concentric cable technical sample verification exercise
Technical Evaluation
Construction
Weight: 100%
Criteria Standard Weight Score
Marking of the concentric cable in 240-61704085
20%
accordance with Eskom standard
Concentric cable made of Tinned copper and 240-61704085 25% coated steel
Dimensions of copper and steel strands in 240-61704085
20%
accordance with Eskom standard
Stripping cord available 240-61704085 5%
Inner core (RED) complies with UV stability 240-61704085 20% requirements. Proof produced
Cable drum made in accordance with Eskom 240-61704085 5% standard
Marking of cable drum as per Eskom standard 240-61704085 5%
0%, otherwise the score is decided by the evaluation team.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique 240-125775345
CRITERIA FOR 6 SQ MM (TINNED CU AND COATED Id tifi
Revision: 3STEEL) CONCENTRIC CABLE
Page:
3.5 Conclusion
The cable manufacturers are to complete technical schedule B aligned with 240-61704085 as part of
the tender deliverables.
.
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Name and surname Designation
Lerato Lekhema Senior Manager (Technology and Engineering)
Rigard Sander LV CG Chairperson
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
March 2017 0 Jutas Maudu First issued
August 2017 1 Jutas Maudu 4 and 10sq mm removed
January 2A Jutas Maudu Communication cores removed
2023
October 2 Jutas Maudu Basic compliance score removed
2023
August 2026 3 Jutas Maudu TEAP Clause added
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
None
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Contact Information
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":null,"address":"ation of the concentric cable with"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdf (unknown)Submit the tender with all mandatory returnables. The documentation evaluation starts when submissions are opened and assessed for the first time. Failure to meet any level 1 basic compliance requirement results in automatic disqualification. Mandatory returnables include: a letter from Eskom confirming product approval and TEAP listing (or, if the OEM lacks such a letter, a letter on company letterhead listing all Eskom approved products and model numbers/product codes); if the tenderer is not the OEM, an authorisation letter confirming agreement with the OEM. For TEAP listed products, technical submissions are not required, but the above documents must be provided.
Returnable Documents
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdf (unknown)For TEAP listed products, mandatory tender returnables: 1) Letter issued by Eskom confirming product approval and TEAP listing; 2) If OEM does not have such a letter, a letter on company letterhead listing all Eskom approved products and model numbers/product codes; 3) If the tenderer is not the OEM, an authorisation letter confirming agreement with the OEM. Tenderers submitting TEAP listed products are not required to submit technical submissions but must provide the above documents.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdf (unknown)The evaluation has two main parts: documentation evaluation and factory evaluation. Documentation evaluation checks key tender deliverables. Technical evaluation criteria include: cable dimensions, detailed description, drawing number, revision number, dimension of the cable, and detailed description provided in the title. For testing performed within the last 10 years, the supplier gets 100% and loses 20% for each additional year. Complete failure to comply with sub-clauses results in a score of 0%. If a threshold score is achieved but 10% outstanding aspects remain, the tenderer must address non-compliant aspects as part of possible contract award. Drawings (weight 6) must include drawing number, revision, dimensions, title description, approval and date, and cable sheath marking. Annexure A sample verification includes construction criteria such as marking, materials, dimensions, stripping cord, UV stability, and drum compliance.
Technical Specifications
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdf (unknown)The technical evaluation criteria are set for evaluating tender submissions for concentric cable with tinned copper and coated steel without communication cores for Eskom. The cable must comply with Eskom standard 240-61704085. Tests must be performed at accredited testing facilities. For TEAP listed products, the manufacturer must provide proof of Eskom approval. The evaluation includes documentation evaluation and factory evaluation. The cable drum must be made in accordance with Eskom standard 240-61704085, and marking of the cable drum must comply with the same standard. The manufacturer must meet all requirements; failure to meet any one results in automatic disqualification.
Methodology
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdf (unknown)The evaluation methodology includes two main parts: documentation evaluation and factory evaluation. Documentation evaluation is performed by Eskom evaluating representatives when submissions are opened. Factory evaluations are only performed on submissions that meet all Level 1 basic compliance requirements. Eskom Commercial arranges factory visits and invites technical representatives. The factory evaluation covers cable manufacturing plant evaluation including design capability, type tested compounds, extrusion lines, manufacturing processes, sample and routine testing.
Quality Management
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdfensure that the project deliverable meets the requirements of these technical evaluation criteria. Any
deviation from these requirements shall constitute non-conformance unless it was in advance agreed to
by a delegated Specialist and is based on sound engineering judgement.
sample shall be performed using sample verification scoring method in Annexure A. A score of 80%
shall be achieved during factory sample evaluation for a product to be considered compliant.
The factory evaluation will consist of the cable manufacturing plant evaluation (i.e. Design capability,
type tested compounds, extrusion lines, manufacturing plant, processes, sample, and routine testing,
etc.).
a) Design capability
b) Raw material and compounds type tested.
c) Extrusion lines type tested.
d) Production process and critical check points.
e) Design and software design capability.
f) Material handling and storage.
g) Testing facilities including certification and calibration of testing equipment.
h) Sample testing and procedures.
i) Routine testing procedures.
j) Packaging of materials and drums
At the end of this exercise, the Eskom evaluating representative(s) list all the deviations and identified
risks if any. The representative conducts a formal discussion of the deviations and risks in line with
Eskom’s requirements.
Level 2 scoring/rating - (only submission that passes Level 1)
Routine testing and type testing Weight: 40%
and tests done from an accredited testing facility (proof 240-61704085 30
supplied)
20 % for each additional year. Total /40
Technical schedules for concentric cable (6 sq mm-tinned Cu and coated steel without
communication wires): Weight: 5
Compliance Requirements
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdf (unknown)Mandatory tender returnables for TEAP listed products: 1) Letter issued by Eskom confirming product approval and TEAP listing; 2) If OEM does not have such a letter, a letter on company letterhead listing all Eskom approved products and model numbers/product codes; 3) If the tenderer is not the OEM, an authorisation letter confirming agreement with the OEM. Where the manufacturer fails to meet one of the above requirements, they will be automatically disqualified. Tests must be performed at accredited testing facilities and comply with Eskom standard 240-61704085.
Health & Safety
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdfevaluating the tender submissions. This covers the technical evaluation of the concentric cable with
tinned copper and coated steel without communication cores for Eskom. It has clauses developed to
address various aspects required to perform the technical evaluation. It has been developed based on
the Eskom standards (.240-61704085)
paragraphs.
2.2.1 National document(s)
[1] SANS 1507-1, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500
V to 1 900/3 300 V) Part 1: General
[2] SANS 1507-6, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500
V to 1 900/3 300 V) Part 6: Service cables
[3] SANS 1411-1, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords Part 2: Polyvinyl chloride
(Pvc)
[4] SANS 1411-4, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords Part 4: Cross-linked
polyethylene (XLPE)
2.2.2 Eskom document(s)
[5] 240-61704085: Concentric cable with tinned copper and coated steel.
[6] D-DT: 3140: CABLE 1kV 2C 4SQ CU CONC
Drawing number 2.0
Revision number 2.0
Dimension of the cable 2.0
Detailed description provided in “Title”. 2.0
Approved & date drawings 2.0
Marking of cable sheath drawing 2.0
Total /12
Packaging Weight: 5
Marking of the concentric cable in 240-61704085
20%
accordance with Eskom standard
Concentric cable made of Tinned copper and 240-61704085 25% coated steel
Dimensions of copper and steel strands in 240-61704085
20%
accordance with Eskom standard
Stripping cord available 240-61704085 5%
Inner core (RED) complies with UV stability 240-61704085 20% requirements. Proof produced
Cable drum made in accordance with Eskom 240-61704085 5% standard
Marking of cable drum as per Eskom standard 240-61704085 5%
0%, otherwise the score is decided by the evaluation team.
Requirements
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdf (unknown)Level 1 basic compliance requirements: Product Code for tendered item submitted (DDT 3140); Manufacturer has a valid SABS permit holder for manufacturing to SANS 1418 (or equivalent), permit provided. Failure to meet any of these results in automatic disqualification.
Section
Source: Technical evaluation Criteria (6sq mm) rev 7b.pdfTitle: TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique Identifier: 240-125775345
TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique 240-125775345
Eskom reserves the right not to perform a technical/ functional evaluation on a product that has been
evaluation (mandatory, functionality, sample verification /factory assessment) shall be waived, and only
the manufacturer’s products that are not on the TEAP list shall undergo the full technical evaluation
3.4 Technical Evaluation for concentric cable (6 sq mm-tinned Cu and
coated steel: level 1 Technical Evaluation Requirements
Concentric cable technical evaluation criteria for the documentation exercise
Technical evaluation criteria for concentric cable (6mm sq tinned Cu and coated steel – Level 2 score
Concentric cable technical evaluation for the documentat
Important Dates
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf (TENDER){"closingDate":"01 April 2023"}
Contact Information
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf (TENDER){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":null,"address":"t proposals in the table below for developing the skills of unemployed"}
Technical Specifications
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf (TENDER)Supply of various electrical cables and conductors to Eskom
warehouses within LimLanga Cluster
Duration of the Project
Methodology
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdftheir supply network. In certain cases, the SETA’s accredited training providers can be approached
to participate in developing critical and scarce skills.
Note: That these targets for skills development candidates categorically exclude Eskom employees
and registered learners. The tenderers are required to take full responsibility for the total cost of
developing the requisite skills, and Eskom shall not make any financial contribution towards the
fulfilment of this obligation. Tenderers also are advised to approach their relevant SETAs to access
grants, subsidies, and incentives as well as South African Revenue Services for tax rebates that are
earmarked for skills development initiatives.
B-BBEE Requirements
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf (TENDER)Specific goals: A maximum of 10/20 points may be awarded for the specific goal based on estimated item value. Points for specific goal added to price points, total rounded to two decimals. Contract awarded to highest scorer per PPPFA. B-BBEE status level points table: Level 1: 10 (90/10) / 20 (80/20); Level 2: 9/18; Level 3: 6/14; Level 4: 5/12; Level 5: 4/8; Level 6: 3/6; Level 7: 2/4; Level 8: 1/2; Non-compliant: 0/0. Documents required to claim preference points: valid B-BBEE certificate from SANAS accredited agency, sworn affidavit or CIPS affidavit; proof of ownership/shareholding (preferably CIPC) with breakdown; certified ID copies of shareholders; proof of disability where applicable. Failure to provide documentation does not disqualify but may only score out of 90/80 for price and 0 out of 10/20 for specific goals.
Health & Safety
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdffollowing key pointers to ensure their validity:
know that person is duly authorised to depose of an affidavit. (Mark the applicable option).
applicable, and enterprise business address.
specialised enterprises as per Statement 004, the percentage of black beneficiaries must be
reflected. (No blank spaces to be left).
statements or management account. (Mark the applicable option).
Contractual Terms
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf (TENDER)SDL&I Penalty and Performance Security: Eskom will apply a penalty of 2.5% of invoice amount for failure to meet SDL&I obligations. Eskom will apply a penalty of 2.5% of Order Value for failure to meet SDL&I obligations. For contract duration, Eskom retains 2.5% of every invoice (excluding VAT) as security for fulfilment of SDL&I obligations. Retained amounts released only upon: receipt of SDL&I progress reports, fulfilment of all SDL&I obligations, and submission of approved compliance report by SDL&I Department.
Special Conditions
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf (TENDER)SDL&I objectives in line with RDP goals: Tenderers who complete and submit objectives but do not meet Eskom's targets will not be disqualified. SDL&I objectives do not form part of scoring but commitments form part of contractual obligations. Transformation – BBBEE Improvement or Retention Plan: Eskom encourages suppliers to improve B-BBEE rating. Tenderers must submit B-BBEE improvement or retention plan within 30 days of signing contract. Level 1 must maintain; Level 2 or 3 may improve/maintain; Level 4 must achieve Level 3 by end of first year and improve one level per year thereafter; Level 5-8 or non-compliant must achieve Level 4 by end of first year and improve one level per year from second year. Valid B-BBEE certificate or Sworn Affidavit is a condition for contract award. EME (revenue ≤ R10m) may submit Sworn Affidavit; QSE (revenue ≤ R50m) must comply with QSE scorecard unless 51% black owned, then Sworn Affidavit; revenue > R50m requires valid B-BBEE certificate.
Requirements
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf (TENDER)Tenderers must submit proposals for skills development of unemployed candidates, addressing Eskom's core, scarce and critical skills and the country's scarce and critical skills, per Government Gazette 43937. Tenderers are advised to approach SETAs for grants and SARS for tax rebates. Tenderers must also submit proposals for the type and number of jobs to be created and retained in South Africa as a direct result of contract award.
Section
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdfSpecific goals are evaluated under SDL&I: procurement from EME/QSE >51% black-owned (2%), skills development, and job creation. Tenderers failing to provide documentation for preference points will not be disqualified but may only score out of 90/80 for price and 0 out of 10/20 for specific goals.
Important Dates
Source: Supply of Various Electrical Cables Conductors.pdf (TENDER)Closing date and time are not stated in the available text. No briefing or site visit is mentioned.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Supply of Various Electrical Cables Conductors.pdf (TENDER)Bidders must submit the completed and signed tender documents, including all returnable forms, by the closing date and time. The submission method and address are not stated in the available text. Returnable forms include Form A (completed and signed as part of quality requirements) and the standard SBD forms (e.g., SBD 4 Declaration of Interest, SBD 3.1 Pricing, SBD 6.1 Declaration of Bidder's Past Supply Chain Management Practices, SBD 8 Declaration of Bidder's Past Unfair Prejudicial Practices, SBD 9 Certificate of Independent Bid Determination). Bids must comply with the quality requirements as evaluated under Category 3, including providing objective evidence of a documented QMS that complies with ISO 9001 (certification not mandatory).
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Supply of Various Electrical Cables Conductors.pdf (TENDER)Quality requirements are evaluated under Category 3, with a score of 7. Section A (Quality Management System Requirements, ISO 9001) requires documented information for clauses 5.3, 7.5, 8.7, 10.2, and 9.2 of ISO 9001:2015. Section B (Evidence of QMS in operation) requires an organisation chart and responsibility matrix, and documented information for control of externally provided processes (Clause 8.4 of ISO 9001:2015). Section C (Contract Quality Plan) requires a draft Contract Quality Plan specific to the scope of work (Ref ISO 10005). Section D (Quality Control Plan) requires a QCP/Checklist/ITP as per scope of works. Section E (User defined additional requirements) is also scored. Bidders must complete and sign Form A as part of the quality requirements. No other eligibility criteria (e.g., CSD registration, B-BBEE level, CIDB grading) are stated.
Technical Specifications
Source: Supply of Various Electrical Cables Conductors.pdf (TENDER)Supply of various electrical cables and conductors to Eskom warehouses within LimLanga
Project
Section
Source: Supply of Various Electrical Cables Conductors.pdfQuality requirements are evaluated under Category 3 with a score of 7. Section A (QMS requirements) scores 7, Section B (Evidence of QMS in operation) scores 2, Section C (Contract Quality Plan) scores 1, Section D (Quality Control Plan) scores 1, Section E (User defined additional requirements) scores 1.
Description
Source: 240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdfThis is an Eskom engineering standard for low-voltage cable systems, not a procurement specification. It sets out technical requirements for planning, design, installation, and testing of LV cables, including compliance with SANS 1507, cable sizing, installation depths, bending radii, earthing, and jointing practices. It references numerous Eskom distribution standards and SANS codes. It is not a tender-specific scope of work.
Important Dates
Source: 240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"22 July 2021"}
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdf (unknown)The extracted document does not specify eligibility criteria such as CSD registration, tax clearance, B-BBEE requirements, or local content percentages. Bidders should refer to the full tender documentation for these requirements.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdf (unknown)This standard has been prepared to establish and promote uniform planning and design for low-voltage cable
distribution or reticulation systems. The Planning and Asset Design departments should take cognizance of
the constraints regarding system operation, system protection considerations and of the design application
within the Eskom standards and South African National Standards. This document contains the requirements
for installation of low voltage cable systems. The installation, construction and commissioning of low voltage
cable systems shall be in accordance with standard requirements to avoid an unnecessary premature failures
as this type of network construction and maintenance is generally expensive. The affected departments should
take into consideration proposed future developments and adjacent supply areas.
2.1 Scope
This standard covers the general requirements for a low voltage underground cable distribution system
throughout the project life cycle, i.e. concept release approval at planning, definition release approval at design,
execution release approval at construction and final release approval at commissioning. These systems are
normally fed from medium voltage/ low voltage mini-substations or ground-mounted transformers connected
through cables and are used to supply consumers at low voltage. A low voltage cable system would typically
consist of all or part of the following:
a) Mini-substations feeding LV meter kiosks and meter panels;
b) Ground-mounted transformers feeding meter panels with supplies up to 500 kVA;
c) LPU and SPU meter panels;
d) SPU meter kiosks;
e) Secured meter kiosks; and
f) LV feeder cables, service cables and customer cables.
This standard also covers the requirements for LV cable terminations onto overhead lines.
2.1.1 Purpose
The main purpose of this document is to establish and promote uniform designs for low-voltage cable
distribution/ reticulation systems.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout the Clusters of Eskom Distribution Division.
2.2 Normative/informative references
2.2.1 Normative
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed below:
[1] 240-75661043, Distribution Standard: Part 8 – Services Section 3: Outdoor low-voltage services for
small power users and larger power users.
[2] 240-76628117, Distribution Standard – Part 17: Standard for energy meter kiosks: outdoor pole- or
ground mounted, low-voltage, 200 kVA to 500 kVA for large electrical power users (LPU)
[3] 240-75660815, Distribution Standard – Part 8: Common base and standard passive units for single-
phase 230 V service connections.
[4] 240-70500880, Distribution Standard Part 12: Standard for the control and application of master
locks and issue of master keys.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
To ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030637
Low-voltage cable systems
Revision: 2
Page:
[5] 240-45683927, Compaction Testing of Cable Systems Installations
[6] 240-61523882, Distribution Standard – Part 12: Low-voltage Operating Regulations.
[7] 240-120804300, Distribution Standard Part 12: Standard for the labelling of sub-stations and
networks.
[8] 240-7661951, Particular requirements for prepayment meters.
[9] 240-76628293, Distribution Standard – Part 17: Specification for SPU outdoor meter panels.
[10] 240-76628297, Distribution Standard – Part 17: Specification for 1 MVA LPU outdoor meter panels.
[11] 34-926, Distribution Standard – Part 21: Procedure for the environmental assessment of reticulation
and sub-transmission projects.
[12] 240-126521379, Distribution Standard Part 22: Specification for a ground-mounted, low-voltage
kiosk.
[13] 240-56063805, Distribution Standard Part 22: Specification for LV power and control cable with
rated voltage 600/1000 V.
[14] 240-76625427, Distribution Standard – Part 17: Specification for SPU multi-way outdoor meter kiosks.
[15] 240-86845625, Distribution Standard – Part 12: Identification and spiking of high voltage power cable.
[16] 240-56030635, Distribution Standard – Part 22: General information and requirements for medium
voltage cable systems.
[17] 240-56063792, Distribution Standard: Part 8 – Services: Section 5: Public lighting.
[18] 240-56062752, Distribution Standard Part 22: Medium-voltage miniature substations for systems
with rated voltages from 11 kV to 22 kV.
[19] 240-56062542, Distribution Standard Part 22: Cable jointing kits for power and control cable with
rated voltage 600/1000V.
[20] 240-45395762, Distribution Standard Part 22: Specification for ground-mounted oil-immersed
power transformers up to 1 MVA and 33 kV with MV and LV cable boxes.
[21] 240-130615754, Distribution Standard Part 2: Earthing Section 1_ MV and LV reticulation earthing.
[22] 240-56062542, Distribution Standard Part 22: Cable jointing kits for power and control cable with
rated voltage 600/1000V.
[23] 240-45395762, Distribution Standard Part 22: Specification for ground-mounted oil-immersed
power transformers up to 1 MVA and 33 kV with MV and LV cable boxes.
[24] 240-130615754, Distribution Standard Part 2: Earthing Section 1 MV and LV reticulation earthing.
[25] 240-70465489, Distribution Voltage Regulation and Apportionment Limits Zip
File Standard.
[26] 240-100176167, Excavations
[27] 240-75561041, Public lighting standard
[28] NRS 074-1, Low-voltage (600/1000 V) cable systems for underground electrical distribution – Part 1:
Cables
[29] NRS 074-2, Low-voltage (600/1000 V) cable systems for underground electrical distribution – Part
2: Cable accessories
[30] SANS 1507, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500 V
to 1 900/3 300 V).
[31] SANS 10142-1, The wiring of LV premises – Part 1 Low-voltage installations.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
To ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030637
Low-voltage cable systems
Revision: 2
Page:
[32] SANS 10198-1, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 1 Definitions and statutory requirements.
[33] SANS 10198-2, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 2 choice of cable type and methods of installation.
[34] SANS 10198-3, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 3 Earthing systems – General provisions.
[35] SANS 10198-4, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 4 Current ratings.
[36] SANS 10198-5, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 5 Determination of thermal and electrical resistivity of soil.
[37] SANS 10198-6, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 6 Transportation and storage.
[38] SANS 10198-7, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 7 Safety precautions.
[39] SANS 10198-8, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 8 Cable laying and installation.
[40] SANS 10198-9, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 9 Jointing and termination of extruded solid dielectric-insulated cables up to
3,3 kV.
[41] SANS 10198-13, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV – Part 13 Testing, commissioning and fault location.
[42] SANS 10292: Earthing of low-voltage (LV) distribution systems.
[43] SANS 61238-1, Compression and mechanical connectors for power cables with copper or aluminium
conductors: Part 1 – Test methods and requirements.
[44] VC 8075, Compulsory specification for the safety of electric cables with extruded solid dielectric
insulation for fixed installations (300/500 V to 1 900/3 300 V).
[45] D-DT-0830, Earthing and bonding arrangement for LV underground cable network (kiosks).
[46] D-DT-0831, LV outdoor cable termination to ABC line (unfused) .
[47] D-DT-0832, LV outdoor cable termination to open wire line (unfused).
[48] D-DT-0833, LV outdoor cable termination to transformer (unfused).
[49] D-DT-0834, LV outdoor cable termination to ABC.
[50] D-DT-0835, LV outdoor cable termination to open wire line (fused).
[51] D-DT-0836, LV outdoor cable termination to transformer (fused).
[52] D-DT-0854, MV and LV power cable electrical services detail.
[53] D-DT-0855, Mini-substation earthing for MV systems without E.C.C. to source substation.
[54] D-DT-0856, Standard power and control cable codes.
[55] D-DT-0858, Example of as built medium voltage cable layout.
[56] D-DT-0862, Transformer earthing for MV systems with E.C.C. to source substation.
[57] D-DT-1000, Meter kiosk, 100 kVA – 500 kVA LPU.
[58] D-DT-1023, Meter kiosk, 100 kVA – 500 kVA LPU (wall and ground-mounted).
[59] D-DT-1016, Meter kiosk, 1 MVA LPU.
[60] D-DT-1002, Meter kiosk, SPU three phase 25, 50 and 100 kVA.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
To ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030637
Low-voltage cable systems
Revision: 2
Page:
[61] D-DT-1015, Meter kiosk, SPU three phase – pre-payment.
[62] D-DT-1004, Meter kiosk, SPU single phase.
[63] D-DT-1011, Meter kiosk, SPU two-way single phase.
[64] D-DT-1019, Meter kiosk, SPU four-way single phase.
[65] D-DT-1020, Meter kiosk, SPU six-way single phase.
[66] D-DT-1012, Meter kiosk, SPU two-way three phase.
[67] D-DT-1018, Meter kiosk, SPU four-way three phase.
[68] D-DT-1017, Standard passive unit for 1-phase 230 V service connections.
[69] D-DT-1018, Meter Kiosk 4 Way Three Phase Manufacturing Details.
[70] D-DT-1019, Meter Kiosk 4 Way Single Phase Manufacturing Details.
[71] D-DT-1020, Meter Kiosk 6 Way Single Phase Manufacturing Details.
[72] D-DT-1023, Meter Kiosk 100-500kVA 400V LPU Wall Mounted.
[73] D-DT-1022, Meter Kiosk 15 Way Single Phase Manufacturing Details.
[74] D-DT-1023, Meter Kiosk 100-500kVA 400V LPU Wall Mounted.
[75] D-DT-1027, Meter Kiosk Secure 6 Way Single Phase Manufacturing Details.
[76] D-DT-1028, Meter Kiosk Secure 8 Way Single Phase Manufacturing Details.
[77] D-DT-1040, Meter Kiosk Secure 2 Way Three Phase Manufacturing Details.
[78] D-DT-1041, Meter Kiosk Secure 4 Way Three Phase Manufacturing Details.
[79] D-DT-2501, Torque Shear Lug.
[80] D-DT-3102, Copper Crimp Lug.
[81] D-DT-3034, LV MCCBs.
[82] D-DT-3039, Clamps, IPC.
[83] D-DT-3049, Plate, blank ALU pole MK 25x150mm.
[84] D-DT-3057, Connector, pre-insulated pin – crimp.
[85] D-DT-3058, Clamps, PG.
[86] D-DT-3070, LV cable glands.
[87] D-DT-3090, Coach screw.
[88] D-DT 3102, Lug, crimping Cu.
[89] D-DT-3110, Buckle - stainless steel strapping 12 mm.
[90] D-DT-3116, Lugs, pre-insulated ABC crimp.
[91] D-DT-3127, Pipe, HDPE / LDPE.
[92] D-DT 3128, LV cable.
[93] D-DT-3129, Staple, galvanised.
[94] D-DT-3131, Stainless steel strapping 12 mm.
[95] D-DT-3136, Conductor, overhead line.
[96] D-DT-3138, LV cable tubing sets.
[97] D-DT-3141, Conductor, LV ABC.
[98] D-DT-3145, Meters, pre-payment.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
To ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030637
Low-voltage cable systems
Revision: 2
Page:
[99] D-DT-3147, LV cable outdoor termination kits.
[100] D-DT-3148, LV cable ends.
[101] D-DT-3166, Lugs, bi-metallic crimp.
[102] D-DT-3170, Wire, barbed galvanised.
[103] D-DT-3171, Passive base units.
[104] D-DT-3181, LV fuses.
[105] D-DT-3182, LV fuse-holders and brackets.
[106] D-DT-3202, Sign, danger electrical symbol 150x150x0.6.
[107] D-DT-3214, LV kiosk.
[108] D-DT-3236, LV meter panels and kiosks.
[109] D-DT-3229, LV cable gland reducers.
[110] D-DT-3409, LV vertical fuse-holder (for NH2 fuses).
[111] D-DT-8012, Cable route marker, concrete.
[112] D-DT-8013, Cable warning tape.
[113] D-DT 8014, LV cable joint kits, 2-4C 600/1000 V.
[114] D-DT-8015, Cap, cable end seal.
[115] D-DT-8016, Connectors, separable unscreened 11 kV.
[116] D-DT-8017, Connectors, separable screened 22 kV.
[117] D-DT-8018, Pipe, PVC cable.
[118] D-DT-8019, Clamps, cable.
[119] D-DT-8020, Ferrules, cable.
[120] D-DT-8026, Cable, flexible 1-core Cu.
[121] D-DT-8077, Sleeve, cable repair 60-120 1m LG.
[122] D-DT-9420, Meters.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
To ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030637
Low-voltage cable systems
Revision: 2
Page:
2.2.2 Informative
[123] Occupation Health and Safety Act (OHS Act) No – Construction, Electrical Machinery and
Explosives Regulations Explosives Act No
[124] Safety at roadworks in urban and rural areas – site manuals (issued by the Department of Transport)
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
The definitions in accordance with NRS 000 and SANS 10198-1. The definitions of the terminology used in
this standard are as follows:
Definition Description
Compacted Crown A layer of compacted soil above the natural ground level along the trench.
Customer cable The customer’s cable, used to connect the customer’s plant to the supply at the
metering point. The customer cable uses a separate neutral and earth
conductor, so it may be three core armoured cable (for a single-phase customer)
or four core armoured cable with a separate earth continuity conductor for a
three-phase supply.
Low Voltage A voltage of r.m.s. value not exceeding 1000 V.
LV feeder cable The supplier’s three-phase, LV cable used to distribute electricity from the
miniature substations to the metering kiosks. LV Feeder cables use a combined
neutral and earth system, so four core armoured cables are used. No Customers
are supplied directly from a LV Feeder.
LV service cable The supplier’s LV cable, used to supply electricity from the metering kiosk to a
customer’s premises. The service cable uses a combined earth and neutral, so
it may be a two-core armoured cable (for single-phase supplies) or a four-core
armoured cable (for three-phase supplies).
Meter panel It is the enclosure for mounting plate for meters, moulded case circuit breaker
(MCCBs), plugs, and other accessories (but not for busbars)
Metering Kiosk It is the enclosure used to provide a safe and convenient point at which to
connect multiple customer cables to the bus bar and feeder cable via meters and
circuit breakers
Miniature substation A factory-assembled and tested free-standing unit that is suitable for use in an
(or mini-substation) area accessible to the public, that comprises a transformer, an equipped
medium-voltage compartment and an equipped low-voltage compartment and
that is suitable for connection to underground cables (NRS 004).
2.3.2 Disclosure classification
Controlled disclosure: controlled disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or discretionary).
2.4 Abbreviations
The abbreviations in accordance with 34-261 and NRS 000. The following abbreviations were used in this to
this standard:
Abbreviation Description
ABC Aerial bundled conductor.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
To ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030637
Low-voltage cable systems
Revision: 2
Page:
Abbreviation Description
ACSR Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced.
Al Aluminium
CAB Cable
Cu Copper
DT Distribution Technology
HDPE High Density Polyethylene.
IPC Insulation Piercing Connector.
LPU Large Power User.
LV Low Voltage.
MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
MCCB Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (Also Referred to as A Large Frame Circuit Breaker).
NRS National Rationalised Standards
OU Operating Unit
PEN Protective Earth and Neutral
SANS South African National Standards
SCOT Steering Committee of Technology
SPU Small power user
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
The employer or his/her delegate and the governance committees such as project review forum and technical
evaluation forum shall ensure that this standard is implemented and adhered to when planning, designing and
installing low voltage cable systems.
2.6 Process for monitoring
The relevant divisional project approval processes and technical governance structures shall apply such as
Cluster technical change implementation forum.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Not applicable.
Methodology
Source: 240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdf (unknown)Where the surface to be excavated requires a permanent re-instatement by a local authority or per the wayleave conditions, the excavated materials may, with the approval of the Design Engineer, be removed from the site and returned for re-filling. A sieve having a mesh size of no larger than 12 mm may be used to sift.
Quality Management
Source: 240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdfRevision: 2
Page:
3.10.3 Installation of meter kiosks ................................................................................................... 31
3.10.4 Road Crossing ..................................................................................................................... 32
3.10.5 Reticulation Studies ............................................................................................................. 32
3.10.6 Metering Accessories ........................................................................................................... 32
3.11 Public lighting ................................................................................................................................... 32
3.12 Construction ..................................................................................................................................... 32
3.13 Marking and labelling ....................................................................................................................... 32
3.13.1 General ................................................................................................................................ 32
3.13.2 Labelling of equipment ......................................................................................................... 32
3.14 Labelling of cables ............................................................................................................................ 33
3.14.1 At the Minisubstation ............................................................................................................ 33
3.14.2 At the Back of the LV Kiosk ................................................................................................. 33
3.14.3 In Front of LV Kiosk ............................................................................................................. 33
3.14.4 Labelling of cables terminated onto overhead lines ............................................................ 34
3.15 Documentation ................................................................................................................................. 34
3.16 Inspection and testing ...................................................................................................................... 34
3.16.1 General ................................................................................................................................ 34
3.16.2 Visual inspections ................................................................................................................ 34
3.16.3 Electrical tests ...................................................................................................................... 34
3.17 Operating .......................................................................................................................................... 35
3.17.1 Commissioning Tests ........................................................................................................... 35
3.17.2 Phasing conventions for LV equipment ............................................................................... 35
3.17.3 Safety ................................................................................................................................... 35
3.17.4 Road safety precautions ...................................................................................................... 37
3.17.5 Safety of foundations, buildings and structures ................................................................... 37
3.17.6 Safety of other services ....................................................................................................... 37
3.17.7 Barricading and lighting ....................................................................................................... 38
3.17.8 Accommodation of traffic and access to properties ............................................................. 38
3.17.9 Cables on a shared trench ................................................................................................... 38
Authorization .............................................................................................................................................. 38
Revisions ................................................................................................................................................... 39
Development team .................................................................................................................................... 39
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................................... 39
Annex A – Cable Installation and Test Certificate ............................................................................................ 40
Annex B – Impact Assessment .......................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
Annex C – De-Rating Factors ........................................................................................................................... 42
Revision: 2
Page:
[5] 240-45683927, Compaction Testing of Cable Systems Installations
[6] 240-61523882, Distribution Standard – Part 12: Low-voltage Operating Regulations.
[7] 240-120804300, Distribution Standard Part 12: Standard for the labelling of sub-stations and
networks.
[8] 240-7661951, Particular requirements for prepayment meters.
[9] 240-76628293, Distribution Standard – Part 17: Specification for SPU outdoor meter panels.
[10] 240-76628297, Distribution Standard – Part 17: Specification for 1 MVA LPU outdoor meter panels.
[11] 34-926, Distribution Standard – Part 21: Procedure for the environmental assessment of reticulation
and sub-transmission projects.
[12] 240-126521379, Distribution Standard Part 22: Specification for a ground-mounted, low-voltage
kiosk.
[13] 240-56063805, Distribution Standard Part 22: Specification for LV power and control cable with
rated voltage 600/1000 V.
[14] 240-76625427, Distribution Standard – Part 17: Specification for SPU multi-way outdoor meter kiosks.
[15] 240-86845625, Distribution Standard – Part 12: Identification and spiking of high voltage power cable.
[16] 240-56030635, Distribution Standard – Part 22: General information and requirements for medium
voltage cable systems.
[17] 240-56063792, Distribution Standard: Part 8 – Services: Section 5: Public lighting.
[18] 240-56062752, Distribution Standard Part 22: Medium-voltage miniature substations for systems
with rated voltages from 11 kV to 22 kV.
[19] 240-56062542, Distribution Standard Part 22: Cable jointing kits for power and control cable with
rated voltage 600/1000V.
[20] 240-45395762, Distribution Standard Part 22: Specification for ground-mounted oil-immersed
power transformers up to 1 MVA and 33 kV with MV and LV cable boxes.
[21] 240-130615754, Distribution Standard Part 2: Earthing Section 1_ MV and LV reticulation earthing.
[22] 240-56062542, Distribution Standard Part 22: Cable jointing kits for power and control cable with
rated voltage 600/1000V.
[23] 240-45395762, Distribution Standard Part 22: Specification for ground-mounted oil-immersed
power transformers up to 1 MVA and 33 kV with MV and LV cable boxes.
[24] 240-130615754, Distribution Standard Part 2: Earthing Section 1 MV and LV reticulation earthing.
[25] 240-70465489, Distribution Voltage Regulation and Apportionment Limits Zip
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdf (unknown)3.1 Statutory requirements
The requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Act , (OHS Act) and all subsequent amendments and regulations shall be observed and adhered to except where exemption has been obtained from the Chief Factories Inspector. If any text or drawings in this standard are in conflict with the OHS Act and no exemption has been obtained, the OHS Act requirements shall take precedence over the standard.
The requirements of SANS 10198-1 shall be observed and adhered to, except where exemption has been obtained from the relevant authority. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user To ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030637 LOW-VOLTAGE CABLE SYSTEMS Revision: 2 Page: 3.2 Other Statutory Bodies
Other statutory bodies from which permission may have to be obtained installing LV cable systems are
National roads agency;
Provincial and/or metropolitan roads agencies;
Dept. of Water and Forestry;
Dept. of Environmental Affairs and Tourism;
local metropolitan / municipal town councils; and
Any other statutory body that may be considered a stakeholder.
Applications to the water, rail and local authorities shall be made in accordance with 240-75909267. 3.3 Servitude and Wayleave Agreements
LV feeder cables that traverse private property shall have wayleave agreements signed with the property owner.
The special requirements of municipal wayleaves shall be considered.
The local Asset Creation Department - Land Development Section shall be consulted for further details regarding wayleave agreements.
In the event that Eskom’s rights (servitudes / wayleaves) may be encroached upon and / or services / assets placed at risk, the customer service process shall be followed. 3.4 Environmental Considerations
The requirements of the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act ) and Eskom’s environmental directives, policies and procedures shall be observed and adhered to except where exemption has been obtained from the relevant authority.
An environmental assessment and report shall be produced to minimise environmental contraventions. 3.5 Performance and Operability Requirements 3.5.1 General
Cable systems shall be planned and designed to ensure that the desired network performance is achievable. The operations and maintenance department shall be consulted to ensure optimisation of the network.
Only products that have been evaluated and found to be compliant with the relevant Eskom standards shall be used. 3.5.2 Plant Location
The location of plant e.g. mini-substations, ground mounted transformers, meter kiosks and meter panels kiosks shall be decided upon considering the following factors
Vehicular and pedestrian traffic;
Environmental impact;
Water run-off;
Accessibility for ease of operation and maintenance; and
Location of other underground services, for example telecommunication, water etc. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user To ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030637 LOW-VOLTAGE CABLE SYSTEMS Revision: 2 Page: 3.5.3 System Configuration
The majority of LV feeder cables are supplied from mini-substations (see 240-56062752) for underground distribution network.
LV feeder cables can also be fed from pole mounted transformer.
Where possible, the LV feeder cables shall be installed on one side of the roads.
The LV feeder cables shall supply metering kiosks.
The SPUs and LPUs shall be supplied from the metering kiosk using customer cable.
Health & Safety
Source: 240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdfRevision: 2
Page:
[32] SANS 10198-1, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 1 Definitions and statutory requirements.
[33] SANS 10198-2, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 2 choice of cable type and methods of installation.
[34] SANS 10198-3, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 3 Earthing systems – General provisions.
[35] SANS 10198-4, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 4 Current ratings.
[36] SANS 10198-5, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 5 Determination of thermal and electrical resistivity of soil.
[37] SANS 10198-6, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 6 Transportation and storage.
[38] SANS 10198-7, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 7 Safety precautions.
[39] SANS 10198-8, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 8 Cable laying and installation.
[40] SANS 10198-9, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33kV – Part 9 Jointing and termination of extruded solid dielectric-insulated cables up to
3,3 kV.
[41] SANS 10198-13, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV – Part 13 Testing, commissioning and fault location.
[42] SANS 10292: Earthing of low-voltage (LV) distribution systems.
[43] SANS 61238-1, Compression and mechanical connectors for power cables with copper or aluminium
conductors: Part 1 – Test methods and requirements.
[44] VC 8075, Compulsory specification for the safety of electric cables with extruded solid dielectric
insulation for fixed installations (300/500 V to 1 900/3 300 V).
[45] D-DT-0830, Earthing and bonding arrangement for LV underground cable network (kiosks).
[46] D-DT-0831, LV outdoor cable termination to ABC line (unfused) .
[47] D-DT-0832, LV outdoor cable termination to open wire line (unfused).
[48] D-DT-0833, LV outdoor cable termination to transformer (unfused).
[49] D-DT-0834, LV outdoor cable termination to ABC.
[50] D-DT-0835, LV outdoor cable termination to open wire line (fused).
[51] D-DT-0836, LV outdoor cable termination to transformer (fused).
[52] D-DT-0854, MV and LV power cable electrical services detail.
[53] D-DT-0855, Mini-substation earthing for MV systems without E.C.C. to source substation.
[54] D-DT-0856, Standard power and control cable codes.
[55] D-DT-0858, Example of as built medium voltage cable layout.
[56] D-DT-0862, Transformer earthing for MV systems with E.C.C. to source substation.
[57] D-DT-1000, Meter kiosk, 100 kVA – 500 kVA LPU.
[58] D-DT-1023, Meter kiosk, 100 kVA – 500 kVA LPU (wall and ground-mounted).
[59] D-DT-1016, Meter kiosk, 1 MVA LPU.
[60] D-DT-1002, Meter kiosk, SPU three phase 25, 50 and 100 kVA.
Revision: 2
Page:
[61] D-DT-1015, Meter kiosk, SPU three phase – pre-payment.
[62] D-DT-1004, Meter kiosk, SPU single phase.
[63] D-DT-1011, Meter kiosk, SPU two-way single phase.
[64] D-DT-1019, Meter kiosk, SPU four-way single phase.
[65] D-DT-1020, Meter kiosk, SPU six-way single phase.
[66] D-DT-1012, Meter kiosk, SPU two-way three phase.
[67] D-DT-1018, Meter kiosk, SPU four-way three phase.
[68] D-DT-1017, Standard passive unit for 1-phase 230 V service connections.
[69] D-DT-1018, Meter Kiosk 4 Way Three Phase Manufacturing Details.
[70] D-DT-1019, Meter Kiosk 4 Way Single Phase Manufacturing Details.
[71] D-DT-1020, Meter Kiosk 6 Way Single Phase Manufacturing Details.
[72] D-DT-1023, Meter Kiosk 100-500kVA 400V LPU Wall Mounted.
[73] D-DT-1022, Meter Kiosk 15 Way Single Phase Manufacturing Details.
[74] D-DT-1023, Meter Kiosk 100-500kVA 400V LPU Wall Mounted.
[75] D-DT-1027, Meter Kiosk Secure 6 Way Single Phase Manufacturing Details.
[76] D-DT-1028, Meter Kiosk Secure 8 Way Single Phase Manufacturing Details.
[77] D-DT-1040, Meter Kiosk Secure 2 Way Three Phase Manufacturing Details.
[78] D-DT-1041, Meter Kiosk Secure 4 Way Three Phase Manufacturing Details.
[79] D-DT-2501, Torque Shear Lug.
[80] D-DT-3102, Copper Crimp Lug.
[81] D-DT-3034, LV MCCBs.
[82] D-DT-3039, Clamps, IPC.
[83] D-DT-3049, Plate, blank ALU pole MK 25x150mm.
[84] D-DT-3057, Connector, pre-insulated pin – crimp.
[85] D-DT-3058, Clamps, PG.
[86] D-DT-3070, LV cable glands.
[87] D-DT-3090, Coach screw.
[88] D-DT 3102, Lug, crimping Cu.
[89] D-DT-3110, Buckle - stainless steel strapping 12 mm.
[90] D-DT-3116, Lugs, pre-insulated ABC crimp.
[91] D-DT-3127, Pipe, HDPE / LDPE.
[92] D-DT 3128, LV cable.
[93] D-DT-3129, Staple, galvanised.
[94] D-DT-3131, Stainless steel strapping 12 mm.
[95] D-DT-3136, Conductor, overhead line.
[96] D-DT-3138, LV cable tubing sets.
[97] D-DT-3141, Conductor, LV ABC.
[98] D-DT-3145, Meters, pre-payment.
Revision: 2
Page:
2.2.2 Informative
[123] Occupation Health and Safety Act (OHS Act) No – Construction, Electrical Machinery and
[124] Safety at roadworks in urban and rural areas – site manuals (issued by the Department of Transport)
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
The definitions in accordance with NRS 000 and SANS 10198-1. The definitions of the terminology used in
this standard are as follows:
(or mini-substation) area accessible to the public, that comprises a transformer, an equipped
medium-voltage compartment and an equipped low-voltage compartment and
that is suitable for connection to underground cables (NRS 004).
2.3.2 Disclosure classification
Controlled disclosure: controlled disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or discretionary).
2.4 Abbreviations
The abbreviations in accordance with 34-261 and NRS 000. The following abbreviations were used in this to
this standard:
3.1 Statutory requirements
a) The requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Act , (OHS Act) and all
subsequent amendments and regulations shall be observed and adhered to except where exemption
has been obtained from the Chief Factories Inspector. If any text or drawings in this standard are in
conflict with the OHS Act and no exemption has been obtained, the OHS Act requirements shall take
precedence over the standard.
b) The requirements of SANS 10198-1 shall be observed and adhered to, except where exemption has
been obtained from the relevant authority.
Revision: 2
Page:
via the gland plate;
earthing conductor (tinned copper braid) in accordance with 240-56062542. The main
earthing conductor shall be connected to the armour wires at both sides of the joint using
constant force springs.
All exposed conductive parts of a consumer’s installation shall be connected via the consumer’s separate
protective earth conductor and consumer earth terminal to the supply earth terminal at the point of supply.
High resistance faults on LV networks are discussed in 34-609.
A separate earthing conductor is therefore not required up to the customer’s point of supply. The neutral conductor
serves as a combined protective earth and neutral (PEN) conductor.
existing installations where there are no gland plates provided. In this case, all the armour wires are to be used.
and ground-mounted transformers are described in 240-56030635.
The supply earth terminal, in turn, is connected to the protective earth and neutral (PEN) conductor of the LV system.
Where split meter kiosks are installed, a service cable having a PEN conductor is used to supply the consumer. The
service cable PEN is connected to the LV feeder cable PEN at the kiosk.
3.8 Metering Applications
The metering application and requirements shall be in accordance with 240-75661043.
3.9 Low-Voltage Cables
After the installation of LV cables at the minisubstation’s LV compartment and kiosks, the plinths shall be
backfilled and sealed (using a concrete screed). An approval shall be obtained from the design engineer prior
to any deviations from the design package/ document.
3.9.1 Cable Selection
a) Low-voltage cable (see D-DT 3128) shall comply with the requirements of 240-56063805 and shall
have either copper or aluminium conductors.
b) The LV cables to be terminated onto LV compartment of the minisub or onto the bus bar of the
metering kiosk by means of indoor termination kit in accordance with D-DT 0830 relevant sheet.
c) The LV feeder cable can be terminated using bi-metallic torque shear lugs and suitable insulating
sleeves.
d) If crimp lugs are used, then the following shall apply:
insulating sleeves.
suitable insulating sleeves in accordance with relevant sheet of D-DT 0830.
e) The LV cables to be terminated onto the overhead lines by means of outdoor termination kit in
accordance with D-DT 0831, D-DT 0832, D-DT 0833, D-DT 0834 or D-DT 0835.
f) Compulsory safety specification VC 8075 stipulates that all low-voltage cables in South Africa shall
comply with the requirements of SANS 1507.
Revision: 2
Page:
g) The world market price of copper and aluminium dictates the type of conductor that is most cost
effective at any time, however copper conductors have been preferred for the following reasons:
ampacity than an aluminium conductor cable – facilitating easier working when jointing and
terminating;
properties of aluminium can result in hot connections if not crimped properly; and
with brass stem bushings.
h) Aluminium cables can be considered as a theft mitigation measure.
i) Low voltage feeder cables shall be four-core, three-phase armoured cables.
j) Service cables may be any one of the following:
k) Customer cables will typically be either two core armoured cable for single-phase supplies or four
core armoured cable with an earth continuity conductor (ECC) for three-phase supplies.
l) For the purpose of labelling of drawings and purchasing, a method of cable coding has been
implemented by Eskom (see D-DT 0856).
m) The cable cross-sectional area shall be chosen to suit the network load and volt drop requirements
as well as the prospective fault level of the system. The symmetrical and earth fault levels of the
cables are given in tables 1 to 4 below. These fault levels based on K values of 0,115 and 0,076 for
Cu and Al conductors as supplied in SANS 10198-4 and SANS 10142. The formula used for
calculating these values are:
Ka
Isc= kA
√t
n) The standard cable sizes and current ratings for copper and aluminium cables used within Eskom
are given in table 5 and table 6 respectively:
Table 1: Symmetrical fault levels for 600/1000 V extruded solid dielectric insulated armoured cables
with copper conductors – initial conductor temperature 70 oC, final conductor temperature 160 oC
35 5.947941 4.856473 4.205829 3.434045 2.66 1.880904 1.535752
70 11.89588 1.650629 8.411659 6.86809 5.32 3.761808 3.071503
120 20.39294 16.65077 14.41999 11.77387 9.12 6.448814 5.265434
150 25.49117 20.81346 18.02498 14.71734 11.4 8.061017 6.581793
185 31.43912 25.66993 22.23081 18.15138 14.06 9.941921 8.117545
240 40.78588 33.30153 28.83997 23.54774 18.24 12.89763 10.53087
Table 3: Earth fault levels for 600/1000 V 2-core extruded solid dielectric insulated armoured cables
with copper or aluminium conductors – steel wire temperature 60 oC to 160 oC
16 3,8 3,05 2,65 2,2 1,8 1,2 1,0
25 6,0 4,9 4,3 3,5 2,7 1,9 1,5
35 6,8 5,4 4,7 3,8 2,9 2,1 1,7
70 7,4 6,0 5,1 4,3 3,3 2,3 1,9
120 13,0 10,5 9,2 7,6 5,8 4,2 3,4
150 14,5 12,0 10,2 8,4 6,6 4,6 3,8
185 20,0 16,0 14,0 11,5 9,0 6,3 5,2
240 23,0 19,0 16,0 13,0 10,0 7,1 5,8
Table 4: Earth fault levels for 600/1000 V 3-core extruded solid dielectric insulated armoured cables
with copper or aluminium conductors – steel wire temperature 60 oC to 160 oC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Revision: 2
Page:
Table 5: Earth fault levels for 600/1000 V 4-core extruded solid dielectric insulated armoured cables
with copper or aluminium conductors – steel wire temperature 60 oC to 160 oC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
35 8,5 7,0 6,0 4,9 3,85 2,7 2,2
70 15,0 12,0 10,2 8,3 6,3 4,4 3,6
120/150 22,0 18,0 15,6 12,8 9,7 7,0 5,7
185 25,0 20,5 17,7 14,3 11,0 7,9 6,5
240 28,0 23,0 19,8 16,0 12,5 8,8 7,2
Note: Ensure that the prospective fault current is below the thermal damage curve of the cable specified in table 9.
Table 6: Continuous current rating for 600/1000 V extruded solid dielectric-insulated armoured
cables with copper conductor– max. conductor temperature 70 oC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Revision: 2
Page:
g) All pavements, roads and driveway crossings shall be re-instated to their original state.
h) When re-instating surfaces, a compacted crown shall protruding 50 mm above the natural ground
level (NGL) must be catered for to allow for erosion.
3.9.5 Excavated Trenches
a) If steel plates are to be used to allow vehicular access across a trench, these should be manufactured
and erected as per the professional civil/structural engineers design.
b) The plates shall be either installed flush with the road and supported on 'I' beams or, if used as a
plate across a trench, then the plate shall be pinned to the road surface with suitable spikes to prevent
it from moving. The plate shall provide a skid-proof surface for motor vehicles.
c) Excavated trenches that are accessible to the public, or that are adjacent to public roads or
thoroughfares, or where the safety of persons and animals may be endangered, shall be adequately
and effectively protected by a barrier or fence of at least one meter in height and as close to the
excavation as is practicable possible. Additional reflector should be added for more visibility at night.
3.9.6 Cable Pipe Ducts
a) Cables crossing roads or railways shall be installed in PVC/PE pipes (see D-DT-8018). The spacing
of the pipe ducts shall be at least equal to the cable spacing on the direct-buried sections.
Note: Non-ferrous pipes must be used for single core cables to avoid the effects of magnetic induction.
b) The internal diameter of the pipe shall be at least 1,5 × D (D = outer diameter of cable) with a
minimum clearance of 35 mm in accordance with SANS 10198-8 i.e 110 mm2 PVC pipe.
c) Where pipe ducts are installed along the road by means of excavations, the pipe ducts shall have a
minimum surround of 75 mm of concrete to prevent collapsing or deformation after backfilling and
the concrete strength shall be at least 15 MPA.
d) If underground directional drilling or bulleting has been used to install the pipe ducts, the concrete
surround is not required.
Note: Underground directional drilling or bulleting equipment is used to drill holes that correspond to the pipe diameter being
installed.
e) Pipe ducts shall, project a minimum of 1 m beyond the kerb lines (or other services) so as to
completely clear the surface of the carriageway. For dual carriageways and divided highways the
pipe ducts shall continue in an unbroken line under the central divider. For railway crossings, the
pipe ducts shall project a minimum of 3 m beyond the outermost rails.
f) PVC/PE pipes may be bent in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions however; the radii
shall not be less than the cable minimum bending radii given in table 8.
g) All pipe ducts shall have a suitable draw wire and be sealed using an end cap until the cable is
installed.
h) Before commencing to draw a cable into a pipe duct, a cylindrical wire brush followed by a mop and
a close-fitting mandrel shall be drawn through to clean out any dirt and ensure that the pipe duct has
not collapsed.
i) The cable shall be de-rated to the rating of a cable installed in a pipe if more than 10 percent of cable
is installed in a pipe.
j) One spare PVC/PE pipe ducts shall be installed for road, railway, river and other service crossings
and be sealed with the end cap. The number of spare pipe ducts shall be determined by the Design
Adhere to minimum bending radii during cable installation;
Cables outer sheaths must not be damaged or scratched during cable installation; and
Cable twists must be prevented during cable installation.
d) MV and LV cables laid in the same trench shall be installed in accordance with D-DT-0854.
e) Cables crossing roads or railways shall be installed in pipe ducts (see D-DT-8018).
f) Cables running parallel to or crossing other services shall be installed in accordance with D-DT-0854.
g) Prior to cable pulling, pipe ducts shall be fitted with bell mouths at both ends to prevent damage to
the cable and a suitable lubricant shall be applied to the inside of the pipe.
h) Prior to cable pulling, the cable shall be inspected for damage and both ends checked to verify that
the cable ends were suitably capped. Damaged or uncapped cables shall not be installed.
i) Prior to cable pulling, the cable inner end shall be cut free from the cable drum flange.
j) The cable outer end shall be fitted with either a cable pulling sock or a pulling eye.
Note: A cable pulling sock applies tension to the cable outer layers. For longer lengths, use a pulling eye to prevent damage to
the outer sheath of the cable.
k) A swivel (fitted with a bearing to reduce friction) shall be used between the pulling rope and the cable
pulling sock or pulling eye.
l) When nose pulling the cable, the pulling tension shall not exceed the manufacturers
recommendations.
m) Cables shall be pulled either by hand (only where the conditions are suitable and by using a team
and leader) or by using a winch.
n) When a winch is used, it shall be fitted with a reliable and accurate dynamometer whether the cable
is nose pulled or bond pulled and it shall be monitored throughout the pulling.
o) Cable rollers shall be carefully positioned in the trench in the line that the cable is to follow, the rollers
shall be spaced so that there is no appreciable cable sag between rollers, a spacing of 2 m is normally
suitable but this distance shall be reduced if appreciable sagging is seen to occur and where
appropriate, skid plates or corner rollers shall be used.
Revision: 2
Page:
p) Laid cable that is not immediately jointed or terminated (whether prior to being laid, already laid, still
on the cable drum or in transport) shall be sealed by means of cable end caps (see D-DT-8015).
Note: Only in emergency conditions (i.e. only if no end caps or heat shrink equipment is available) may ‘DENSO’ tape be used
to temporarily seal the end of a cable (see D-DT-3213). If DENSO tape has been used, the cable shall be capped within 24 hours.
q) Cable end caps shall be inspected for damage prior to and after cable laying. Damaged end caps
shall be removed and replaced.
r) Cable outer sheaths damaged during installation shall immediately be repaired using a cable repair
sleeve (see D-DT-8077).
3.9.8 Cable Terminations to Overhead Lines and Pole-Mounted Transformers
a) The cable shall be securely strapped to the pole at 1 m intervals using 12 mm stainless steel
strapping (see D-DT-3131) and strap buckles (see D-DT-3110). Additional off-cuts from the cable
outer sheath shall be applied around the cable in order to protect the cable outer sheath from being
damaged by the strapping.
b) The LV cable shall be installed against the pole in a galvanised steel pipe in accordance with D-DT
0831, D-DT 0832, D-DT 0833, D-DT 0834 or D-DT 0835 and applicable buyers guide drawings.
c) For terminations onto overhead networks, an anti-climbing measure / device shall be installed
consisting of barbed-wire (see D-DT-3170) wrapped around the pole and secured using galvanised
steel staples (see D-DT-3129). The barbed wire shall be installed at least 3 m above ground level.
the cable outer sheath from being punctured by the barbed wire in accordance with D-DT 0832.
d) An electrical warning / hazard sign (see D-DT-3202) shall be fitted to the pole. The warning sign shall
be installed at a height of 3 m or immediately below the barbed wire anti-climbing device.
Table 9: Summary of various terminations of cable onto ABC, open wire and transformers
1 2
is done at the equipment to which the cable is connected.
that are suitable for the direct connection of aluminium conductors (one incoming and two outgoing). The 400 A LV
fuse-holders (suitable for ‘NH 2’ size fuses) have built-in conductor clamps on the line side that are suitable for the
direct connection of aluminium conductors and built-in conductor clamps on the load side that are suitable for the direct
connection of copper conductors (one incoming and two outgoing).
the connector used to terminate Aluminium cables should be an Aluminium pin connector as per D-DT-3057.
3.9.12 Cable terminations to Minisubstations and LV Kiosks
a) For mini-substations of rating ≤ 500 kVA, LV feeder cable protection shall be in accordance with the
requirements of table 10 and be terminated to the breakers.
b) Torque shear ferules shall be used in accordance with SANS 61238-1.
c) Lugs (see D-DT 3102) shall comply with the requirements of SANS 61238-1.
Meter kiosk front doors and meter panels shall be locked using “General” locks.
Meter kiosk rear doors (for access to the LV bus bars) shall be locked using “Prohibited Area” locks.
3.10.1 Low Voltage Single Large Power User
3.10.1.1 Minisubstation
a) Mini-substations of rating 1000 kVA shall only be used to supply single large power user (LPU)
customers. The customer shall have access to the customer and control panels. The customer’s
point of supply shall be the LV bus bars in the customer panel of the mini-substation.
b) The Type A or B Mini-substations shall comply with D-DT 1016 and D-DT 0868.
c) The customer shall provide and ensure that his/her over-current protection is adequately rated and
selected to provide full discrimination with Eskom’s upstream protection. The customer shall either:
fuse-holders) for each LV feeder cable supplied from the mini-substation, or
adequately rated LV cables terminated directly onto the mini-substation LV bus bars in the
customer panel. The LV distribution assembly shall include the customer’s over-current
protection for the customer’s electrical installation
d) The installation shall be done in accordance with D-DT 0830 (relevant sheet).
e) The earthing shall be done in accordance with D-DT 0830 (relevant sheet).
Revision: 2
Page:
3.10.1.4 Cable Transportation and Storage
a) Cable shall be transported and stored in accordance with SANS 10198-6.
b) Cable ends on cable drums shall be sealed by cable end caps (see D-DT-8015).
c) Cable end caps shall be regularly inspected for damage or cracks that may have occurred after any
handling, transport, storage. Damaged end caps shall be removed and replaced.
d) Cable on damaged drums shall be re-drummed on a drum having a barrel diameter no smaller than
the original to avoid over bending.
e) Drums shall be stored on a hard-surface that has an efficient draining system.
f) Cable drums shall be so arranged that they are easily identifiable, accessible and that they may be
released on a “first in – first out” basis.
g) Drums shall be rolled only in the direction indicated on the drum.
h) Drum bolts shall be tight at all times.
i) Before off-loading, drums shall be checked for damage.
j) Drums shall be lifted by a crane or forklift of suitable size and carrying capacity.
k) If a crane is used, the correct lifting bar (spindle) and slings shall be used and these shall be in good
condition. A spreader bar shall be used to prevent the slings from damaging the drum flanges.
l) If a fork-lift is used, the forks shall extend to both flanges to ensure that the weight of the drum is
evenly distributed on both flanges. If necessary, fork extensions shall be used. Care shall be taken
in order to prevent the forks from damaging the cable drums (battens and flanges). The forks of the
forklift shall not be used to push or pull the cable drum along the ground.
m) Cable drums shall not be dropped or laid flat.
n) If rolled off the truck, the maximum ramp slope shall be 1 in 4.
o) LV cable drums shall be transported using a cable trailer. If this is not possible, drums may be
transported by truck.
p) When transporting by truck, all cable drums shall be secured (e.g. chained) to the truck bed to prevent
them from rolling or sliding.
Environmental
Source: 240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdfExecutive Summary ............................................................................................................................................ 5
Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 6
Supporting clauses ...................................................................................................................................... 6
2.1 Scope ................................................................................................................................................. 6
2.1.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 6
2.1.2 Applicability ............................................................................................................................ 6
2.2 Normative/informative references ...................................................................................................... 6
2.2.1 Normative ............................................................................................................................... 6
2.2.2 Informative ........................................................................................................................... 11
2.3 Definitions ......................................................................................................................................... 11
2.3.1 General ................................................................................................................................ 11
2.3.2 Disclosure classification ....................................................................................................... 11
2.4 Abbreviations .................................................................................................................................... 11
2.5 Roles and responsibilities ................................................................................................................ 12
2.6 Process for monitoring ..................................................................................................................... 12
2.7 Related/supporting documents ........................................................................................................ 12
3.1 Statutory requirements ..................................................................................................................... 12
3.2 Other statutory bodies ...................................................................................................................... 13
3.3 Servitude and wayleave agreements ............................................................................................... 13
3.4 Environmental considerations .......................................................................................................... 13
3.5 Performance and operability requirements ...................................................................................... 13
3.5.1 General ................................................................................................................................ 13
3.5.2 Plant location........................................................................................................................ 13
3.5.3 System configuration ........................................................................................................... 14
3.6 Protection philosophy ....................................................................................................................... 14
3.7 Earthing philosophy .......................................................................................................................... 14
3.8 Metering Applications ....................................................................................................................... 15
3.9 Low-voltage cables ........................................................................................................................... 15
3.9.1 Cable selection .................................................................................................................... 15
3.9.2 Route selection .................................................................................................................... 19
3.9.3 Location of Existing Services ............................................................................................... 19
3.9.4 Trenching and Backfilling ..................................................................................................... 20
3.9.5 Excavated Trenches ............................................................................................................ 21
3.9.6 Cable pipe ducts .................................................................................................................. 21
3.9.7 Cable installation .................................................................................................................. 22
3.9.8 Cable terminations to overhead lines and pole-mounted transformers ............................... 23
3.9.9 Termination onto Open Wire ................................................................................................ 24
3.9.10 Termination onto Arial Bundled Conductor .......................................................................... 24
3.9.11 Termination onto Transformer ............................................................................................. 25
3.9.12 Cable terminations to Mini-substations and LV Kiosks ........................................................ 25
3.10 Meter kiosks ..................................................................................................................................... 26
3.10.1 Low voltage single large power user ................................................................................... 28
3.10.2 Cable anti-theft Mitigation .................................................................................................... 30
Revision: 2
Page:
3.2 Other Statutory Bodies
a) Other statutory bodies from which permission may have to be obtained installing LV cable systems
are:
National roads agency;
Provincial and/or metropolitan roads agencies;
Dept. of Water and Forestry;
Dept. of Environmental Affairs and Tourism;
local metropolitan / municipal town councils; and
Any other statutory body that may be considered a stakeholder.
b) Applications to the water, rail and local authorities shall be made in accordance with 240-75909267.
3.3 Servitude and Wayleave Agreements
a) LV feeder cables that traverse private property shall have wayleave agreements signed with the
property owner.
b) The special requirements of municipal wayleaves shall be considered.
c) The local Asset Creation Department - Land Development Section shall be consulted for further
details regarding wayleave agreements.
d) In the event that Eskom’s rights (servitudes / wayleaves) may be encroached upon and / or services
/ assets placed at risk, the customer service process shall be followed.
3.4 Environmental Considerations
a) The requirements of the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act ) and
Eskom’s environmental directives, policies and procedures shall be observed and adhered to except
where exemption has been obtained from the relevant authority.
b) An environmental assessment and report shall be produced to minimise environmental
contraventions.
3.5 Performance and Operability Requirements
3.5.1 General
a) Cable systems shall be planned and designed to ensure that the desired network performance is
achievable. The operations and maintenance department shall be consulted to ensure optimisation
of the network.
b) Only products that have been evaluated and found to be compliant with the relevant Eskom
standards shall be used.
3.5.2 Plant Location
a) The location of plant e.g. mini-substations, ground mounted transformers, meter kiosks and meter
panels kiosks shall be decided upon considering the following factors:
Vehicular and pedestrian traffic;
Environmental impact;
Water run-off;
Accessibility for ease of operation and maintenance; and
Location of other underground services, for example telecommunication, water etc.
Requirements
Source: 240-56030637 General Information and Requirements for Low-Voltage Cable Systems.pdf (unknown)Contractors must comply with SANS 10198 and this standard when installing cables. Cables must meet SANS 1507. Minimum spacing between cables in a trench is 300 mm. Bending radius must not be less than the minimum given in table 8; where multiple cables are drawn together, radius should be about four times the cable's outside diameter. Ground-mounted transformers must be positioned at the customer's property boundary and treated as live chambers. Earthing must comply with D-DT 0862. Defects must be reported to the site supervisor with a written statement and photograph. Excavated materials may be removed and returned for re-filling only with approval of the Design Engineer where permanent re-instatement is required.
Description
Source: Overhead Phase Conductor Test Matrix.xlsxCell B3: Test Requirements (According to IEC 61089; IEC 60888 and IEC 61394)
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Overhead Phase Conductor Test Matrix.xlsx (unknown)Bidders must provide test certificates for compliance with SANS 61089. Testing must be performed by an approved authority such as SABS/CSIR. Bidders must supply equipment guarantees and particulars as per Schedule B. The document does not specify additional eligibility criteria such as CSD registration, tax clearance, B-BBEE level, or local content requirements.
Technical Specifications
Source: Overhead Phase Conductor Test Matrix.xlsx (unknown)Cell B3: Test Requirements (According to IEC 61089; IEC 60888 and IEC 61394)
Important Dates
Source: D-DT 3140 Rev 12.pdf (unknown)Closing date and time: as stated in the tender invitation. No other dates are specified in the document.
Contact Information
Source: D-DT 3140 Rev 12.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":"MEASURE: 210 KG; TEMPERATURE RATING: 90 DEG C; LENGTH: 500 M;","address":null}
Submission Guidelines
Source: D-DT 3140 Rev 12.pdf (unknown)Bidders must submit a completed and signed tender offer, including all returnable documents, to the address and by the closing time stated in the tender invitation. The following returnable forms are required: SBD 1 (Invitation to Bid), SBD 4 (Declaration of Interest), SBD 6.1 (Preference Points Claim), SBD 6.2 (Declaration for Local Production and Content), SBD 8 (Declaration of Bidder's Past Supply Chain Management Practices), SBD 9 (Certificate of Independent Bid Determination), and an Authority to Sign / Board Resolution. Bids received after the closing time will be disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: D-DT 3140 Rev 12.pdf (unknown)Preference points will be claimed in terms of the PPPFA (SBD 6.1). Local production and content requirements apply (SBD 6.2). No other evaluation criteria are stated.
Technical Specifications
Source: D-DT 3140 Rev 12.pdf (unknown)Reviewed
Absolete sap numbers 0171296, 0229799,0252076,0555889
11 sap 0555889 added and ESKOM spec modified p.A.T. J. Maudu j. Maudu 17.05.2016
10 SAP 0555889 ADDED AND add ESKOM SPEC CORRECTED P.A.T. J. MAUDU J. MAUDU 06.08.2014
Rev revision description by chkd auth date REF. dwgs
SCALE SAP No:
Auth: p. Crowdy date: 17-07-95
Nts
0171294 cad REF:
Chkd: j. Swan date: 17-07-95
Series 3000 set sheet rev
FILE No: D-DT-3140 DRAWN: P.A. VERMAAK DATE: 11-05-95 2 1 12 3140
Quality Management
Source: D-DT 3140 Rev 12.pdf (unknown)Standard specification: SANS 1507. Eskom specification: 34-2023 (for SAP 0171294) and 240-61704085 (for SAP 0632881 and 0678160). Test and certification requirements: inspection and Eskom release note required (Yes/No fields). Identification: indelible manufacturer's trademark and part number on all items.
Health & Safety
Source: D-DT 3140 Rev 12.pdfConcentric service cable
1kV
Thickness of xlpe
COPPER CONDUCTOR 7 x 1.45mm
NEUTRAL/EARTH > = 12 STRANDS = 10mm *
DRUM = 500m *
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3140 *
Item :- cable, elect:
Material specification :- stranded copper
Corrosion specification :-
Standard specification :- SANS 1507
ESKOM specification :- 34-2023
Test & certification requirements :-
Chkd: j. Swan date: 17-07-95
Series 3000 set sheet rev
FILE No: D-DT-3140 DRAWN: P.A. VERMAAK DATE: 11-05-95 2 1 12 3140
Unique Identifier:204-48887441 Revision 1
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1000 v; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Core quantity: 2c; conductor material: tcu /gsw;
Conductor size: 6 mm2; armor: tinned; coated stl;
Design type: concent; sheath material: pe;
Conductor: gsw/tinned cu; covering: polyethelene sheath;
Rating: 60 a; temperature rating: 90 deg c;
Conductor insulation: xlpe;
Inner core (live)
1X 1.14MM Min diameter or 1 x 1.25MM Max diameter galvanised steel wire (gsw)
And 6x 1.14MM Diameter tinned copper wires (tcu); outer core (neutral) 7x 1.05MM
Diameter tinned copper and 7x 1.14MM Min diameter or 7x 1.25MM Max diameter
Galvanised steel wire;
Cable drum 500m;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3140 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0678160
Short description: cable elect:1000 v; tcu gsw;10 mm2
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1000 v;
Core quantity: 1; conductor material: tncu gsw; conductor size: 10 mm2;
Armor: tncu gsw; design type: concentric; sheath material: polyethelene;
Standard: 240-61704085; covering: pe sheath; rating: 80 a;
Specification: SANS 1507;
\Weight per unit measure: 210 kg; temperature rating: 90 deg c; length: 500 m;
Application: service cable; conductor insulation: xlpe.
Inner core (live) 1x 1.14MM Min diameter or 1x 1.25MM Diameter galvanised.
Steel wire (gsw) and 6x 1.26MM Diameter tinned copper wires (tcu;).
Outer core (neutral) 6x 1.26MM Diameter tinned copper and
7X 1.14MM Min diameter or 7x 1.25MM Diameter galvanised steel wire.
Cable drum 500m;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3140 *
Item :- cable, elect:
Material specification :-
Corrosion specification :-
Standard specification :- SANS 1507
ESKOM specification :- 240-61704085
Test & certification requirements :-
Auth: p. Crowdy date: 17-07-95
Nts 0632881
Cad REF: 0678160 chkd: j. Swan date: 17-07-95
Series 3000 set sheet rev
FILE No: D-DT-3140 DRAWN: P.A. VERMAAK DATE: 11-05-95 2 2 12 3140
Unique Identifier:204-48887441 Revision 1
Description
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf (unknown)This document describes the technical evaluation criteria for tender submissions by external contractors intending to supply overhead phase conductors. It covers the evaluation process for ACSR, AAAC, and AAC conductors, including desktop and factory assessments. The criteria are tabulated in annexures and this document assists with new conductor contracts without replacing the existing phase conductor specification (240-152844641).
Important Dates
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf (unknown)Closing date and time are not stated in the provided text. No briefing or site visit dates are mentioned.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf (unknown)Submit the completed tender returnables, including the A/B schedules, conductor schedule summary (Annexure A), type test report summary, and the analysis file for ACSR, AAAC, and AAC conductors. The technical evaluation includes a desktop assessment and a mandatory factory assessment to verify manufacturing capability. Bidders must achieve a minimum score of 70% in both the desktop and factory evaluations to qualify. Type test reports must be provided for each conductor tendered, with provisions for conductors not previously manufactured. Calibration certificates for all testing equipment and evidence of competent technicians operating the equipment are required. The tenderer must also submit a history of external customers supplied with similar products, affiliations with international organisations or experts, and sample technical drawings demonstrating design capability.
Returnable Documents
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf (unknown)Tenderers must submit completed A/B schedules for all proposed conductor types, a Conductor Schedule Summary (Annexure A), type test report summaries, and a file with analysis of ACSR, AAC, and AAAC manufacturers. The returnable list includes 47 possible conductor types, with scoring based on the number of completed schedules and available type test reports.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf (unknown)The technical evaluation procedure involves a desktop assessment and a factory assessment. The desktop evaluation scores the tenderer's ability to manufacture conductors, including drawing down raw aluminium, producing complete stranded conductors, and complying with Eskom specifications. The factory evaluation verifies the supplier's capabilities through on-site assessment. The final scoring combines A/B schedules (50%) and analysis of ACSR, AAAC, and AAC conductor information (50%), with an overall minimum threshold of 70%. Bidders must also provide a history of external customers supplied with similar products, affiliations with international organisations or experts, and sample technical drawings. Type test reports must be submitted for each conductor tendered, with provisions for conductors not previously manufactured.
Technical Specifications
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf (unknown)This document aims to describe the criteria which will govern the evaluation of tender submissions by external
contractors intending to supply overhead phase conductors. The criteria for each phase conductor type are
tabulated in the annexures at the end of this document.
The criteria necessary to perform both the desktop and factory evaluations are outlined. This document is
meant as an assistive document for new conductor contracts and does not replace the existing phase
conductor specification (240-152844641).
2.1 Scope
This document explains the technical evaluation process and criteria associated with overhead phase
conductors.
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this document is to describe the criteria which are to be used when evaluating tender
submissions for the supply of overhead phase conductors.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited Divisions.
2.2 Normative/informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] 32-1034 - Eskom Procurement and Supply Management Procedure.
[2] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems.
2.2.2 Informative
[3] 32-9: Definition of Eskom documents.
[4] 32-644: Eskom documentation management standard.
[5] 474-65: Operating manual of the Steering Committee of Technologies (SCOT).
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
None
2.3.2 Disclosure classification
Controlled disclosure: Controlled disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or discretionary).
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
ACSR Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced
AAAC All Aluminium Alloy Conductor
AAC All Aluminium Conductor
PLS-CADD Power Line Systems - Computer Assisted Design and Drawing
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
Not applicable.
2.6 Process for monitoring
Not applicable.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
[1] SANS IEC 61089: 1991, Round wire concentric lay overhead electrical stranded conductors
[2] IEC 888: 1987, Zinc-coated steel wires for stranded conductors
[3] IEC 889: 1987, Hard-drawn aluminium wire for overhead line conductors
[4] IEC 61394: 2011 Requirements for greases for aluminium, aluminium alloy and steel bare conductors
[5] IEC 61395: 1998 Overhead Electrical Conductors – Creep Test procedures for stranded conductors
[6] 240-152844641: Phase Conductor for Eskom Overhead Lines
[7] ASTM B117: Salt Fog Testing
The technical evaluation procedure is specific to each item type. The items include ACSR, AAAC and AAC
conductors.
The complete evaluation of any potential supplier would involve a desktop evaluation as well as a factory
evaluation. The factory evaluation is necessary to verify if the supplier possesses the capabilities which they
have documented in their tender submissions.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
3.1 Desktop Evaluation
The desktop evaluation forms the first aspect of the assessment. During this process, the tender
documentation submitted by potential suppliers is evaluated against the criteria listed in the attached
ANNEXURES A, B, and C. Generic A/B schedules are provided in the document, but the full schedules and
tick sheets will be available in excel format with the tender enquiry package. The Eskom evaluating
representatives will go through the details of the returnable submissions that are required and will ensure that
the Gatekeeper criteria are met. If submissions that receive a “No” on any of the Gatekeeper criteria, the
supplier will not be able to proceed to the Desktop Evaluation and therefore will fail the technical evaluation.
From a technical perspective, the submitted documentations should consist of but not be limited to:
3.1.1 Conductor Evaluation – the tenderers will be scored according to score sheets in
Annexures A, B, and C once they meet the Gatekeeper requirements, also found in
the Annexures.
a) Specifications of the various phase conductors which the supplier proposes, and has the capability
to, manufacture and supply. Tenderers are required to completely populate the relevant A/B
schedules (found in Annexure C) submitted for all phase conductors that can be manufactured. A
minimum or nearest equivalent (to be approved by Line Engineering Services) to the greased and
ungreased options of phase conductors must be submitted.
b) Tenderers are required to submit type test reports for every conductor tendered upon. Where type
tests are not available for conductors not previously manufactured (e.g. IEC 630 ACSR) type tests
will be required after order placement but before full production of the order (Eskom and the supplier
shall agree on the timeframes for the submission of type tests)
c) The supplier shall submit phase conductor information for use in PLS-CADD software applications
with the cable creep test co-efficients as requested and within a year of contract award.
d) Tenderers to submit details of manufacturing premises, location, staff and equipment, testing
facilities, manufacturing lead times.
e) Tenderers shall ensure that they cater for the manufacture of previously unsupplied conductors that
may be requested during the contract lifetime. Tenderers shall also produce all the above- mentioned
information for each of the unsupplied conductors they wish to supply as part of the contract.
f) The phase conductor technical tender returnable shall have the following deliverables:
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
3.1.2 Phase conductor contract returnable list and gatekeepers
Ite
Criteria Number/Score Submitted Scoring Gatekeepers
m
47 possible
conductor types
(1 point will be
The total score will
allocated if a
be determined based
Completed A/B schedules tenderer
on the number of ü 1.1 for all conductors in submits a
completed schedules
Eskom spec. completed
that the tenderer
conductor
proposes to supply.
schedule per
proposed
conductor type)
Will be done based
on number of
Conductor Schedule ü 1.2 47 schedules and
Summary (Annexure A)
conductor that can
be made by tenderer.
Tenderer to fill in the
list of conductors
Type test report summary where a valid type ü 1.3 47 test report is
(Annexure A) available and when
the remaining will be
done.
A file must be
Submission of file
42 (as per submitted by the
containing information for: ü 1.4 analysis table in tenderer with
Analysis of ACSR, AAC
Annexure B) requested
and AAAC manufacturers.
information.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
3.2 Factory assessment
The assessments are performed to assess the tenderer’s capability to enter into a contract with Eskom with
respect to a specific product or service and meet Eskom’s requirements.
This report and any actions that are listed or recommended as a result of this assessment, is by no means a
confirmation or guarantee that any contract will be entered into by Eskom and the supplier or that post contract
performance has been achieved.
Any actions undertaken by the tenderer as a consequence of this report is for the tenderer’s account. Any
liability for the said actions undertaken by the tenderer is not transferrable to Eskom in any way.
The assessment team has no authority or responsibility in the decision taken by Eskom with respect to
contracting for a product or service.
Any statements, intentions and/or actions expressed by the assessment team during the assessment and after
the assessment should not be interpreted as the awarding of a contract and does not constitute any liability to
Eskom with regards to contract placement or post-contract performance guarantees.
3.2.1 Scope
Eskom will do factory assessments to assess the ability and readiness of the tenderer for
supplying/manufacturing of phase conductors for Eskom should the need arise. Eskom assessment
representative(s) will arrange visits to the factories that have qualified for factory evaluations.
At the factory, the Eskom assessment representative(s) will conduct the assessment through the use of
checklists. A generic checklist is provided in Annexure B and may serve as a guide on the aspects which the
Eskom representative(s) will look to assess. The checklists are used to verify capability of the factory to supply
the required products and to comply with the relevant specifications and tender submission documents.
3.2.2 Purpose
Assessments are performed as part of the standard practice within Eskom to determine whether a supplier
has the capability to manufacture the required products, from a business, technical and quality perspective.
The assessment also confirms the supplier’s compliance to the governing specifications and tender submission
documents. This document is intended to formalise the factory assessment procedure followed for phase
conductors.
3.2.3 Confidentiality
All information reviewed, observed, recorded during and reported as a result of the assessments will be treated
as, and will remain highly confidential. The procurement team and the supplier team will be the only parties
included in the distribution list.
3.2.4 Assessment Methodology
A factory assessment will only be conducted if a minimum score of 70% is achieved for the desktop
assessment. In the event that a factory assessment is conducted, the tenderer will still be required to achieve
a minimum score of 70% to meet the technical requirements threshold.
Eskom performs these factory assessments to assess the ability and readiness of the tenderer for
supplying/manufacturing of phase conductors for Eskom should the need arise and to verify the information
submitted in the tender responses.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Criteria (Technical)
Item Final scoring - desktop Scoring Final score Criteria
A/B schedules Acceptable 100% 50% of final Minimum 70% gatekeeper score
submitted/submitted score
Conductor Verify number of N/A 0% towards Used to verify number of products
schedules conductors final score that the tenderer can manufacture.
summary
Type test Submitted and N/A 0% towards Used to verify the status of type
reports acceptable final score testing for products tendered for.
Analysis of Inspection of file 100% 50% of item Minimum 70% gatekeeper score
ACSR, AAAC submitted as requested. score
and AAC
conductor
information
submitted.
Total 100%
Overall minimum threshold for qualification(s) 70%
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Name and surname Designation
Ravi Singh Chief Engineer Line Engineering Services
F. Mokhonoana Senior Manager Line Engineering Services (Acting)
Prashant Mathuradas Senior Engineer Line Engineering Services
Date Rev Compiler Remarks
Sept 2017 1 P. Mathuradas New document for the evaluation of the phase
conductor contract to be issued in 2017.
July 2022 2 P. Mathuradas Updates to document for new conductor contract to
be issued in 2024
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
· Prashant Mathuradas
· Ravi Singh
· Bharat Haridass
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
· Bertie Jacobs
· Kiresh Singh
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Not applicable.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Annex A
Annexure A: Conductor Schedule Summary (confirms which tests were
submitted for different phase conductor types)
Schedules Schedules
submitted submitted
Conductor Greased Ungreased Type Test (greased) (ungreased)
Squirrel x x
Magpie x x
Fox x x
Mink x x
Horse x x
Hare x x
Tiger x x
Oden (AC) x x
Oden (DC) x x
Wolf x x
Chickadee x x
Pelican x x
Panther x x
Bear x x
Kingbird x x
IEC 315 x x
Goat x x
Tern x x
Zebra x x
IEC 450 x x
Rail x x
IEC 500 x x
IEC 560 x x
Zambezi x x
IEC 630 x x
Dinosaur x x
Bersfort x x
IEC 800 x x
Acacia x x
Code 35 x x
Pine x x
Oak x x
IEC 160 x x
Sycamore x x
IEC 315 x x
IEC 400 x x
IEC 450 x x
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
IEC 500 x x
IEC 560 x x
IEC 630 x x
IEC 710 x x
IEC 800 x x
Hornet x x
Centipede x x
Bull x x
For the ACSR trapezoidal equivalents
listed to the left, technical specifications
and costing is required. EquivalentIEC 315 ACSR Trapezoidal equivalent
conductor refers to an ACSR conductor
that has trapezoidal stranding instead of
concentric stranding. These equivalents
can either be equivalent to the existingTern ACSR Trapezoidal equivalent
conductor with respect to diameter or
Aluminium area. The equivalency must
be specified as part of the submission.
Information must be provided if special
construction and installation practices
are required for the ACSS and ACCC
Bersfort ACSR Trapezoidal equivalent
proposed e conductors (e.g. special
joints, special manufacturing processes,
disposal of waste etc.).
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Annex B - Analysis sheet of ACSR and AAAC manufacturers
Total
Criteria for ACSR manufacturers- Technical score
achievable
1 Manufacturing Methods/Product Conformance
Do you have the ability to draw down raw aluminium material to required
1.1 1
strand sizes? (Yes or no response required)
Do you have the ability to produce complete stranded ACSR conductor?
1.2 1
(Yes or no response required)
Are all conductors manufactured according to the Eskom conductor
1.3 2
specification? (Yes or No response required)
Do you have the capability to design a conductor to a user requirement?
1.4 1
(Yes or No response required)
Are you affiliated to any international organisation/ experts in the field?
1.5 1
State affiliations.
Do you have the ability to supply technical drawings indicating conductor
1.6 2
technical data? Provide a sample drawing.
Provide a history and list of external customers that you have supplied
1.7 3
similar products to.
Do you have the ability to or have access to a supplier of services to
1.8 3
conduct creep testing in accordance with IEC 61395?
Will you supply certified test reports of conductor greases in accordance
1.9 2
with IEC 61394? (Yes or no response required)
Does the supplier have access to facilities to conduct all types of tests
1.10 required as per the Phase conductor standard for Eskom overhead lines 4
(240-152844641)?
Show evidence of an example of Type testing in accordance with the
1.11 Phase conductor standard for Eskom overhead lines (240-152844641). A 4
type test report must be submitted.
Show evidence of Sample testing on each individual product in
accordance with the relevant IEC standards and the Phase conductor
1.12 4
standard for Eskom overhead lines (240-152844641). Sample test format
and report to be submitted.
Supplier must provide typical drawings of wood and hybrid drums and
1.13 2
packaging details of items after manufacture
Indicate ability and process to be used to mark aluminium strands as per
1.14 1
Eskom requirements (Yes or No response required).
Submit example drawings of the hybrid and wooden drum details along
with packaging details of items after manufacture (1point per drum type).
Indicate the following key dimensions and material used per drum type (1
point per complete drawing):
· Spindle diameter
1.15 4 · Flange diameter
· Barrel diameter
· Total drum width
· Material used for different sections of the drums (i.e. spindle
material, flange material, barrel material)
Supply a sample drawing of the marking to be applied on the drums as
1.16 1
per Eskom requirements:
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
· Matched sets to be marked
· Measured length
· Nett mass
· Gross mass
· Order number
· Conductor type
· Greased or non-greased
· Eskom Logo and signature
· Red dot
· Drum rolling direction
Supply handling and long term (>6 months) storage requirements of the
1.17. 2
product in an open environment.
2 Quality control Practices
2.1 Submit calibration certificates of all testing equipment 1
2.2 Do you have competent technicians operating the testing equipment? 1
Are the testing procedures in alignment with the relevant IEC
2.3 1
specifications?
2.4 Provide examples of quality test reports 1
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Annex C – Generic Phase Conductor A/B Schedules
Squirrel ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤1.3677
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈6.33
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥8.02
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km) - ungreased value ≈85.2
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈80400
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈19.31* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 20.98-A1/S1A-6/1/2.11
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 6.33
Area Aluminium (mm2) 20.98
Area Total (mm2) 24.48
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 6/2.11
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 1/2.11
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 85.2
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 8.02
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 1.3677
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 80400
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 19.31
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000/2500/3000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Magpie ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤2.707
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈6.35
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥18.573
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈139.7
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈133760
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈13.68* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
10.58-A1/S1A-3/2.118-
IEC Code
4/2.118
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 6.35
Area Aluminium (mm2) 10.58
Area Total (mm2) 24.71
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 3/2.118
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 4/2.118
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 139.7
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 18.573
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 2.707
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 133760
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 13.68
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000/2500/3000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Fox ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.7822
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈8.37
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥13.1
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈149
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈80400
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈19.31* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 36.68-A1/S1A-6/1/2.79
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 8.37
Area Aluminium (mm2) 36.68
Area Total (mm2) 42.8
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 6/2.79
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 1/2.79
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 149
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 13.1
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.7822
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 80400
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 19.31
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000/2500
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Mink ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.4546
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈10.98
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥21.9
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈257
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈80400
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈19.31* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 63.13-A1/S1A-6/1/3.66
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 10.98
Area Aluminium (mm2) 63.13
Area Total (mm2) 73.65
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 6/3.66
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 1/3.66
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 257
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 21.9
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.4546
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 80400
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 19.31
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Horse ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.3939
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈13.95
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥60.7
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈541
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈108000
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈15.84* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 73.36-A1/S1A-12/7/2.79
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 13.95
Area Aluminium (mm2) 73.36
Area Total (mm2) 116.16
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 12/2.79
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 7/2.79
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 541
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 60.7
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.3939
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 108000
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 15.84
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Hare ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.2733
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈14.16
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥36
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈427
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈80400
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈19.31* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 104.98-A1/S1A-6/1/4.72
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 14.16
Area Aluminium (mm2) 104.98
Area Total (mm2) 122.48
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 6/4.72
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 1/4.72
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 427
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 36
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.2733
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 80400
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 19.31
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Tiger ACSR conductor
Alternative phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.2202
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈16.52
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥.70
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈606
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈83400
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈18.43* 10-6
A/b schedules phase conductor specification sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 131.23-A1/S1A-30/7/2.36
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 16.52
Area Aluminium (mm2) 131.23
Area Total (mm2) 161.85
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 30/2.36
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 7/2.36
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 606
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 58.70
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.2202
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 83400
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 18.43 10-6
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Oden ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.2473
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈17.6
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≤93.62
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈853
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈108000
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈15.61* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 116.78-A1/S1A-12/7/3.52
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 17.6
Area Aluminium (mm2) 116.78
Area Total (mm2) 184.9
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 12/3.52
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 7/3.52
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 853
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 93.62
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.2473
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 108000
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 15.61* 10-6
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and Ungreased.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Wolf ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.1828
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈18.13
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥69.2
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈730
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈83400
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈18.43* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 158.06-A1/S1A-30/7/2.59
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 18.13
Area Aluminium (mm2) 158.06
Area Total (mm2) 194.94
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 30/2.59
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 7/2.59
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 730
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 69.2
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.1828
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 83400
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 18.43
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Chicadee ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.1427
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈18.87
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥44.9
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈643
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈66200
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈21.44* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 200.93-A1/S1A-18/1/3.77
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 18.87
Area Aluminium (mm2) 200.93
Area Total (mm2) 212.09
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 18/3.77
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 1/3.77
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 643
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 44.9
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.1427
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 66200
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 21.44
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000/2500/3000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Pelican ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.1189
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈20.70
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥53.8
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈775
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈66200
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈21.44* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 242.31-A1/S1A-18/1/4.14
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 20.70
Area Aluminium (mm2) 242.31
Area Total (mm2) 255.77
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 18/4.14
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 1/4.14
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 775
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 53.8
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.1189
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 66200
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 21.44
Drum Lengths (m) 1000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Panther ACSR conductor
Alternative phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.1363
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈21.00
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥90.80
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈970
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈83400
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈18.43
A/b schedules phase conductor specification sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 212.06-A1/S1A-30/7/3.00
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 21.00
Area Aluminium (mm2) 212.06
Area Total (mm2) 261.54
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 30/3.00
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 7/3.00
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 970
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 90.80
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.1363
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 83400
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 18.43
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Bear ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.1093
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈23.45
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥112
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈1220
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈83400
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈18.43* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 264.42-A1/S1A-30/7/3.35
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 23.45
Area Aluminium (mm2) 264.42
Area Total (mm2) 326.12
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 30/3.35
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 7/3.35
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 1220
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 112
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.1093
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 83400
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 18.43
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Kingbird ACSR conductor
Alternative phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0,0891
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈23.90
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥71.32
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈1038
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈66200
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈21.69 10-6
A/b schedules phase conductor specification sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 323.01-A1/S1A-18/1/4.78
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 23.90
Area Aluminium (mm2) 323.01
Area Total (mm2) 340.96
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 18/4.78
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 1/4.78
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 1038
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 71.32
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.0891
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 66200
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 21.69
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
IEC 315 ACSR conductor
Alternative phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0,0917
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈23.9
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥79.03
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈1039.6
A/b schedules phase conductor specification sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 315-A1/S1A-45/2.99-7/1.99
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 23.9
Area Aluminium (mm2) 315
Area Total (mm2) 337
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 45/2.99
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 7/1.99
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 1039.6
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 79.03
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.0917
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) Supplier to specify
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) Supplier to specify
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000/2500/3000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Confidential
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
Phase conductor
Revision: 2
Page:
Goat ACSR conductor
ALTERNATIVE phase conductor
If an alternative conductor is offered, the following electrical and mechanical properties shall be observed:
· Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤0.0891
· Conductor diameter (mm) ≈25.97
· Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥136
· Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈1500
· Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈83400
· Coefficient of linear expansion (1/°C) ≈18.43* 10-6
A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets
Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied
Conductor Type
Description Schedule A Schedule B
IEC Code 324.31-A1/S1A-30/7/3.71
Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 25.97
Area Aluminium (mm2) 324.31
Area Total (mm2) 399.98
Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 30/3.71
Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 7/3.71
Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 1500
Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 136
Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 0.0891
Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 83400
Coefficient of Linear Expansion, , (1/°C) 18.43
Drum Lengths (m) 1000/1500/2000
Matched Sets Yes
Greased Greased and ungreased
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Methodology
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf (unknown)The desktop evaluation requires tenderers to provide specifications of phase conductors they propose to manufacture and supply, including greased and ungreased options. Type test reports must be submitted for each conductor tendered, with provisions for conductors not previously manufactured. Tenderers must also submit phase conductor information for PLS-CADD software, details of manufacturing premises, staff, equipment, testing facilities, and lead times. They must cater for previously unsupplied conductors that may be requested during the contract.
Experience & Qualifications
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf (unknown)Tenderers must provide a history and list of external customers they have supplied similar products to, and indicate affiliations with international organisations or experts in the field. They must also demonstrate the ability to design conductors to user requirements and provide sample technical drawings.
Quality Management
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf (unknown)The factory assessment verifies the tenderer's capability to manufacture the required products from a business, technical, and quality perspective. It uses checklists to verify compliance with specifications and tender submissions. The assessment covers manufacturing methods, product conformance, quality control practices, calibration certificates, competent technicians, and alignment of testing procedures with IEC specifications.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf (unknown)Minimum functionality/qualifying score: 70%
minimum score of 70%
Health & Safety
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdf. Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1 Scope ................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ............................................................................................................................ 3
2.2 Normative/informative references ...................................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.2.2 Informative ............................................................................................................................. 3
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................... 4
2.3.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 4
2.3.2 Disclosure classification ......................................................................................................... 4
2.4 Abbreviations ...................................................................................................................................... 4
2.5 Roles and responsibilities .................................................................................................................. 4
2.6 Process for monitoring ....................................................................................................................... 4
2.7 Related/supporting documents .......................................................................................................... 4
3.1 Desktop Evaluation ............................................................................................................................ 5
3.1.1 Conductor Evaluation – the tenderers will be scored according to score sheets in
tick sheets will be available in excel format with the tender enquiry package. The Eskom evaluating
representatives will go through the details of the returnable submissions that are required and will ensure that
the Gatekeeper criteria are met. If submissions that receive a “No” on any of the Gatekeeper criteria, the
supplier will not be able to proceed to the Desktop Evaluation and therefore will fail the technical evaluation.
3.1.1 Conductor Evaluation – the tenderers will be scored according to score sheets in
Contractual Terms
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdfthe Annexures. ....................................................................................................................... 5
3.1.2 Phase conductor contract returnable list and gatekeepers ................................................... 6
3.2 Factory assessment ........................................................................................................................... 7
3.2.1 Scope ..................................................................................................................................... 7
3.2.2 Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 7
3.2.3 Confidentiality......................................................................................................................... 7
3.2.4 Assessment Methodology ...................................................................................................... 7
Authorization ................................................................................................................................................ 8
Revisions ..................................................................................................................................................... 8
Development team ...................................................................................................................................... 8
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................................... 10
Annexure A: Conductor Schedule Summary (confirms which tests were submitted for different phase
conductor types) ........................................................................................................................................ 11
Annexure B - Analysis sheet of ACSR and AAAC manufacturers ................................................................... 13
Annexure C – Generic Phase Conductor A/B Schedules ................................................................................ 15
confirmation or guarantee that any contract will be entered into by Eskom and the supplier or that post contract
performance has been achieved.
Any actions undertaken by the tenderer as a consequence of this report is for the tenderer’s account. Any
liability for the said actions undertaken by the tenderer is not transferrable to Eskom in any way.
the assessment should not be interpreted as the awarding of a contract and does not constitute any liability to
has the capability to manufacture the required products, from a business, technical and quality perspective.
The assessment also confirms the supplier’s compliance to the governing specifications and tender submission
documents. This document is intended to formalise the factory assessment procedure followed for phase
conductors.
3.2.3 Confidentiality
Section
Source: Technical Evaluation Crieria for Conductors _240-130900871.pdfTitle: TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR OVERHEAD Unique Identifier: 240-130900871
[2] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems.
The technical evaluation procedure is specific to each item type. The items include ACSR, AAAC and AAC
The complete evaluation of any potential supplier would involve a desktop evaluation as well as a factory
evaluation. The factory evaluation is necessary to verify if the supplier possesses the capabilities which they
Description
Source: LOCAL CONTENT ANNEX C,D,E.xlsThe tender is for the supply of various electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses within the Limlanga cluster, on an 'as and when' required basis over a period of 24 months. The scope includes local content calculations, imported content declarations, and compliance with designated product requirements.
Submission Guidelines
Source: LOCAL CONTENT ANNEX C,D,E.xls (unknown)Bidders must submit the completed and signed standard SBD forms, including SBD 4 (Declaration of Interest), SBD 6.1 (Preference Points Claim), SBD 6.2 (Declaration for Local Production and Content), and SBD 8 (Declaration of Bidder’s Past Supply Chain Management Practices). Bidders must be registered on the Central Supplier Database (CSD) and hold a valid SARS tax clearance (TCS). Local content requirements under the PPPFA apply, and bidders must complete Annex C, D, and E. No specific B-BBEE level or CIDB grading is stated.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: LOCAL CONTENT ANNEX C,D,E.xls (unknown)Bidders must complete and sign the standard SBD forms, including SBD 4 (Declaration of Interest), SBD 6.1 (Preference Points Claim), SBD 6.2 (Declaration for Local Production and Content), and SBD 8 (Declaration of Bidder’s Past Supply Chain Management Practices). Bidders must be registered on the CSD and have a valid tax clearance (SARS TCS). Bidders must comply with local content requirements as per the PPPFA and complete Annex C, D, and E. No specific B-BBEE level or CIDB grading is stated in the document.
Description
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdfThe tender covers the supply of various electrical cables, conductors, and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster. The technical specification details aerial bundled conductors (ABC) with bare or insulated neutral supporting conductor, including construction requirements, phase core identification, marking (minimum 5 mm and maximum 10 mm character height, markings at intervals not exceeding 100 mm), and testing requirements per SANS 1418 and the Eskom standard.
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdf (unknown)Returnable documents: completed and signed tender forms, including the SBD forms (e.g., SBD 4 Declaration of Interest, SBD 7.1/7.2 Contract Form) and any other forms specified in the tender document. Bids must be submitted in the prescribed manner and format, with all required technical schedules completed. Late submissions will be disqualified. The tender document references Eskom's standard conditions and technical specifications; bidders must comply with all stated requirements.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdf (unknown)Evaluation will consider compliance with the technical specification, including testing requirements (insulation piercing test, carbon black dispersion test, tensile strength tests, etc.), marking requirements (character height, identification of phase cores, Eskom logo usage), and packing/drum requirements. The manufacturer must have a valid SABS permit. Where conflicts exist between the Eskom standard and SANS 1418, the Eskom standard takes precedence.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdf (unknown)The specification is based on SANS 1418, Aerial bundle conductor systems.
2.1 Scope
This specification covers the requirements for aerial bundled conductor (ABC) with an insulated neutral
supporting core as well as aerial bundled conductor (ABC) with a bare (un-insulated) neutral supporting core
for use in Eskom’s overhead single-phase, dual-phase and three-phase low voltage electricity distribution
systems and is based on SANS 1418.
The requirements for the phase cores, the bare as well as insulated supporting conductor and the
assembled bundles are covered.
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this document is to cover the necessary requirements for aerial bundled conductors with
bare or insulated neutral supporting conductor in Eskom’s low voltage distribution systems
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited, its divisions, subsidiaries and entities
wherein Eskom has a controlling interest.
2.2 Normative/informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] SANS/ISO 9001, Quality Management Systems
[2] ISO 868:2003, Plastics and ebonite - Determination of indentation hardness by means of a
durometer (Shore hardness)
[3] CENELEC HD 626 S1, Overhead Distribution Cables of rated voltage Uo/U (Um) : 0.6/1 (1.2) kV,
Part 2 - Additional test methods
[4] SANS 1418-1, Aerial Bundled Conductor Systems - Part 1: Cores
[5] SANS 1418-2, Aerial Bundled Conductor Systems - Part 2: Assembled Insulated Conductor
Bundles
[6] SANS 60811-605, Electric and optical fibre cables - Test methods for non-metallic materials.
Part 605: Physical tests – Measurement of carbon black and/or mineral filler in polyethylene
compounds
[7] BS EN 50396, Non electrical test methods for low voltage energy cables
[8] D-DT-3141
[9] SANS 10005, The preservative treatment of timber
2.2.2 Informative
None
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
AERIAL BUNDLED CONDUCTORS WITH BARE OR Unique Identifier: 240-84758170
Insulated neutral supporting conductor
Revision: 3
Page:
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
The definitions given in SANS 1418-1 shall apply.
2.3.2 Disclosure classification
Controlled disclosure: controlled disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or discretionary).
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
ABC Aerial Bundled Conductor
LV Low Voltage
XLPE Cross-linked polyethylene
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
This standard covers the technical requirements for aerial bundled conductor with bare or insulated neutral
supporting core to be applied by Eskom approved manufacturers.
2.6 Process for monitoring
This standard is monitored by LV Overhead Lines Care Group and the relevant quality processes.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
D-DT-3141 - Low Voltage Aerial Bundled Conductor.
Methodology
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdf (unknown)Marking requirements: The first phase core shall be identified by the number 1 or Roman numeral I, with markings at intervals not exceeding 100 mm. Phase cores other than the first shall have the nominal cross-sectional size stated on the insulation surface, with markings at intervals not exceeding 100 mm. The insulated supporting core shall have markings including the nominal cross-sectional area, purchaser's name, and a durable white mark at intervals of not more than 150 mm, with durability compliant with wiping test requirements.
Quality Management
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdf. Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1 Scope ................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ............................................................................................................................ 3
2.2 Normative/informative references ...................................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.2.2 Informative ............................................................................................................................. 3
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................... 4
2.3.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 4
2.3.2 Disclosure classification ......................................................................................................... 4
2.4 Abbreviations ...................................................................................................................................... 4
2.5 Roles and responsibilities .................................................................................................................. 4
2.6 Process for monitoring ....................................................................................................................... 4
2.7 Related/supporting documents .......................................................................................................... 4
3.1 General ............................................................................................................................................... 4
3.2 Insulated neutral supporting core ....................................................................................................... 5
3.3 Bare neutral supporting conductor ..................................................................................................... 5
3.4 Marking requirements for the first phase core ................................................................................... 5
3.5 Marking requirements for phase cores other than the first phase core ............................................. 6
3.6 Marking requirements for insulated supporting core .......................................................................... 6
3.7 Marking requirements for auxiliary cores ........................................................................................... 6
4.1 Testing Requirements ........................................................................................................................ 7
4.1.1 Carbon black dispersion (type test) ....................................................................................... 7
4.1.2 Insulation piercing test (type test) .......................................................................................... 7
Drum marking, packing and labelling requirements .................................................................................... 8
Authorization ................................................................................................................................................ 8
Revisions ..................................................................................................................................................... 9
Development team ...................................................................................................................................... 9
Acknowledgements ..................................................................................................................................... 9
Annex A - Eskom Signature and Printing Guidelines ....................................................................................... 10
Annex B - Technical Schedules A and B .......................................................................................................... 12
4.1 Testing Requirements
The following tests shall be carried out, the type of test (i.e. type, sample or routine) is stated in Table 3.
Table 3: Test requirements
1 2 3
Inspection tests Routine SANS 1418-2 Clause 6.1
Compliance with dimensions Sample SANS 1418-2 Clause 6.2
Adherence of dielectric to conductor of supporting core Type SANS 1418-2 Clause 6.4.1
Carbon black content Sample SANS 1418-2 Clause 6.4.2
Tensile strength and breaking force of supporting and phase SANS 1418-2 Clause 4.1.3 &
Type
conductors Clause 6.4.3
SANS 1418-2 Clause 4.1.5 &
clause
5.4 3.6 If applicable, provide an example of marking XXXXXXXX __________
of insulated supporting conductor
5.5 3.6 Height of text mm XXXXXXXX __________
5.6 3.7 If applicable, provide an example of marking
Xxxxxxxx __________
of auxiliary cores
5.7 3.7 Height of text mm XXXXXXXX __________
6 4 Test requirements
6.1 4 Conductor resistance Comply __________
6.2 4 Voltage withstand Comply __________
6.3 4 Resistance of dielectric Comply __________
6.4 4 Impulse Comply __________
6.5 4 HV withstand Comply __________
6.6 4 Inspection tests Comply __________
6.7 4 Compliance with dimensions Comply __________
6.8 4 Adherence of dielectric to conductor of
Comply __________
supporting core
6.7 4 Carbon black content Comply __________
6.8 4 Tensile strength and breaking force of Comply __________
supporting and phase conductor
6.9 4 Performance of supporting cores Comply __________
6.10 4 Tensile strength of phase conductor wires Comply __________
6.11 4 Tensile strength of supporting conductor
Comply __________
wires
6.12 4 Dielectric shrink-back at high temperature Comply __________
6.13 4 Carbon black dispersion (type test) Comply __________
6.14 4 Insulation piercing test (type test) Comply __________
6.15 4 Has all the supporting test reports been
Yes __________
submitted
7.1 5 Provide an example of drum marking and
Xxxxxxxx __________
labelling
7.2 5 Length of bundled conductor per drum m __________ __________
7.3 5 Drum provided shall not damage the ABC
Yes __________
under normal handling conditions
7.4 5 Moisture content of the drum provided shall
Yes __________
not exceed 20%
7.5 5 Drum provided shall be resistant to wood
Yes __________
biological attack
7.6 5 Both ends of ABC shall be sealed & secured Yes __________
Pricing Schedule
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdf (unknown)Annex B - Technical Schedules A and B: Schedule A contains purchaser's specific requirements, Schedule B contains guarantees and technical particulars of equipment offered. Items include product code, number of phase cores, number of neutral supporting conductors, number of strands of phase conductor, whether auxiliary core is required, diameter of auxiliary conductor, whether bare or insulated neutral supporting conductor is required, cross-sectional area of bare neutral conductor, overall diameter of insulated neutral supporting conductor, cross-sectional area of insulated neutral core, dielectric thickness, height of text markings, and length of bundled conductor per drum.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdf (unknown)3.1 General
The requirements for aerial bundled conductor shall be in accordance with the requirements in SANS 1418-1, SANS 1418-2 and this standard / specification. Where conflicting requirements between this standard and SANS 1418 exists the requirements of this standard takes precedence.
The aerial bundled conductor manufacturer shall have a valid SABS permit for manufacturing aerial bundled conductor according to SANS 1418.
The nominal cross-sectional area of the phase conductors shall be 35 mm2, 70 mm2 or 95mm2.
Where applicable, the nominal cross sectional area of the auxiliary conductor shall be 25 mm2. Note: In SANS 1418-1 the phase and auxiliary conductors are considered to be of the same type (i.e. properties, tests, etc. are the same). The auxiliary should not be confused with a service connection stated in SANS 1418.
The bare neutral conductor or insulated neutral core shall be the supporting conductor or supporting core for the complete ABC bundle respectively.
When tested in according with the requirements of CENELEC HD 626 S1: Part 2, the insulation of insulated cores shall pass the insulation piercing tests.
The maximum and minimum dielectric thickness for the phase and auxiliary cores shall be in accordance with Table 1 below. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure AERIAL BUNDLED CONDUCTORS WITH BARE OR Unique Identifier: 240-84758170 INSULATED NEUTRAL SUPPORTING CONDUCTOR Revision: 3 Page: Table 1: Maximum dielectric thicknesses 1 2 3 4 Nominal conductor size Min thickness of dielectric Max thickness of dielectric Type of conductor of core mm2 mm mm 35 1,34 1,86 Phase 70 1,52 2,08 (aluminium) 95 1,52 2,08 Auxiliary 25 1,16 1,64 Note: The maximum dielectric thickness was determined as follows: 0.1 mm + 110% of the average dielectric thickness. 3.2 Insulated neutral supporting core
The nominal cross-sectional area of the neutral conductor shall be 54,6 mm2.
The minimum and maximum thickness of the dielectric shall be 1,34 mm and 1,86 mm respectively. 3.3 Bare neutral supporting conductor
The bare neutral support conductor shall comply with the relevant requirements for the supporting conductor stipulated in SANS 1418-1.
The nominal cross sectional area of the bare neutral conductor shall be either 35 mm2 (in the case of 35 mm2 phase conductor) or 50 mm2 (in the case of 70 and 95 mm2 phase conductor).
The construction of the bare neutral supporting conductor shall comply with the requirements given in Table 2 below.
The conductor shall not be compacted. Table 2: Properties of bare neutral supporting conductor 1 2 3 4 5 6 Number of Maximum Conductor size Minimum breaking wires and resistance at 20 Diameter of conductor mm mm2 force N diameter in mm °C Ώ / km min max 35 7 × 2,52 0,986 7,36 7,66 10300 50 7 × 3,00 0,720 8,80 9,10 14200 3.4 Marking requirements for the first phase core 3.4.1 The following information shall also be legibly and durably marked by indenting or embossing the insulation surface of the first phase core at regular intervals not exceeding 100 mm
Marking that identifies the manufacturer shall be provided
The year of manufacture shall be provided
The legend “600/1000 V” shall be provided
The phase conductor nominal cross-sectional size shall be provided
The first phase core shall be identified by means of the number 1. The Roman numeral number I shall not be used, and
Marking that identifies the purchaser’s name i.e. “ESKOM” shall be provided ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure AERIAL BUNDLED CONDUCTORS WITH BARE OR Unique Identifier: 240-84758170 INSULATED NEUTRAL SUPPORTING CONDUCTOR Revision: 3 Page: 3.4.2 The character height for the letters and numerals shall be a minimum of 5 mm and a maximum of 10 mm. Example of marking of the first phase core appearing at intervals not exceeding 100 mm: “ XXXXX XXXXX YEAR 600/1000V 70 mm2 1 ESKOM ” 3.5 Marking requirements for phase cores other than the first phase core
Phase cores shall be identified by means of the number 2 or 3 as appropriate. The Roman numeral numbers II, III shall not be used
The phase conductor nominal cross-sectional size shall be stated on the insulation surface of each phase core
Markings that identifies the purchaser’s name i.e. “ESKOM” shall be provided
The character height for the letters and numerals shall be a minimum of 5mm and a maximum of 10mm, and
These markings shall appear at regular intervals not exceeding 100 mm Example of marking of the phase cores other than the first phase core appearing at regular intervals: “ 70 mm2 2 ESKOM ” 3.6 Marking requirements for insulated supporting core
In addition to the relevant requirements of SANS 1418-1, the supporting neutral conductor nominal cross-sectional size shall be stated on the insulating surface of the supporting neutral core
Identification thread need not be used
Marking that identifies the purchaser’s name i.e. “ESKOM” shall be provided
A longitudinal ridge along the exterior surface of the supporting insulated neutral core in accordance with SANS 1418-1 shall be provided
The above insulated core markings shall appear at regular intervals not exceeding 100 mm
Health & Safety
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdfRevision: 3
Page:
3.4.2 The character height for the letters and numerals shall be a minimum of 5 mm and a maximum of
10 mm.
Example of marking of the first phase core appearing at intervals not exceeding 100 mm:
“ XXXXX XXXXX YEAR 600/1000V 70 mm2 1 ESKOM ”
3.5 Marking requirements for phase cores other than the first phase core
a) Phase cores shall be identified by means of the number 2 or 3 as appropriate. The Roman
numeral numbers II, III shall not be used
b) The phase conductor nominal cross-sectional size shall be stated on the insulation surface of each
phase core
c) Markings that identifies the purchaser’s name i.e. “ESKOM” shall be provided
d) The character height for the letters and numerals shall be a minimum of 5mm and a maximum of
10mm, and
e) These markings shall appear at regular intervals not exceeding 100 mm
“ 70 mm2 2 ESKOM ”
3.6 Marking requirements for insulated supporting core
a) In addition to the relevant requirements of SANS 1418-1, the supporting neutral conductor nominal
cross-sectional size shall be stated on the insulating surface of the supporting neutral core
b) Identification thread need not be used
c) Marking that identifies the manufacturer shall be provided
d) The year of manufacture shall be provided
e) The legend “600/1000 V” shall be provided
f) Marking that identifies the purchaser’s name i.e. “ESKOM” shall be provided
g) A longitudinal ridge along the exterior surface of the supporting insulated neutral core in
accordance with SANS 1418-1 shall be provided
h) The character height for the letters and numerals shall be a minimum of 5mm and a maximum of
10mm, and
i) The above insulated core markings shall appear at regular intervals not exceeding 100 mm
j) In addition to the above markings, the insulated neutral core shall be marked by means of a
durable “ ” mark applied in white at intervals of not more than 150 mm along the surface of the
insulated neutral core with durability of the markings compliant with the wiping test requirements of
Bs en 50396 [7]
Revision: 3
Page:
d) These markings shall appear at regular intervals not exceeding 100 mm
Clause 6.3.3
Impulse Type SANS 1418-2 Appendix E
HV withstand Type SANS 1418-2 Appendix E
provide a rectangular background on which the signature shall be printed.
j) The width (or height) of the white rectangular background shall be three times the diameter of the
“circle” part of the Eskom logo.
k) The printed Eskom signature shall appear central onto the white rectangular background leaving a
space equal to one signature “circle” on both front and back ends.
l) The Eskom logo printing shall be made using silkscreen technique or other equivalent techniques
which shall be demonstrated to and approved by Eskom.
m) The dimensions of the complete Eskom signature shall be a minimum length and height of 82 mm
and 21 mm respectively. The copy of the Eskom signature and standard printing guidelines are
shown in Annex A.
n) All other printing on the flange shall be positioned so as to ensure a minimum clearance of one
logo “circle” diameter away from the Eskom signature.
o) Red Round Mark: The opposite side of a conductor drum (i.e. the side not bearing the Eskom logo)
shall be marked (stamped) with a red circle of 200 mm diameter to augment the logo for forensic
purposes.
(Normative)
The Eskom signature (logo and logotype) printing guide and format
The Eskom Signature (logo and logotype) must be used together as a unit. The logo (“circle”) and the
logotype (the word “Eskom”) must always appear together as one unit.
a) Colour specifications:
Contractual Terms
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdfThe contract is for a period of 24 months, on an 'as and when' required basis. The aerial bundled conductor must comply with the Eskom standard (240-84758170) and SANS 1418, with the Eskom standard taking precedence in case of conflict. The manufacturer must hold a valid SABS permit. Marking and identification requirements are specified, including the use of the Eskom logo and logotype as a single unit, with specific colour specifications (Pantone 287C or black).
Special Conditions
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdf (unknown)The aerial bundled conductor manufacturer shall have a valid SABS permit for manufacturing aerial bundled conductors. Where conflicting requirements exist between the Eskom standard and SANS 1418, the Eskom standard takes precedence. The first phase core shall be identified by the number 1 (not Roman numeral I), and phase cores 2 and 3 shall be identified accordingly. Marking must be legible and durable, with character height between 5 mm and 10 mm, and markings at intervals not exceeding 100 mm.
Requirements
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdf (unknown)The aerial bundled conductor must comply with SANS 1418 and the Eskom standard (240-84758170). The manufacturer must have a valid SABS permit. Testing requirements include insulation piercing test, carbon black dispersion test, tensile strength tests for phase and supporting conductors, and other tests as per the standard. Marking requirements include identification of phase cores with numbers (1, 2, 3) and the Eskom logo/logotype as a single unit, with specific colour specifications.
Section
Source: 240-84758170 ABC Standard Rev3.pdfEvaluation will assess compliance with the technical specification, including testing, marking, and packing requirements. The manufacturer must have a valid SABS permit. The Eskom standard takes precedence over SANS 1418 where conflicts exist.
Description
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdfThis Eskom specification is based on the requirements of NRS 074-1 Edition 2. Compulsory safety specification VC 8075 stipulates that all cables must comply with the relevant safety requirements. The cable identification system shall be unique for each manufacturer and shall be submitted with the tender documentation for Eskom approval. The identification code shall be repeated at intervals not exceeding 500 mm if not continuous in nature. The cable shall be sequentially marked at one metre intervals with the legend 000 m, 001 m etc., starting at the barrel of the drum. All cable drums destined for Eskom shall be branded with the Eskom logo on one flat side (the flange). The name plate shall include SAP number, order number, batch number, and technical information of the cable.
Important Dates
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"9 June 2022"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdf (unknown)Submission details are not stated in the available text. The tender documentation must include a catalogue with cable dimensional data (diameter over conductor, insulation, bedding, armour wires, outer sheath, insulation thickness) and cable rating information. Details of the proposed cable identification system must be submitted with the tender documentation and are subject to Eskom approval. Where required, type test reports and certificates must be provided with the tender documentation. The identification code for the cable manufacturer must be unique for each manufacturer. All costs of services such as tests and delivery must be declared and allowed for in the tender.
Returnable Documents
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdf (unknown)At the time of tender, the following must be submitted: a catalogue with cable dimensional data (diameter over conductor, insulation, bedding, armour wires, outer sheath, insulation thickness) and cable rating information (maximum sustained current rating in ground, air, ducts; short-circuit ratings; cable mass; gross mass per drum; a.c. resistance; reactance; capacitance; zero sequence impedance). Full Technical Schedules B (including Test Schedules and Deviation Schedules) shall be completed and submitted together with Technical Schedules A for approval. All required type, routine and sample test reports (complete, in English) shall be submitted at time of tendering and/or pre-qualification, including valid product type test reports per SANS 1507-3, SANAS accredited product certification body mark scheme permit and accompanying schedules. Details of proposed conductor identification system and cable identification system shall be submitted with tender documentation.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdf (unknown)The identification code shall be unique for each manufacturer. The identification system shall not negatively impact the environment in which the cable is installed over its expected life. The identification code shall be repeated at intervals not exceeding 500 mm if not continuous in nature. The cable shall be sequentially marked at one metre intervals with the legend 000 m, 001 m etc. The identification system shall be durable and withstand expected conditions over the cable's life. The identification system shall not negatively impact the mechanical integrity and performance of the cable over its expected life.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdf (unknown)This Eskom Specification is based on the requirements of NRS 074-1 Edition 2.
Compulsory safety specification VC 8075 stipulates that all low voltage cables in South Africa shall comply
with the requirements of SANS 1507.
Where any conflicting requirements exist, this document will take precedence.
2.1 Scope
This specification covers Eskom’s requirements for LV power and control cables in accordance with SANS
1507-1 and SANS 1507-3.
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this specification is to specify the technical requirements for LV power and control cables to
be supplied to Eskom.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout all Eskom Holdings Limited Divisions.
2.2 Normative/informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001, Quality Management Systems.
[2] 240-560360637, General information and requirements for low-voltage cable systems.
[3] 240-56227443, Requirements for control and power cables for power stations.
[4] SANS 1507, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500 V
to 1 900/3 300 V).
[5] VC 8075, Compulsory specification for the safety of electric cables with extruded solid dielectric
insulation for fixed installations (300/500 V to 1 900/3 300 V.
[6] NS 074-1, Low-voltage (600/1 000 V) cable systems for underground electrical distribution.
[7] D-DT 3128, Buyer’s guide for LV power and control cables.
[8] D-DT 0856, Standard power and control cable codes.
[9] D-DT 3248, Buyer’s guide for LV CCAA cables.
[10] 0.00/1310, Standard power and control cable codes for Generation application.
2.2.2 Informative
None
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE WITH RATED Unique Identifier: 240-56063805
Voltage standard 600/1000V
Revision: 3
Page:
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
The definitions in SANS 1507 and NRS 000 shall apply.
2.3.2 Disclosure classification
Controlled disclosure: controlled disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or discretionary).
2.4 Abbreviations
The abbreviations in SANS 1507, NRS 000 and the following shall apply.
Abbreviation Description
Al Aluminium
CCAA Copper Cladded Aluminium Alloy
Cu Copper
LV Low Voltage
NRS National Rationalised Standards
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
QMS Quality Management System
SANAS South African National Accreditation System
SANS South African National Standards
UV Ultraviolet
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
All Eskom employees and/or appointed bodies involved in the procurement of LV power and control cables
shall ensure that these products meets the requirements as specified in this document.
Note: Any deviation from these requirements shall constitute non-conformance.
2.6 Process for monitoring
The LV power and control cables acceptance shall be based on the relevant technical evaluation criteria at the
time of tender and based on factory acceptance testing requirements as per this standard.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Refer to clause/ section 2.2.
Methodology
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdf (unknown)Packaging and marking requirements: wooden drums shall be treated per SANS 10005 to resist biological attack, with treatment not harmful to environment or humans. Drum lengths: up to 16 mm² conductor: 500 m; larger than 16 mm²: 300 m. Each conductor shall be marked with a unique and traceable identification system; manufacturer shall keep a secure database. The identification system must be durable, withstand 90°C continuous and 250°C short-circuit temperatures, not negatively impact cable integrity or environment, be visible to naked eye, marked at intervals not exceeding 500 mm, legible with naked eye or magnifying glass, and use a unique algorithm per manufacturer. Cable shall be marked with a unique and traceable identification system installed between insulation and outer sheath, with similar durability and visibility requirements. Outer sheath marking shall include specification number, year of manufacture, rated voltage, conductor size, number of cores, conductor material, and 'ESKOM'; bear SANAS accredited product certification body mark; sequential length marking at one metre intervals with error less than 1%; colour coded stripe per SANS 1507. Cable drums shall be marked with Eskom SAP number, branded with Eskom logo on flange (Eskom blue or black on white background, minimum 820 mm x 210 mm), and have a UV stable, water resistant label/nameplate with SAP number, order number, batch number, and technical information.
Quality Management
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdfparagraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001, Quality Management Systems.
[2] 240-560360637, General information and requirements for low-voltage cable systems.
[3] 240-56227443, Requirements for control and power cables for power stations.
[4] SANS 1507, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500 V
to 1 900/3 300 V).
[5] VC 8075, Compulsory specification for the safety of electric cables with extruded solid dielectric
insulation for fixed installations (300/500 V to 1 900/3 300 V.
[6] NS 074-1, Low-voltage (600/1 000 V) cable systems for underground electrical distribution.
[7] D-DT 3128, Buyer’s guide for LV power and control cables.
[8] D-DT 0856, Standard power and control cable codes.
[9] D-DT 3248, Buyer’s guide for LV CCAA cables.
[10] 0.00/1310, Standard power and control cable codes for Generation application.
2.2.2 Informative
shall ensure that these products meets the requirements as specified in this document.
Note: Any deviation from these requirements shall constitute non-conformance.
2.6 Process for monitoring
time of tender and based on factory acceptance testing requirements as per this standard.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Refer to clause/ section 2.2.
3.1 Rated voltage
The rated voltage of the cable shall be 600/1000 V.
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE WITH RATED Unique Identifier: 240-56063805
Voltage standard 600/1000V
Revision: 3
Page:
3.10 3.4 Is catalogue provided with tender Yes ____________
documentation?
3.11 3.4.4 Copy of type tests report and where Yes ____________
applicable certificates to be provided with
tender documentation
3.12 3.4.1 Dimensions of cable submitted Yes ____________
3.13 3.4.2 a) Maximum sustained current rating in:
3.14 Ground? A xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.4.2 a) Air? A xxxxxxxxxx ____________
Ducts? A xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.15 3.4.2 b) Short circuit rating? kA xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.16 3.4.2 c) Cable mass? kg/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.17 3.4.2 d) Gross mass per standard drum length? kg xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.18 3.4.2 e) Resistance at max conductor temperature? °C xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.19 3.4.2 f) Reactance per phase? Ω/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.20 3.4.2 g) Capacitance per phase? nF/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.21 3.4.2 h) Zero sequence impedance and capacitance Ω/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
per phase?
3.22 6 Testing of cable is done in accordance with Yes ____________
SANS 1507-3?
Pricing Schedule
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdf (unknown)Price schedules shall be so drawn up and the covering letter so worded that the costs of all services such as tests and delivery are declared and allowed for in the tender.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdf (unknown)3.1 Rated voltage The rated voltage of the cable shall be 600/1000 V. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE WITH RATED Unique Identifier: 240-56063805 VOLTAGE STANDARD 600/1000V Revision: 3 Page: 3.2 Materials and construction 3.2.1 Conductors
The conductors for power cables shall be either stranded copper or stranded aluminium. The conductor type and size required will be specified in schedule A.
The conductor for multi-core control cables shall be stranded copper. The conductor size required will be specified in schedule A.
Options for CCAA or aluminium alloy conductors will be allowed for LV service cables as well as multi-core control LV cables for pilot or trial projects of new conductor types. The conductor size required will be specified in schedule A. 3.2.2 Insulation The cables shall be PVC insulated. 3.2.3 Number of cores and core identification
The number of cores required will be specified in schedule A.
Core identification of power cables shall be as indicated in table 1: Table 1: Core identification Number of Colour(s) of phase cores Colour of neutral core phase cores 1 Red,or yellow or blue Black 2 Red and yellow Black 3 Red, yellow and blue Black 4 or more Any base colour except green, with serial numbers (numerals or Numbered as for phase cores words)
Core identification of control cables (i.e. with more than four cores) shall be by means of numbering. 3.2.4 Bedding under armouring The cables shall have PVC bedding. 3.2.5 Armour
Single-core cables shall have aluminium wire armour, unless otherwise specified in schedule A.
Multi-core cables shall have galvanized steel wire armour. 3.2.6 Outer sheath
The cables shall have PVC outer sheathing.
The outer sheath shall be ultraviolet (UV) radiation stabilised. 3.2.7 Fire performance requirements The cables shall be flame retardant (red stripe) unless otherwise specified in schedule A. Where required, the cable shall have a reduced halogen (blue stripe) or zero halogen (white stripe) emission property. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE WITH RATED Unique Identifier: 240-56063805 VOLTAGE STANDARD 600/1000V Revision: 3 Page: The use of cables having a reduced halogen (blue stripe) or zero halogen (white stripe) property are normally restricted to Generation applications only. 3.3 Packaging and marking and labelling Marking labelling and packaging shall be in accordance with SANS 1507 and this specification. 3.3.1 Packaging
The wooden drums shall be resistant to biological attack and therefore be treated in accordance with the relevant SANS 10005 standard. The supplier shall ensure that the treatment method used to treat the drums is not harmful to the environment and human beings.
Unless otherwise specified in schedule A, cables shall be supplied in the following drums lengths
Cables having conductor sizes up to and including 16 mm2: drum lengths of 500 m; and
Cables having conductor sizes larger than 16 mm2: drum lengths of 300 m. 3.3.2 Marking of conductor
Each individual conductor shall be marked with a unique and traceable identification system. Note: The purpose of marking the conductors is to ensure proofof ownership through traceability of the conductor using the identification system.
The manufacturer shall keep a secure database of all uniquely marked conductors supplied to Eskom.
The conductor identification system shall comply with the following minimum requirements
The identification system shall be durable and withstand the expected conditions during the manufacturing processes and operating conditions of the cable over its life. If requested, sufficient proof shall be provided that the identification system offered is chemically compatible with the various materials it may be in contact with inside the cable,
The identification system shall withstand, without melting or other deleterious effects, continuous conductor operating temperatures of 90°C and short-circuit conductor temperatures of at least 250°C,
The identification system shall not negatively impact the electrical and mechanical integrity and performance of the cable over its expected life,
The identification system shall not negatively impact the environment in which the cable is installed over its expected life,
The identification code shall consist of any of the following options
Alpha-numeric or alpha or numeric characters,
Eskom name,
Eskom logo,
Coloured yarn,
The identification system used shall be visible to the naked eye so as to readily identify that the conductor is marked,
The identification code shall be marked (i.e. appear) at intervals not exceeding 500 mm if not continuous in nature, ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE WITH RATED Unique Identifier: 240-56063805 VOLTAGE STANDARD 600/1000V Revision: 3 Page
Where applicable the characters used to uniquely identify the conductor shall be legible with the naked eye or, at most, with the assistance of a portable hand-held magnifying glass. The font size offered and, if applicable, the magnification factor required to read the characters shall be stated in schedule B, and
Health & Safety
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdf. Introduction ............................................................................................................................................ 4
2.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1.1 Purpose ............................................................................................................................ 4
2.1.2 Applicability ....................................................................................................................... 4
2.2 Normative/informative references .................................................................................................. 4
2.2.1 Normative ......................................................................................................................... 4
2.2.2 Informative ........................................................................................................................ 4
2.3 Definitions ..................................................................................................................................... 5
2.3.1 General ............................................................................................................................. 5
2.3.2 Disclosure classification .................................................................................................... 5
2.4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................................ 5
2.5 Roles and responsibilities .............................................................................................................. 5
2.6 Process for monitoring .................................................................................................................. 5
2.7 Related/supporting documents ...................................................................................................... 5
3.1 Rated voltage ................................................................................................................................ 5
3.2 Materials and construction............................................................................................................. 6
3.2.1 Conductors........................................................................................................................ 6
3.2.2 Insulation .......................................................................................................................... 6
3.2.3 Number of cores and core identification ............................................................................. 6
3.2.4 Bedding under armouring .................................................................................................. 6
3.2.5 Armour .............................................................................................................................. 6
3.2.6 Outer sheath ..................................................................................................................... 6
3.2.7 Fire performance requirements .......................................................................................... 6
3.3 Packaging and marking and labelling ............................................................................................ 7
3.3.1 Packaging ......................................................................................................................... 7
3.3.2 Marking of conductor ......................................................................................................... 7
3.3.3 Unique marking of cable .................................................................................................... 8
3.3.4 Marking of cable outer sheath............................................................................................ 9
3.3.5 Marking of cable drums ..................................................................................................... 9
3.4 Documentation ............................................................................................................................ 10
3.4.1 Cable dimensional data: .................................................................................................. 10
3.4.2 Cable rating information .................................................................................................. 10
3.4.3 Technical schedules and test schedules .......................................................................... 10
3.4.4 Test reports ..................................................................................................................... 10
3.5 Quality management system ....................................................................................................... 11
Authorization ........................................................................................................................................ 11
Revisions ............................................................................................................................................. 11
Development team ............................................................................................................................... 11
Acknowledgements .............................................................................................................................. 12
Annex A – Eskom Logo: Printing Guide And Format.................................................................................... 13
Annex B – Technical Schedule A & B for LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE ........................................... 14
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE WITH RATED Unique Identifier: 240-56063805
Voltage standard 600/1000V
Revision: 3
Page:
This Eskom Specification is based on the requirements of NRS 074-1 Edition 2.
Compulsory safety specification VC 8075 stipulates that all low voltage cables in South Africa shall comply
with the requirements of SANS 1507.
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE WITH RATED Unique Identifier: 240-56063805
Voltage standard 600/1000V
Revision: 3
Page:
3.2 Materials and construction
3.2.1 Conductors
a) The conductors for power cables shall be either stranded copper or stranded aluminium. The
conductor type and size required will be specified in schedule A.
b) The conductor for multi-core control cables shall be stranded copper. The conductor size required
will be specified in schedule A.
c) Options for CCAA or aluminium alloy conductors will be allowed for LV service cables as well as
multi-core control LV cables for pilot or trial projects of new conductor types. The conductor size
required will be specified in schedule A.
3.2.2 Insulation
3.2.5 Armour
a) Single-core cables shall have aluminium wire armour, unless otherwise specified in schedule A.
b) Multi-core cables shall have galvanized steel wire armour.
3.2.6 Outer sheath
a) The cables shall have PVC outer sheathing.
b) The outer sheath shall be ultraviolet (UV) radiation stabilised.
3.2.7 Fire performance requirements
The cables shall be flame retardant (red stripe) unless otherwise specified in schedule A. Where required, the
cable shall have a reduced halogen (blue stripe) or zero halogen (white stripe) emission property.
c) The conductor identification system shall comply with the following minimum requirements:
manufacturing processes and operating conditions of the cable over its life. If requested,
sufficient proof shall be provided that the identification system offered is chemically
compatible with the various materials it may be in contact with inside the cable,
continuous conductor operating temperatures of 90°C and short-circuit conductor
temperatures of at least 250°C,
and performance of the cable over its expected life,
installed over its expected life,
the conductor is marked,
continuous in nature,
method shall be installed between the cable insulation and the cable outer sheath. The proposed method for
marking shall meet the following requirements.
a) Cable shall be marked with a unique and traceable identification system. The cable identification
system location shall be stated in schedule B.
Note: The purpose is to provide asset management information relating to the cable manufacturer, order number, date of
manufacture, drum number, conductor identification code range, etc.
b) The manufacturer shall keep a secure database of all uniquely marked cables supplied to Eskom.
c) The cable identification system shall comply with the following minimum requirements:
manufacturing processes and operating conditions of the cable over its life. If requested,
sufficient proof shall be provided that the identification system offered is chemically
compatible with the various materials it may be in contact with inside the cable,
continuous conductor operating temperatures of 90°C and short-circuit conductor
temperature of at least 250°C,
performance of the cable over its expected life,
installed over its expected life,
the cable is marked,
continuous in nature,
Note: The identification code will therefore be repeated for up to a maximum distance of one meter of cable.
without the need for any magnification. The font size offered shall be stated in schedule B,
and
3.3.4 Marking of cable outer sheath
a) Cables shall be legibly marked in accordance with the requirements of SANS 1507, but the marking
shall include the specification number to which the cable has been manufactured, the year of
manufacture, rated voltage, the conductor size in mm2, the number of cores, the conductor material
e.g. Cu (Copper) and the word “ESKOM”. A typical legend would be:
b) The cables shall bear the mark of a SANAS accredited product certification body marking scheme.
c) The gap between the end of one legend and the beginning of the next shall not exceed 275 mm.
d) The cable shall be sequentially marked at one metre intervals with the legend 000 m, 001 m etc.
starting with 000 m at the barrel of the drum and finishing with the number indicating the length of
cable on the drum at the outer end of the cable. The error in the length marking shall be less than 1
%,
e) Cables shall have a colour coded stripe in accordance with SANS 1507.
3.3.5 Marking of cable drums
a) In addition to the requirements of SANS 1507, cable drums shall be clearly and indelibly marked with
the Eskom stock (SAP) number (i.e. “Eskom SAP Number: XXXXXXX”).
b) All LV power and control cables drums destined for Eskom shall be branded with the Eskom logo on
one of its flat sides (the flange). The Eskom logo shall be printed in Eskom blue or black on a white-
coloured background.
c) For metal or wooden drums, a portion of the flange surface shall be painted in white to provide a
rectangular background on which the signature shall be printed. The height of the white rectangular
background shall be three times the diameter of the “circle” part of the Eskom logo.
d) The printed Eskom logo shall appear centrally on the white rectangular background leaving a space
equal to at least one logo “circle” before and after the Eskom logo.
e) The Eskom logo printing shall be made using a stencil technique or other equivalent techniques
which shall be demonstrated to and approved by Eskom. The dimensions of Eskom logo shall be a
minimum length and height of 820 mm and 210 mm respectively. The Eskom logo and standard
requirements are shown in Annex A.
cables manufactured in accordance with SANS 1507:
3.4.1 Cable dimensional data:
a) Diameter over conductor,
b) Diameter over insulation,
c) Diameter over bedding,
d) Diameter over armour wires (if applicable)
e) Diameter over the outer sheath, and
f) Insulation thickness around conductor.
3.4.2 Cable rating information
a) Maximum sustained current rating in:
Ground,
Air, and
Ducts.
Note: The standard installation conditions assumed shall be stated.
b) Short-circuit ratings,
c) Cable mass (kg/m),
d) Gross mass per standard drum length (kg),
e) The 50 Hz a.c. resistance at maximum sustained conductor operating temperature (ohm/km),
f) Reactance per phase (ohm/km),
g) Capacitance per phase (nF/km), and
h) Zero sequence impedance and capacitance per phase at maximum sustained conductor operating
temperature (ohm/km).
Note: The sequence impedances need only be provided for the range of cables required with an enquiry.
3.4.3 Technical schedules and test schedules
The full Technical Schedules B (including the Test Schedules and the Deviation Schedules) shall be completed
and submitted to Eskom together with the Technical Schedules A for approval at the time of tendering.
3.4.4 Test reports
All required type, routine and sample test reports (complete test reports, including the reference to all tested
materials used in the cable construction) shall be submitted to Eskom, in English, by the manufacturer at the
time of tendering and/ or pre-qualification. The cable shall be tested in accordance with SANS 1507.
All cables offered shall carry valid product type tests reports in accordance with SANS 1507-3, and
manufactured cables shall carry the SANAS accredited product certification body mark scheme. A copy of all
relevant type test reports and the required tender returnable documentation shall be submitted at the time of
tender enquiry submissions. Mark scheme permit and accompanying schedules shall also be submitted for all
type tested cables.
Note: Verification of the certification body will have to be performed on the SANAS website www.sanas.co.za
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE WITH RATED Unique Identifier: 240-56063805
Voltage standard 600/1000V
Revision: 3
Page:
Annex A – Eskom Logo: Printing Guide And Format
The logo circle (“circle”) and the logo word (the word “Eskom”) shall always appear together as one unit.
1.1 SAP No xxxxxxxxxx
1.2 Buyers Guide Drawing D-DT-3128 xxxxxxxxxx
1.3 Symmetrical fault level rating kA xxxxxxxxxx ____________
1.4 3.1 Nominal system voltage V 1000 ____________
1.5 Earth fault level rating kA xxxxxxxx ____________
2.1 3.1 Rated voltage (Ur) V 1000 ____________
3.2.2 Insulation material PVC ____________
3.2.1 Conductor material Cu or Al ____________
3.2.1 Conductor Size _________ ____________
2.3 3.2.3 Number of cores __________ ____________
3.2.3 Are colours of phases as per clause 4.2.3? Yes ____________
3.2.4 Bedding under armouring PVC ____________
2.9 3.2.5 Armour __________ ____________
2.10 3.2.6 The cable shall have PCV outer sheathing, Yes ____________
and shall be UV radiation stabilized.
2.11 3.2.7 Does the cable meet the fire performance __________ ____________
requirements as per 3.2.7?
2.13 SANS Rated frequency (fr) Hz 50 ____________
1507-3
5.2.2
3.1 3.3.5 Does the supplied wooden drum meet the Yes ____________
minimum requirements as per clause 3.3.5?
3.2 3.3.1 b) Drum length required if other than that m __________ ____________
specified in 3.3.1?
3.3 3.3.2 Is conductor marking system details supplied Yes ____________
with tender?
3.4 3.3.2 c)8) Font size for conductor marking characters mm xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.5 3.3.3 Is the unique marking of cable identification Yes Yes ____________
system details supplied with tender?
3.6 3.3.3 a) Cable identification system location? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.7 3.3.3 c)8) Font size for the cable identification system mm xxxxxxxxxx
characters
3.8 3.3.4 Does the marking of cable outer sheath Yes ____________
comply to 3.3.4?
3.9 3.4 Are all relevant documents submitted? Yes ____________
Contractual Terms
Source: 240-56063805 LV POWER AND CONTROL CABLE.pdfSchedule A: Purchasers specific requirements
Schedule B: Guarantees and technical particulars of equipment offered
Description
Source: 240-56030635 General Information and Requirements for Medium-Voltage Cable Systems.pdfThe scope includes the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables. The work involves medium-voltage cable systems, including design, installation, and compliance with Eskom's distribution standards. Specific technical requirements include the use of free-standing RMUs, Type B mini-substations, earth fault indicators (EFIs), IRTU fitted RMUs, and Distribution Automation (DA).
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-56030635 General Information and Requirements for Medium-Voltage Cable Systems.pdf (unknown)This cross divisional Standard has been prepared to establish and promote uniform designs for mediumvoltage (MV) cable distribution systems. Design Engineers should take cognizance of the constraints
regarding system operation, system protection considerations and the design opportunities for effecting further
cost savings. Designs should take into consideration proposed future developments and adjacent supply
areas. Underground cabling is generally capital intensive, it is therefore important to evaluate the commercial
viability of the project over its lifetime.
2.1 Scope
This standard covers the general requirements for MV (3.3 kV up to and including 33 kV) cable systems as
illustrated in figure 1 of annex A. The cable is generally installed underground, but can also be in ducts or in
air. A cable system would typically consist of all or part of the following:
a) a step-down substation usually supplied at voltages of 44 kV, 66 kV, 88 kV or 132 kV, stepping down
to either 3.3 kV, 6.6 kV,11 kV, 22 kV or 33 kV (240-56063710);
b) a substation switching house with indoor, metal-clad switchgear, or to outdoor arrangement via cable
end support;
c) primary cable feeders distributing power to switching stations;
d) secondary cable feeders distributing power to sub-switching stations (free standing RMUs) and/or
mini-substations;
e) mini-substation (or sub-ring) cable feeders distributing power exclusively to mini-substations; and
f) a cable feeder from an overhead line supplying power to a mini-substation or ground-mounted
transformer).
2.1.1 Purpose
The document is a standard to be implemented in the designing of MV cable networks.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited.
2.2 Normative/informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems.
[2] 240-56062745, Planning guideline for medium-voltage underground cable systems.
[3] 240-56062831, Medium voltage services to large power users.
[4] 240-56063710, Medium voltage cabling in substations.
[5] 240-56030406, Specification for ring main units for systems with nominal voltages from 3.3 kV to 33
kV.
[6] 240-71062174, Generic substation design.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030635
Medium-voltage cable systems
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
[7] 240-75661043, Services section 3: Outdoor low-voltage services for small power users and large
power users.
[8] 240-125300846, Distribution standard for feeder operating diagrams
[9] 240-125300736, Distribution standard for station operating diagrams
[10] 240-97791005, ABB Safering AND Safeplus RMU range of Types D, C, F and V operating procedures
[11] 240-70500880, Standard for the control and application of master locks and issue of master keys.
[12] 240-61227438, Network planning guideline for lines and cables.
[13] DST 34-820, Distribution Standard – Part 19: Statutory applications to water authorities.
[14] DST 34-822, Distribution Standard – Part 19: Statutory applications to local authorities.
[15] DST 34-1812, Distribution Standard – Part 19: Statutory applications to rail authorities.
[16] DPC 34-82, Distribution Standard – Part 19: Procedure for the approval of work where Eskom's rights
may be encroached upon and/or services/assets placed at risk.
[17] 240-56065032, Distribution Standard – Part 22: Medium-voltage CT-VT metering units for systems
with rated voltages from 11 kV to 33 kV.
[18] 240-97690165, Telecontrol requirements for ring main units
[19] DPC 34-926, Distribution Standard – Part 21: Procedure for the environmental assessment of
reticulation and sub-transmission projects.
[20] 240-91190294, Distribution Standard – Part 16: Design standard for D.C. & auxiliary supplies.
[21] 240-130615754, Distribution Standard -Part 2: Earthing Section 1 MV and LV distribution system
earthing.
[22] 240-97791047, Distribution Standard - Part 12: Merlin Gerin RMU Type RM6 operating procedures
[23] DSP 34-1080, Distribution Standard - Part 22: Specification for fault indicators for MV cables and
overhead line networks up to 66kV.
[24] DST 34-1143, Distribution Standard – Part 12: Standard for identification and spiking of high-voltage
power cable.
[25] DST 34-1157, Distribution Standard - 11Part 7: Distribution group's requirements for 11 kV, 22 kV
and 33 kV indoor switchgear manufactured in accordance with NRS 003.
[26] 240-56030637, Distribution Standard - Part 22: General information and requirements for low-voltage
cable systems.
[27] 240-53114314, Minimum reliability and capacity requirements of essential DC power supplies for
various equipment at distribution sites.
[28] DST 34-1364, Distribution Standard – Part 12: Phasing of equipment.
[29] DPC 34-1403, Distribution Standard - Part 12: Operating procedure for 11 kV Type A miniature
substations
[30] 240-120804300, Distribution Standard - Part 12: Standard for the labelling of sub-stations and
networks.
[31] 240-61266445, Distribution Standard - Part 15: Distribution specification for a medium voltage cable
feeder and busbar arc flash.
[32] DPC 34-1521, Operating procedure for 22 kV Type A miniature substations.
[33] DSP 34-1616, Personal protective equipment specification.
[34] 240-70044736, Arc Flash Protective Clothing and Personal Protective Equipment against the Thermal
Hazard of an Electrical Arc Specification.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030635
Medium-voltage cable systems
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
[35] 240-56062752, Specification for medium-voltage miniature substations for systems with rated
voltages from 3.3 kV, 6.6kV, 11 kV and 22 kV standard.
[36] 240-56030619, Accessories for medium-voltage power cables with rated voltages from 11 kV to 33
kV.
[37] 240-56063792, Specification for medium voltage XLPE and impregnated paper insulated cables.
[38] 240-45395762, Specification requirements distribution pole and ground-mounted transformers up to
33 kV and 1 MVA.
[39] DSP 34-1692, Distribution Group’s specific requirements for the wiring of circuit-breakers and built-in
current transformers.
[40] 240-45683927, Compaction testing of cable trenches.
[41] IEC 60853-1, Calculation of the cyclic and emergency current rating of cables. Part 1: Cyclic rating
factor for cables up to and including 18/30 (36) kV.
[42] ISO/IEC Guide 51, Safety aspects – Guidelines for their inclusion in standards
[43] SANS 1332, Cable terminations and live conductors within air-filled enclosures (insulation co-
ordination) for rated a.c. voltages from 7,2 kV and up to and including 36 kV
[44] NRS 040, Operating regulations for high-voltage systems (ORHVS).
[45] NRS 088-1: Duct and direct buried underground fibre optic cable: Part 1 – Product specification
[46] NRS 088-2: Duct and direct buried underground fibre optic cable: Part 2 – Installation Guidelines
[47] Occupation Health and Safety Act (OHS Act) No
[48] SANS 97, Electric cables – Impregnated-paper-insulated metal-sheathed cables for rated voltages
3,3/3,3 kV up to 19/33 kV.
[49] SANS 780, Distribution transformers.
[50] SANS 876, Cable terminations and live conductors within air filled enclosures (insulation co-
ordination) for rated a.c voltage from 7.2 kV and up to 36 kV.
[51] SANS 0200, Neutral earthing in medium voltage industrial power systems.
[52] SANS 1019, Standard voltages, currents and insulation levels for electricity supply.
[53] SANS 1186, Symbolic safety signs.
[54] SANS 1339: Electric cables – Cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE)- insulated cables for voltages from
3,8/6,6 kV to 19/33 kV
[55] SANS 1803-1, Lugs and ferrules for insulated electric cables – Part 1 Copper conductors (draft).
[56] SANS 6281-4, Test methods for impregnated paper-insulated electric cables Part 4: Tests after
installation.
[57] SANS 10198-1, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 1 Definitions and statutory requirements.
[58] SANS 10198-2, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 2 Choice of cable type and methods of installation.
[59] SANS 10198-3, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 3 Earthing systems – general provisions.
[60] SANS 10198-4, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 4 Current ratings.
[61] SANS 10198-5, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 5 Determination of thermal and electrical resistivity of soil.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030635
Medium-voltage cable systems
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
[62] SANS 10198-6, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV - Part 6 Transportation and storage.
[63] SANS 10198-7, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV - Part 7 Safety precautions.
[64] SANS 10198-8, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 8 Cable laying and installation.
[65] SANS 10198-10, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV - Part 10 Jointing and terminating of paper-insulated cables.
[66] SANS 10198-11, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV - Part 11 Jointing and terminating of polymeric-insulated cables.
[67] SANS 10198-13, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV - Part 13 Testing, commissioning and fault location.
[68] SANS 60076-7, Loading guide for oil-immersed power transformers.
[69] SANS 61238-1: 1993, Compression and mechanical connectors for power cables with copper or
aluminium conductors - Part 1: Test methods and requirements.
[70] SANS 62271-200, High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 200: AC metal-enclosed
switchgear and controlgear for rated voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 52 kV.
[71] SANS 62271-202, High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 202: High-voltage/low-voltage
prefabricated substations.
[72] VC 8077, Compulsory specification for the safety of medium voltage electric cables.
[73] D-DT-0291, MV-fuse / cut-out assembly - steel cross-arm.
[74] D-DT-0292, MV-disconnector assembly - steel cross-arm.
[75] D-DT-0642, MV and LV earth electrode connection details.
[76] D-DT-0850 Cable termination from substation onto overhead.
[77] D-DT-0851, Cable termination onto overhead line with fuse-cut-out assembly general arrangement.
[78] D-DT-0852, Overhead cable support bracket for station class S.A.'s
[79] D-DT-0853, 11 kV Air insulated cable junction box detail.
[80] D-DT-0854, MV power cable trench details (1 off - 3 core).
[81] D-DT-0855, Mini-substation earthing for MV systems without E.C.C. to source substation.
[82] D-DT-0856, Standard power and control cable codes.
[83] D-DT-0857, Example of network operating diagram.
[84] D-DT-0858, Example of as built medium voltage cable layout.
[85] D-DT-0859, Type “A” mini-substation plinth (cast on site).
[86] D-DT-0860, 11 kV mini-substation Type A cable termination detail.
[87] D-DT-0861, 11 kV & 22 kV CT-VT plinth details (cast on site).
[88] D-DT-0862, Transformer earthing for MV systems with E.C.C. to source substation.
[89] D-DT-0862, Earthing for transformer and RMU connected to overhead line.
[90] D-DT-0863, 11 kV & 22 kV 3-way SF6 ring main unit plinth details (cast on site).
[91] D-DT-0864, Transformer plinths for 100 kVA to 1000 kVA transformers plans and sections (cast on
site).
[92] D-DT-0864, Transformer plinths for 100 kVA to 1000 kVA transformers plans and sections (pre-cast).
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030635
Medium-voltage cable systems
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
[93] D-DT-0865, MV LPU earthing for MV systems with continuous E.C.C. to source substation.
[94] D-DT-0894 sheet , Manhole details – HV/MV fibre optic cable draw pit.
[95] D-DT-0895, MV / HV cable under-river crossing details of channel type river crossing for use under
small / shallow rivers.
[96] D-DT-0896, MV under-stream crossing details of cable stream crossing where base of stream is
bedrock.
[97] D-DT-0897, HV cable tunnel details.
[98] D-DT-1850, Equipment cut-outs (links) or dis-connectors 1.3m steel cross-arm / single pole.
[99] D-DT-1874, Equipment cut-outs (links) or dis-connectors 2.4m steel cross-arm / H-pole.
[100] D-DT-5240, Earthing standard – MV 3-core cable termination at metal-clad switchgear
[101] D-DT-3000, X-arm, steel channel 2400 long.
[102] D-DT-3015, Rod, threaded galvanized M20x350mm washer + nuts.
[103] D-DT-3017, Insulator, station post 22kV 1.5kN 31mm/kV.
[104] D-DT-3049, Plate, blank ALU pole MK 25x150mm
[105] D-DT-3076, Ferrule, crimp Cu 70 SQ non-butt.
[106] D-DT-3082, Set screws.
[107] D-DT-3086, Cut-outs (including brackets, cut-out bases, fuse holders, solid links, contacts).
[108] D-DT-3087, Disconnectors.
[109] D-DT-3091, Earth rod Cu 1500LGx16mm DIA thread-less.
[110] D-DT-3093, Clamp, earth rod 16 ROD.
[111] D-DT-3100, Surge arresters, distribution class.
[112] D-DT-3102, Lug, crimp Cu.
[113] D-DT-3110, Buckle - stainless steel strapping 12 mm.
[114] D-DT-3129, Staple, galvanized.
[115] D-DT-3131, Stainless steel strapping 12 mm.
[116] D-DT-3137, Wire, Cu 16SQ 7/1.79 STR PVC black.
[117] D-DT-3139, Cond, Cu bare STR 7/1.63 annealed 16mm SQ.
[118] D-DT-3166, Lug, bi-metallic 9.0 - 15.0 DIA M16 bolt 0 degree indent crimp.
[119] D-DT-3170, Wire, barbed galvanised.
[120] D-DT-3202, Sign, danger electrical symbol 150x150x0.6.
[121] D-DT-3202, Sign, ABC LV 270x120x0.6
[122] D-DT-3202, Sign, ABC MV 270x120x0.6
[123] D-DT-3207, Bracket, cable termination support.
[124] D-DT-3213, Tape, Denso 50mm WD x 10m Roll.
[125] D-DT-5015, Signs A, B and C.
[126] D-DT-5016, Signs D and E.
[127] D-DT-5017, Sign F.
[128] D-DT- 5238, Building, Switch room.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030635
Medium-voltage cable systems
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
[129] D-DT-6072, Sign ABC – unauthorised entry/interference apparatus.
[130] D-DT-6073, Sign DE – Procedure in case of fire / no H2O.
[131] D-DT-6074, Sign F – Prohibitive (various).
[132] D-DT-6215, Surge arresters, station class 22 kV.
[133] D-DT-6216, Surge arresters, station class 11 kV.
[134] D-DT-8000, Cable, 11 kV and 22 kV impregnated paper-insulated.
[135] D-DT-8001, Cable, 11 kV and 22 kV XLPE-insulated.
[136] D-DT-8004 MV trifurcating kits with 2,5 m tails
[137] D-DT-8005, Termination kit, 1-core and 3-core 11 kV and 22 kV PILC.
[138] D-DT-8006, Termination kit, 1-core and 3-core 11 kV and 22 kV XLPE.
[139] D-DT-8007, Joint kit, 1-core and 3-core 11 kV and 22 kV PILC.
[140] D-DT-8008, Joint kit, 3-core 11 kV and 22 kV XLPE.
[141] D-DT-8010, Surge arrester station class 11 kV and 22 kV polymer – indoor.
[142] D-DT-8011, Shroud, straight 11 kV and 22 kV 200 mm long.
[143] D-DT-8012, Cable route marker, concrete.
[144] D-DT-8013, Cable warning tape.
[145] D-DT-8015, Cap, cable end seal.
[146] D-DT-8017, Connectors, separable screened 22 kV.
[147] D-DT-8018, Pipe, PVC cable.
[148] D-DT-8019, Clamps, cable.
[149] D-DT-8020, Ferrules, cable.
[150] D-DT-8021, Joint kit, transition 3C 11 & 22 kV XLPE to PILC.
[151] D-DT-8022, Distribution transformer with MV/LV cable boxes.
[152] D-DT-8023, Pipe, steel 100NBx3.9W/THK 3X2m LG.
[153] D-DT-8025, Plinths, pre-cast concrete.
[154] D-DT-8027, Grommet, rubber cable 50-100 dia.
[155] D-DT-8028, Pin, earthing MV OHL cable term
[156] D-DT-8029, Sealant strip for mini-sub / RMU
[157] D-DT-8050, Mini-sub 11 kV Type B.
[158] D-DT-8051, Mini-sub 22 kV Type B.
[159] D-DT-8052, Mini-sub 11 kV Type A
[160] D-DT-8053, Mini-sub 22 kV Type A.
[161] D-DT-8054, 11 kV Type B Mini-sub Fitted with RTU.
[162] D-DT-8055, 22 kV Type B Mini-sub Fitted with RTU.
[163] D-DT-8060, RMU, 11 kV and 22 kV stand alone.
[164] D-DT-8061, RMU 11 AND 22kV OD AND ID IRTU
[165] D-DT-8076, Cable trench pre-cast concrete slabs
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030635
Medium-voltage cable systems
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
[166] D-DT-8077, Sleeve, cable repair 60-120 1m LG
[167] D-DT-8080, Pre-cast manholes
[168] D-DT-8081, Fibre optic ducts
2.2.2 Informative
None
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
Definition Description
Firm In the event of a single item of equipment failure (N-1), supply to all loads can
be restored without having to reconfigure the network (e.g. loads do not need
to be transferred onto other sources of supply).
Miniature substation A factory-assembled and tested free-standing unit that is suitable for use in an
(or mini-substation) area accessible to the public, that comprises a transformer, an equipped
medium-voltage compartment and an equipped low-voltage compartment and
that is suitable for connection to underground cables (SANS 1029).
Mini-substation feeder A feeder that is supplied off a secondary feeder from a sub-switching station
(or sub-ring feeder) and is looped in and out of mini-substations.
Open ring feeder A ring feeder that is configured with a normally open point.
Primary feeder A feeder that is supplied from a step-down substation directly to a switching
station. A primary feeder does not loop in and out of sub-switching stations or
mini-substations.
Radial feeder A feeder that has only one source of supply (i.e. no alternative source of supply
for back-feeding purposes)
Ring feeder A feeder that has two or more possible sources of supply.
Rock Rock is a naturally occurring aggregate of minerals and/or mineraloids. This
type of material can generally only be excavated after the use of blasting,
boulder busting or chemical rock breaking. Pneumatic (compressor operated)
or hydraulically operated rock drilling / breaking equipment may also be used.
Secondary feeder A feeder that is supplied from either a step-down substation or a switching
station and is looped in and out of sub-switching stations and/or mini-
substations. Other feeders (e.g. mini-substation or sub-ring feeders) may be
supplied off secondary feeders.
Shale Shale (also called mudstone) is a fine-grained sedimentary rock whose original
constituents were clay minerals or muds. It is characterized by thin layers
breaking with an irregular curving fracture, often splintery. Shale is the most
common sedimentary rock. This type of material can be excavated by means
of a pick and shovel or a mechanical excavator (back-actor).
Soil Soil is the naturally occurring, unconsolidated or loose covering of broken rock
particles and decaying organic matter (humus) on the surface of the Earth. Soil
particles pack loosely, forming a soil structure filled with voids. This type of
material can be excavated by means of a pick and shovel or a mechanical
excavator (back-actor).
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030635
Medium-voltage cable systems
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
Definition Description
Step-down substation A site primarily used to transform large quantities of energy from a high
distribution voltage to a medium distribution voltage.
Sub-switching station A metal-enclosed substation for the purpose of switching power between one
(RMU) or two supply feeders to mini-substation feeders or to a customer that takes
bulk supply at MV.
Switched firm In the event of a single item of equipment failure (N-1), supply to all loads can
be restored but only by reconfiguring the network (e.g. loads must be
transferred onto other sources of supply).
Switching station A brick-built substation for the purpose of switching power between one or
more supply feeders to any number of distribution feeders, without
transformation to a different voltage.
2.3.2 Disclosure classification
Controlled disclosure: controlled disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or discretionary).
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
ACSR Aluminium conductor steel reinforced.
CCRA Condition criticality and risk assessment
HDPE High density polyethylene
ID Inner diameter
IRTU Integrated remote terminal unit
OD Outer diameter
RMU Ring main unit
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
The Employer or his Delegate shall ensure that this standard is implemented and adhered to when dealing
with MV cable systems.
2.6 Process for monitoring
The relevant divisional project approval processes and governance structures shall apply.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Not applicable.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030635
Medium-voltage cable systems
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
Quality Management
Source: 240-56030635 General Information and Requirements for Medium-Voltage Cable Systems.pdfRevision: Draft 1.1
Page:
3.11.1 Three core XLPE up to 185 mm2 Cu/ Al screened terminations ......................................... 35
3.11.2 Three core XLPE up 300 mm2 Cu/ Al screened terminations ............................................. 35
3.11.3 Single core cables XLPE ..................................................................................................... 36
3.11.4 Three core PILC terminated using screened separable connector ..................................... 36
3.12 Application for trifurcating joints ....................................................................................................... 36
3.12.1 Three core XLPE greater than 185 mm2 Cu/ Al ................................................................... 36
3.12.2 Single core cables XLPE ..................................................................................................... 36
3.13 Lugs and ferrules .............................................................................................................................. 36
3.14 Step-down substations ..................................................................................................................... 36
3.15 Switching stations ............................................................................................................................. 37
3.15.1 Civil requirements ................................................................................................................ 37
3.15.2 MV equipment requirements ................................................................................................ 37
3.15.3 Cabling from indoor switchgear to an overhead line ........................................................... 37
3.15.4 Protection, local control and indication requirements .......................................................... 38
3.15.5 Tele-control requirements for switching stations ................................................................. 38
3.15.6 A.C./D.C. supply .................................................................................................................. 39
3.16 Free standing RMUs ........................................................................................................................ 40
3.17 Mini-substations and ground-mounted transformers ....................................................................... 41
3.17.1 Type A mini-substations ....................................................................................................... 41
3.17.2 Type B mini-substations ....................................................................................................... 42
3.17.3 Ground-mounted transformers............................................................................................. 43
3.18 Installation of free standing RMUs, mini-substations and ground-mounted transformers ............... 44
3.19 Transportation and storage of mini-substations and ring main units ............................................... 46
3.20 Installation of cable networks ........................................................................................................... 46
3.21 Marking and labelling ....................................................................................................................... 46
3.21.1 General ................................................................................................................................ 46
3.21.2 Labelling of equipment ......................................................................................................... 46
3.21.3 Labelling of cables ............................................................................................................... 47
3.21.4 Labelling of cables terminated onto overhead lines ............................................................ 48
3.22 Documentation ................................................................................................................................. 48
3.23 Inspection and testing ...................................................................................................................... 48
3.23.1 General ................................................................................................................................ 48
3.23.2 Visual inspections ................................................................................................................ 48
3.24 Electrical tests .................................................................................................................................. 48
3.25 Condition Criticality and Risk Assessment ....................................................................................... 50
3.26 Operation .......................................................................................................................................... 50
3.26.1 Operating procedures for Free standing RMUs and Type B mini-substations .................... 50
3.26.2 Operating procedures for Type A mini-substations ............................................................. 50
3.27 Phasing requirements for MV cable networks ................................................................................. 50
3.27.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 50
3.27.2 General requirements when carrying out phasing ............................................................... 51
3.27.3 Phasing procedure when installing a new cable feeder – with no cable joints .................... 53
3.27.4 Phasing procedure when installing a new cable feeder – with cable joint(s) ...................... 53
3.27.5 Phasing procedure when ‘cutting in’ new equipment (e.g. mini-substation) into a
feeder ................................................................................................................................... 54
3.27.6 Phasing procedure when repairing a cable fault on a feeder .............................................. 55
3.28 Safety ............................................................................................................................................... 57
3.28.1 Medium voltage switchgear ................................................................................................. 57
3.28.2 Eskom internal arc specification for switchgear ................................................................... 57
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems.
[2] 240-56062745, Planning guideline for medium-voltage underground cable systems.
[3] 240-56062831, Medium voltage services to large power users.
[4] 240-56063710, Medium voltage cabling in substations.
[5] 240-56030406, Specification for ring main units for systems with nominal voltages from 3.3 kV to 33
kV.
[6] 240-71062174, Generic substation design.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-56030635 General Information and Requirements for Medium-Voltage Cable Systems.pdf (unknown)3.1 Statutory requirements
The requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Act , (OHS Act) and all subsequent amendments and regulations shall be observed and adhered to except where exemption has been obtained from the Chief Factories Inspector. If any text or drawings in this standard are in conflict with the OHS Act and no exemption has been obtained, the OHS Act requirements shall take precedence over the standard.
The requirements of SANS 10198-1 shall be observed and adhered to except where exemption has been obtained from the relevant authority. 3.2 Other statutory bodies
Other statutory bodies from which permission may have to be obtained are
National roads agency
Provincial and/or metropolitan roads agencies
Department of Water and Forestry;
Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism;
local metropolitan / municipal town councils; and
Any other statutory body that may be considered a stakeholder.
Applications to the water, rail and local authorities shall be made in accordance with DST 34-820, DST 34-1812 and DST 34-822. 3.3 Servitude and wayleave agreements
Primary cable feeders that traverse private property shall have registered servitudes.
Secondary and mini-substation cable feeders that traverse private property shall have registered servitudes or wayleave agreements signed with the property owner.
Servitudes and wayleaves for cables installed within private property shall be registered for a minimum width of 1 m on both sides of the outer most cables in the servitude.
Where a servitude is to be registered within a private property boundary for the installation of a mini- substation or ground-mounted transformer, the minimum servitude dimensions shall be 6 m × 3 m (i.e. with the 6 m dimension parallel to the road reserve boundary).
Where a servitude is to be registered within a private property boundary for the installation of equipment required for an MV bulk supply (i.e. free-standing RMU and CT-VT metering unit), the minimum servitude dimensions shall be 7.5 m × 3 m (i.e. with the 7.5 m dimension parallel to the road reserve boundary).
Where a servitude is to be registered within a private property boundary for the installation of a sub- switching station (i.e. free-standing RMU), the minimum servitude dimensions shall be 4 m × 3 m (i.e. with the 4 m dimension parallel to the road reserve boundary).
Where the property owner chooses to enclose the servitude, it shall be ensured that access is provided for Eskom staff and that an Eskom padlock is installed.
The special requirements of municipal wayleaves shall be considered.
The operating unit Asset Creation Department - Land Development Section shall be consulted for further details regarding registration of servitudes and wayleave agreements.
In the event that Eskom’s rights (servitudes / wayleaves) may be encroached upon and / or services / assets placed at risk, the requirements of DST 34-827 shall be followed. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS FOR Unique Identifier: 240-56030635 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLE SYSTEMS Revision: Draft 1.1 Page: 3.4 Environmental considerations
The requirements of the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act ) and Eskom’s environmental directives, policies and procedures shall be observed and adhered to except where exemption has been obtained from the relevant authority.
An environmental assessment shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of DST 34
3.5 Performance and operational requirements 3.5.1 General
Cable systems shall be planned and designed to ensure that the desired network performance is achievable. The provision of locally and remotely controlled switching points may be employed to provide a practical system in support of the performance targets. These include free standing RMUs, Type B mini-substations, the use of earth fault indicators (EFI’s), use of IRTU fitted RMUs and the use of Distribution Automation (DA). The Operating Unit Control Plant Departments and any other stakeholders shall be consulted before placement of these devices to ensure optimization of the network. Refer to 240-61227438 and 240-56062745 for further information and guidelines for the planning of MV underground cable systems.
Only material or products that meet Eskom’s specifications and requirements shall be used. 3.5.2 Plant location The location of plant, for example free standing RMUs, mini-substations etc. shall be decided upon considering the following factors
vehicular and pedestrian traffic;
environmental impact;
water run-off;
accessibility for ease of operation and maintenance; and
Health & Safety
Source: 240-56030635 General Information and Requirements for Medium-Voltage Cable Systems.pdfRevision: Draft 1.1
Page:
3.28.3 Operating switchgear and personal protective equipment (PPE) ........................................ 58
3.29 Road safety precautions .................................................................................................................. 58
3.30 Safety of foundations, buildings and structures ............................................................................... 58
3.31 Safety of other services .................................................................................................................... 59
3.32 Barricading and lighting .................................................................................................................... 59
3.33 Accommodation of traffic and access to properties ......................................................................... 59
3.34 Working on and in the vicinity of live cables .................................................................................... 59
3.35 Unscreened conductors and cable terminations .............................................................................. 60
Authorization .............................................................................................................................................. 61
Revisions ................................................................................................................................................... 61
Development team .................................................................................................................................... 61
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................................... 62
Annex A – Medium voltage cable system ......................................................................................................... 63
Annex B – Recommendations for the Avoidance of Ferro-Resonance arising from Single-Phase
Switching of Unearthed Transformer Windings in MV Networks .............................................................. 64
Annex C – Earth fault indicator current sensor installation ............................................................................... 67
Annex D – - Cable Installation and Test Certificate .......................................................................................... 68
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
[35] 240-56062752, Specification for medium-voltage miniature substations for systems with rated
voltages from 3.3 kV, 6.6kV, 11 kV and 22 kV standard.
[36] 240-56030619, Accessories for medium-voltage power cables with rated voltages from 11 kV to 33
kV.
[37] 240-56063792, Specification for medium voltage XLPE and impregnated paper insulated cables.
[38] 240-45395762, Specification requirements distribution pole and ground-mounted transformers up to
33 kV and 1 MVA.
[39] DSP 34-1692, Distribution Group’s specific requirements for the wiring of circuit-breakers and built-in
current transformers.
[40] 240-45683927, Compaction testing of cable trenches.
[41] IEC 60853-1, Calculation of the cyclic and emergency current rating of cables. Part 1: Cyclic rating
factor for cables up to and including 18/30 (36) kV.
[42] ISO/IEC Guide 51, Safety aspects – Guidelines for their inclusion in standards
[43] SANS 1332, Cable terminations and live conductors within air-filled enclosures (insulation co-
ordination) for rated a.c. voltages from 7,2 kV and up to and including 36 kV
[44] NRS 040, Operating regulations for high-voltage systems (ORHVS).
[45] NRS 088-1: Duct and direct buried underground fibre optic cable: Part 1 – Product specification
[46] NRS 088-2: Duct and direct buried underground fibre optic cable: Part 2 – Installation Guidelines
[47] Occupation Health and Safety Act (OHS Act) No
[48] SANS 97, Electric cables – Impregnated-paper-insulated metal-sheathed cables for rated voltages
3,3/3,3 kV up to 19/33 kV.
[49] SANS 780, Distribution transformers.
[50] SANS 876, Cable terminations and live conductors within air filled enclosures (insulation co-
ordination) for rated a.c voltage from 7.2 kV and up to 36 kV.
[51] SANS 0200, Neutral earthing in medium voltage industrial power systems.
[52] SANS 1019, Standard voltages, currents and insulation levels for electricity supply.
[53] SANS 1186, Symbolic safety signs.
[54] SANS 1339: Electric cables – Cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE)- insulated cables for voltages from
3,8/6,6 kV to 19/33 kV
[55] SANS 1803-1, Lugs and ferrules for insulated electric cables – Part 1 Copper conductors (draft).
[56] SANS 6281-4, Test methods for impregnated paper-insulated electric cables Part 4: Tests after
installation.
[57] SANS 10198-1, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 1 Definitions and statutory requirements.
[58] SANS 10198-2, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 2 Choice of cable type and methods of installation.
[59] SANS 10198-3, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 3 Earthing systems – general provisions.
[60] SANS 10198-4, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 4 Current ratings.
[61] SANS 10198-5, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 5 Determination of thermal and electrical resistivity of soil.
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
[62] SANS 10198-6, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV - Part 6 Transportation and storage.
[63] SANS 10198-7, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV - Part 7 Safety precautions.
[64] SANS 10198-8, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV Part 8 Cable laying and installation.
[65] SANS 10198-10, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV - Part 10 Jointing and terminating of paper-insulated cables.
[66] SANS 10198-11, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV - Part 11 Jointing and terminating of polymeric-insulated cables.
[67] SANS 10198-13, The selection, handling and installation of electric power cables of rating not
exceeding 33 kV - Part 13 Testing, commissioning and fault location.
[68] SANS 60076-7, Loading guide for oil-immersed power transformers.
[69] SANS 61238-1: 1993, Compression and mechanical connectors for power cables with copper or
aluminium conductors - Part 1: Test methods and requirements.
[70] SANS 62271-200, High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 200: AC metal-enclosed
switchgear and controlgear for rated voltages above 1 kV and up to and including 52 kV.
[71] SANS 62271-202, High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 202: High-voltage/low-voltage
prefabricated substations.
[72] VC 8077, Compulsory specification for the safety of medium voltage electric cables.
[73] D-DT-0291, MV-fuse / cut-out assembly - steel cross-arm.
[74] D-DT-0292, MV-disconnector assembly - steel cross-arm.
[75] D-DT-0642, MV and LV earth electrode connection details.
[76] D-DT-0850 Cable termination from substation onto overhead.
[77] D-DT-0851, Cable termination onto overhead line with fuse-cut-out assembly general arrangement.
[78] D-DT-0852, Overhead cable support bracket for station class S.A.'s
[79] D-DT-0853, 11 kV Air insulated cable junction box detail.
[80] D-DT-0854, MV power cable trench details (1 off - 3 core).
[81] D-DT-0855, Mini-substation earthing for MV systems without E.C.C. to source substation.
[82] D-DT-0856, Standard power and control cable codes.
[83] D-DT-0857, Example of network operating diagram.
[84] D-DT-0858, Example of as built medium voltage cable layout.
[85] D-DT-0859, Type “A” mini-substation plinth (cast on site).
[86] D-DT-0860, 11 kV mini-substation Type A cable termination detail.
[87] D-DT-0861, 11 kV & 22 kV CT-VT plinth details (cast on site).
[88] D-DT-0862, Transformer earthing for MV systems with E.C.C. to source substation.
[89] D-DT-0862, Earthing for transformer and RMU connected to overhead line.
[90] D-DT-0863, 11 kV & 22 kV 3-way SF6 ring main unit plinth details (cast on site).
[91] D-DT-0864, Transformer plinths for 100 kVA to 1000 kVA transformers plans and sections (cast on
site).
[92] D-DT-0864, Transformer plinths for 100 kVA to 1000 kVA transformers plans and sections (pre-cast).
(or mini-substation) area accessible to the public, that comprises a transformer, an equipped
medium-voltage compartment and an equipped low-voltage compartment and
that is suitable for connection to underground cables (SANS 1029).
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
3.1 Statutory requirements
a) The requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Act , (OHS Act) and all
subsequent amendments and regulations shall be observed and adhered to except where exemption
has been obtained from the Chief Factories Inspector. If any text or drawings in this standard are in
conflict with the OHS Act and no exemption has been obtained, the OHS Act requirements shall take
precedence over the standard.
b) The requirements of SANS 10198-1 shall be observed and adhered to except where exemption has
been obtained from the relevant authority.
3.2 Other statutory bodies
a) Other statutory bodies from which permission may have to be obtained are:
National roads agency
Provincial and/or metropolitan roads agencies
Department of Water and Forestry;
Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism;
local metropolitan / municipal town councils; and
Any other statutory body that may be considered a stakeholder.
b) Applications to the water, rail and local authorities shall be made in accordance with DST 34-820,
DST 34-1812 and DST 34-822.
3.3 Servitude and wayleave agreements
a) Primary cable feeders that traverse private property shall have registered servitudes.
b) Secondary and mini-substation cable feeders that traverse private property shall have registered
servitudes or wayleave agreements signed with the property owner.
c) Servitudes and wayleaves for cables installed within private property shall be registered for a
minimum width of 1 m on both sides of the outer most cables in the servitude.
d) Where a servitude is to be registered within a private property boundary for the installation of a mini-
substation or ground-mounted transformer, the minimum servitude dimensions shall be 6 m × 3 m
(i.e. with the 6 m dimension parallel to the road reserve boundary).
e) Where a servitude is to be registered within a private property boundary for the installation of
equipment required for an MV bulk supply (i.e. free-standing RMU and CT-VT metering unit), the
minimum servitude dimensions shall be 7.5 m × 3 m (i.e. with the 7.5 m dimension parallel to the
road reserve boundary).
f) Where a servitude is to be registered within a private property boundary for the installation of a sub-
switching station (i.e. free-standing RMU), the minimum servitude dimensions shall be 4 m × 3 m
(i.e. with the 4 m dimension parallel to the road reserve boundary).
g) Where the property owner chooses to enclose the servitude, it shall be ensured that access is
provided for Eskom staff and that an Eskom padlock is installed.
h) The special requirements of municipal wayleaves shall be considered.
i) The operating unit Asset Creation Department - Land Development Section shall be consulted for
further details regarding registration of servitudes and wayleave agreements.
j) In the event that Eskom’s rights (servitudes / wayleaves) may be encroached upon and / or services
/ assets placed at risk, the requirements of DST 34-827 shall be followed.
substantially less than between phase and earth. This requirement is necessary to realise the benefit of limiting
earth fault levels through resistive earthing as described in the earthing philosophy (see below).
3.7 Earthing philosophy
The general earthing philosophy for MV cable systems shall be in accordance with SANS 0200 as follows:
a) the network shall be resistively earthed at the step-down substation by means of a neutral
electromagnetic coupler with resistor (NECR) installed per source transformer;
Note: The selection of NECR rated current i.e. 360 A or 960 A is based upon the desired prospective earth fault level and earth
fault protection co-ordination requirements between earth fault relays and downstream HRC fuses. The designer must take
cognisance of the fact that increasing fault levels to facilitate protection co-ordination comes at the expense of increased damage
at the point of fault.
b) cables and accessories described in this standard are capable of withstanding earth fault current
magnitudes in excess of 2 kA for 3 s. It is therefore unnecessary to use a counterpoise earthing
conductor where the number of 960 A and 360 A NECRs is restricted to a maximum of two or four
respectively;
c) the connection of the earthing conductor to the cable armouring or lead sheath within a cable
accessory (for example joint or termination) shall be by a type tested mechanical arrangement;
Note: Soldered earthing connections of armouring or lead sheath or ECC cannot be used in a national standard due to the lack
of suitable skills in certain operating units.
d) the armouring and lead sheath of the cable shall be continuous back to the step-down substation
and shall be used as an earth continuity conductor (ECC);
e) the bonding and earthing of cables within step-down substations shall comply with the requirements
of 240-56063710;
f) the cable armouring and lead sheath (if applicable) of all primary and secondary feeders within a
switching station shall be bonded to the earthing bar of the metal-clad switchgear. The earthing bar
of all metal-clad switchgear panels shall be interconnected and bonded to the switching station earth
electrode;
g) the switching station earth electrode shall be designed to meet step and touch potential requirements
by ensuring that an equi-potential earth mat is created by:
concrete flooring; and
to the steel re-enforcing used in the concrete floor.
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
Note: Switching stations are supplied from primary cable feeders and therefore the cable armouring or lead sheath serve as an
earth continuity conductor (ECC) back to the step-down substations. Earth fault current magnitudes are limited due to the
resistively earthed network.
h) the bonding and earthing at free standing RMUs (e.g. free-standing RMUs) shall comply with the
following requirements:
to the step-down substation earth mat (through the armouring or lead sheath of the supply
cable) an equipotential earth electrode shall be installed, below the operator’s feet, that
ensures safe touch potentials under earth fault conditions (see D-DT-0865 sheet 1), and
feet that ensure safe touch potentials under earth fault conditions. In addition to this an earth
electrode shall be provided that ensures that the earth fault protection relay at the step-down
or switching station will operate in the event of an earth fault at the sub-switching station (see
D-DT-0865 sheet 2). The requirements for the electrode shall be in accordance with the
requirements of 240-130615754.
i) the bonding and earthing at mini-substations shall comply with the following requirements:
step-down substation earth (through the armouring and lead sheath (if applicable) of the
supply cable) an equipotential earth electrode shall be installed below the operator’s feet,
that ensures safe touch potentials under MV earth fault conditions. In this case the LV neutral
busbar of the mini-substation shall be bonded to the mini-substation earth bar (see D-DT-
0855 sheet 2), and
Note: Mini-substations in accordance with 240-56062752 are supplied with a 2 X 70 mm2 (for mini subs ≤ 500kVA) or 3 X 70
mm2 (for 100kVA mini subs) copper link in parallel with a surge arrester that is connected between the LV neutral/earth busbar
and the mini-substation earth bar. In this case the copper link and surge arrester arrangement should be left as supplied.
feet that ensure safe touch potentials under earth fault conditions. In addition to this an MV
and an LV earth electrode shall be installed that ensures that the earth fault protection relay
at the step-down or switching station will operate in the event of an MV earth fault at the mini-
substation. A surge arrester shall be installed between the LV neutral busbar and the mini-
substation earth bar (see D-DT-0855 sheet 1 and 3). The requirements for the MV and LV
earth electrodes shall be in accordance with the requirements of 240-130615754.
Note: Mini-substations in accordance with 240-56062752 are supplied with a 2 X 70 mm2 (for mini subs ≤ 500kVA) or 3 X 70
mm2 (for 100kVA mini subs) copper link in parallel with a surge arrester that is connected between the LV neutral/earth busbar
and the mini-substation earth bar. In this case the copper link should be removed.
j) the bonding and earthing at ground-mounted transformers shall comply with the following
requirements:
transformer back to the step-down substation earth (through the armouring and lead sheath
(if applicable) of the supply cable) an equipotential earth electrode shall be installed below
the operator’s feet, that ensures safe touch potentials under MV earth fault conditions. In
this case the LV neutral terminal of the ground-mounted transformer shall be bonded to the
earth boss provided in the LV cable termination enclosure (see D-DT-0862 sheet 2), and
Note: Ground-mounted transformers in accordance with 240-45395762 are supplied with a 2 X 70 mm2 (for mini subs ≤ 500kVA)
or 3 X 70 mm2 (for 100kVA mini subs) copper link in parallel with a surge arrester that is connected between the LV neutral
terminal and the earth boss in the LV cable termination enclosure. In this case the copper link and surge arrester arrangement
should be left as supplied.
3.9 Medium-voltage cables
3.9.1 Cable selection
a) Medium-voltage cable (see D-DT-8000 and D-DT 8001) shall comply with the requirements of
240-56063792 and shall have copper or aluminium conductors.
requirements of SANS 97 and SANS 1339 for impregnated paper-insulated and XLPE-insulated cables respectively.
however copper conductors have been chosen for the following reasons:
the core and outer diameters of a copper conductor cable are smaller for equivalent ampacity than an
aluminium conductor cable – facilitating easier working when jointing and terminating;
compact gas-insulated secondary switchgear (e.g. ring main units) place restrictions on the maximum size
of cable, in particular three-core cable, that can be terminated within the cable termination enclosures. A
three-core 185mm2 or 300mm2 (only on the R module) cable is considered to be the maximum size that can
be terminated within a ring main unit cable termination enclosure.
compression methods are simple for copper conductors whereas there are numerous differing opinions
regarding the crimping requirements for aluminium cables; and
copper conductor cables do not require bi-metallic lugs when connecting to equipment fitted with brass stem
bushings.
compression system and bi-metallic constraints are effectively eliminated with the use of mechanical torque
shear lugs and ferrules.
To allow cable options that is of a lower scrap value, to mitigate theft of copper cables,
Aluminium conductor cables may also provide Eskom with a cost saving opportunity based on the lower
material cost at an equivalent ampacity rating.
b) XLPE-insulated cable shall be used for all new projects except where there is cut-ins to existing
impregnated paper-insulated cable networks.
c) The rating of all XLPE-insulated cables shall be based upon a maximum conductor temperature of
70 oC in order to prevent drying out of the soil surrounding the cable.
conditions proposed by SANS 10198-4. The above tables have been compiled from data given in SANS 10198 and
cable manufacturers catalogues. The standard installation conditions are as follows:
maximum sustained conductor temperature for cables laid in ground or single way ducts = 70 oC. For XLPE-
insulated cables, the emergency current rating is given in brackets and is based on the 90 oC conductor
temperature;
soil temperature at depth of burial = 25 oC;
ambient air temperature = 30 oC;
thermal resistivity of soil = 1,2 Km/W;
depth of laying to top surface of cable or single way duct in ground = 0,8 m (see D-DT-0854);
load factor = 1;
single-core cables are assumed to be in close trefoil and earthed at one end only;
each cable is assumed to be thermally independent;
fault current ratings are based on a fault duration of 1 second;
fault current ratings are calculated assuming adiabatic conditions with a final conductor temperature of 160
oC for impregnated paper insulated cables and 250 oC for XLPE-insulated cables; and
where the earth fault current rating is higher than the symmetrical fault current rating, the symmetrical fault
current rating is used.
f) Where actual installation conditions differ significantly from the standard conditions the sustained
current-carrying capacity given in tables 3 to 15 shall be modified by the appropriate rating factors.
A quick calculation tool that includes both steady-state rating factors (as given in SANS 10198-4)
and a cyclic rating factor (as given in IEC 60853-1) has been developed by Eskom to do this and is
available under “Software” on the Distribution Technology website (“Cable Tool”).
g) Cable networks shall not be planned based upon additional capacity that may be made available due
to cyclic load profiles. This is particularly important when considering both primary and secondary
feeders under normal and contingency (emergency) conditions.
20 × D (11 kV) 12 × D (11 kV) 20 × D 12 × D
25 × D (22 kV and 33 kV) 15 × D (22 kV and 33 kV)
Note: D refers to the overall diameter of the cable.
j) The transport, storage and the use of explosives shall comply with the latest revision of the provision
of the Explosives Act No and the Explosives Regulations of the Occupational Health and
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
l) If steel plates are to be used to allow vehicular access across a trench then they shall be in
accordance with a design done by a professional civil/structural engineer. The plates shall be either
installed flush with the road and supported on 'I' beams or, if used as a plate across a trench, then
the plate shall be pinned to the road surface with suitable spikes to prevent it moving. The plate shall
provide a skid-proof surface for motor vehicles.
m) Excavated trenches that are accessible to the public or that are adjacent to public roads or
thoroughfares, or where the safety of persons may be endangered, shall be adequately and
effectively protected by a barrier or fence of at least one metre in height and as close to the
excavation as is practicable. Warning or danger tapes are not acceptable. Warning illumination or
any other clearly visible boundary indicators shall be provided at night or when visibility is poor.
n) Before installing bedding soil, the trench bottom shall be level, free of loose stones and lightly
compacted.
o) The trench bedding and blanket soil around the cable shall be in accordance with SANS 10198-8
requirements for bedding. A sieve having a mesh size of no larger than 12 mm may be used to sift
the excavated soil. Alternatively, suitable bedding and blanket soil having the specified soil thermal
resistivity shall be imported. The thermal resistivity of imported soil shall be tested in accordance with
SANS 10198-5.
p) The trench backfilling shall be in accordance with SANS 10198-8.
Note: SANS 10198-5 contains descriptions of the various types of soils and their respective suitability for cable surround soil
(bedding and blanket soil) and backfill material.
q) The bedding soil shall be installed and compacted prior to cable installation. Blanket soil shall be
compacted using hand compaction tools. Backfill material shall be compacted in layers of maximum
thickness 300 mm. The level of compaction (see D-DT-0854) shall be measured at appropriate
intervals using an approved method. The level of compaction shall be measured in accordance with
240-45683927
r) Warning tape (see D-DT-8013) shall be installed directly above the cable at a depth of 300 mm below
natural ground level in accordance with D-DT-0854.
s) The backfill requirements and required level of compaction for road surface re-instatement shall be
in accordance with the relevant road agency specification and shall take precedence over the
requirements of D-DT-0854.
t) All pavements, roads and driveway crossings shall be re-instated to their original state.
u) Where re-instatement of surfaces cannot be done immediately, a 50 mm compacted crown shall be
added above the natural ground level (NGL) to allow for erosion.
3.9.4 Cable pipe ducts
a) Cable crossing roads or railways shall be installed in PVC/PE pipes (see D-DT-8018). The axial
spacing of the pipe ducts shall be at least equal to the cable spacing on the direct-buried sections.
Note: Non-ferrous pipes must be used for single core cables to avoid the effects of magnetic induction.
b) The internal diameter of the pipe shall be as follows:
c) For unfilled pipes, a minimum of 30 mm greater than the nominal outside diameter of the cable;
d) for filled pipes, the internal diameter of the pipe shall be a minimum of 50 mm greater than the
nominal outside diameter of the cable for duct runs up to 25 m long;
e) for longer pipe runs, the internal diameter of the pipe shall be a minimum of l00 mm greater than the
nominal outside diameter of the cable.
f) All pipe ducts shall have a minimum surround of 75 mm of concrete to prevent collapsing or
deformation after backfilling. The concrete strength shall be at least 15 MPA. If underground
directional drilling has been used to install the pipe ducts, the concrete surround is not required.
and 450 mm between single-core trefoil circuits should be maintained where possible. De-rating factors are applicable.
order to prevent damage to the cable when the trench is back-filled.
c) Cable laying and installation shall be in accordance with SANS 10198-2 and SANS 10198-8 and,
unless otherwise specified, shall be by direct burial in accordance with D-DT-0854.
Note: The key objectives of correct cable installation are the following:
Cables are not over bent;
Cables outer sheaths are not damaged or scratched; and
Revision: Draft 1.1
Page:
d) MV and LV cable laid in the same trench shall be installed in accordance with D-DT-0854 sheet 5.
e) Cable crossing roads or railways shall be installed in pipe ducts (see D-DT-8018).
f) Cables running parallel to or crossing other services shall be installed in accordance with D-DT-0854
sheet 7.
g) Prior to cable pulling, pipe ducts shall be fitted with bell mouths at both ends to prevent damage to
the cable and a suitable lubricant shall be applied to the inside of the pipe.
h) Prior to cable pulling, the cable shall be inspected for damage and both ends checked to verify that
the cable ends were suitably capped. Damaged or uncapped cable shall not be installed.
i) Prior to cable pulling, the cable inner end shall be cut free from the cable drum flange.
j) The cable outer end shall be fitted with either a cable pulling sock or a cable pulling eye.
Note: A cable pulling sock applies tension to the cable outer layers, and may sometimes result in stretching or sliding of these
layers over the insulated cores. This can happen with impregnated paper-insulated cables. A cable pulling eye applies tension
directly to the conductors, and is preferred for larger cables or longer pulling lengths. A combination between both types of pulling
system is often used.
k) A swivel (fitted with a bearing to reduce friction) shall be used between the pulling rope and the cable
pulling sock or pulling eye.
l) When nose-pulling the cable: the pulling tension shall not exceed the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
m) Cables shall be pulled either by hand (only where the conditions are suitable and by using a team
and leader) or by using a winch.
n) When a winch is used: it shall be fitted with a reliable and accurate dynamometer whether the cable
is nose pulled or bond pulled and it shall be monitored throughout the pull.
o) Cable rollers shall be carefully positioned in the trench in the line that the cable is to follow. The
rollers shall be spaced so that there is no appreciable cable sag between rollers. A spacing of 2 m is
normally suitable but this distance shall be reduced if appreciable sagging is seen to occur. Where
appropriate; skid plates or corner rollers shall be used.
p) Where cables are laid in trefoil they shall be tied together with “sisal” string at 1 m intervals to prevent
any movement during backfilling.
q) The design of flexible or rigid cable systems in shafts and tunnels shall be according to the cable
manufacturer’s specification.
r) Laid cable that is not immediately jointed or terminated (whether prior to being laid, already laid, still
on the cable drum or in transport) shall be sealed by means of cable end caps (see D-DT-8015).
Note: Only in emergency conditions (i.e. only if no end caps or heat shrink equipment is available) may ‘DENSO’ tape be used
to temporarily seal the end of a cable (see D-DT-3213). If DENSO tape has been used, the cable shall be capped within 24 hours.
s) Cable end caps shall be inspected for damage prior to and after cable laying. Damaged end caps
shall be removed and replaced.
t) Cable outer sheaths damaged during installation shall immediately be repaired using a cable repair
sleeve (see D-DT-8077).
3.9.7 Cable terminations to overhead lines
a) Outdoor cable terminations (see D-DT-8005/6) shall be used to terminate MV cables onto overhead
lines as follows:
Note: Three-core outdoor cable terminations in accordance with 240-56030619 are supplied with 1,6 m tail lengths that can be
trimmed back to 1 m if required.
Environmental
Source: 240-56030635 General Information and Requirements for Medium-Voltage Cable Systems.pdfRevision: Draft 1.1
Page:
3.4 Environmental considerations
a) The requirements of the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act ) and
Eskom’s environmental directives, policies and procedures shall be observed and adhered to except
where exemption has been obtained from the relevant authority.
b) An environmental assessment shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of DST 34-
3.5 Performance and operational requirements
3.5.1 General
a) Cable systems shall be planned and designed to ensure that the desired network performance is
achievable. The provision of locally and remotely controlled switching points may be employed to
provide a practical system in support of the performance targets. These include free standing RMUs,
Type B mini-substations, the use of earth fault indicators (EFI’s), use of IRTU fitted RMUs and the
use of Distribution Automation (DA). The Operating Unit Control Plant Departments and any other
stakeholders shall be consulted before placement of these devices to ensure optimization of the
network. Refer to 240-61227438 and 240-56062745 for further information and guidelines for the
planning of MV underground cable systems.
b) Only material or products that meet Eskom’s specifications and requirements shall be used.
3.5.2 Plant location
the following factors:
a) vehicular and pedestrian traffic;
b) environmental impact;
c) water run-off;
d) pollution;
e) accessibility for ease of operation and maintenance; and
f) location of other underground services, for example Telkom, water etc.
3.5.3 Protection philosophy
a) While the system protection philosophy is intimately related to the specific network design, the
general philosophy is as follows:
b) Primary cable feeders shall have current differential protection utilising a fibre optic communication
link between stations or directional over-current and earth fault protection;
Note: Current differential protection may be preferred to avoid unacceptably long tripping times resulting from the grading of
series circuit-breakers and switch-fuse combinations.
c) Secondary cable feeders shall have over-current and earth fault protection;
Note: Generally the use of relays that have “very inverse” characteristic curves will provide suitable grading with downstream
Contractual Terms
Source: 240-56030635 General Information and Requirements for Medium-Voltage Cable Systems.pdfThe contract is for a 24-month period, with supplies on an 'as and when' required basis. Eskom's standard terms and conditions apply, including compliance with the OHS Act and Eskom's environmental directives. Servitudes and wayleaves must be registered where cables traverse private property, with minimum dimensions specified. Eskom's approval processes and governance structures apply.
Section
Source: 240-56030635 General Information and Requirements for Medium-Voltage Cable Systems.pdfEvaluation will consider compliance with Eskom's technical standards, including the use of specified equipment and adherence to environmental and safety requirements. Bidders must demonstrate capability to supply and deliver cables on an 'as and when' basis.
Description
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdfThe specification covers medium voltage XLPE and impregnated paper insulated cables. The cable identification system must be durable and withstand manufacturing and operating conditions. The identification code must be unique for each manufacturer and appear at intervals not exceeding 500 mm. The cable shall be longitudinally water-blocked in specified regions. The outer sheath shall be UV stabilised and marked with 'ESKOM'. The cable drums must be branded with the Eskom logo.
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdf (unknown)Submit the completed tender documentation, including all returnable documents, by the closing date and time. The tender must be submitted in the prescribed format. A covering letter must be included, worded so that all costs of services such as tests and delivery are declared and allowed for in the tender. The tender must include the completed Schedule A and Schedule B, and all required technical schedules. The identification code for the cable must be supplied with the tender, and the cable identification system details must be provided. Type test reports and certificates must be provided with the tender where applicable. The tender must be submitted to the address specified in the tender documentation. Bids that do not comply with the mandatory requirements may be disqualified.
Returnable Documents
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdf (unknown)A catalogue giving information for the full range of cables manufactured shall be provided, including dimensional data for impregnated-paper insulated and XLPE insulated cables, standard installation conditions, and current ratings. The purchaser shall require the tenderer to fill in schedule B. Price schedules shall be so drawn up and the covering letter so worded that the costs of all services are included. Technical Schedules A and B for MV PILC and XLPE cables are included, with items such as conductor marking system details, cable identification system details, and capacitance/reactance per phase.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdf (unknown)The tender will be evaluated on technical compliance with the specification. The cable identification system must meet the requirements for marking, traceability, and environmental compatibility. The identification code must be unique for each manufacturer. The cable must comply with the specified standards, including SANS 1339 and ISO 9001. The tender must include all required returnable documents. The technical evaluation will consider the type test reports and certificates provided. The cable must meet the requirements for water-blocking, outer sheath marking, and UV stabilisation.
Methodology
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdf (unknown)The identification system shall not negatively impact the electrical and mechanical integrity and performance of the cable over its expected life, nor the environment in which it is installed. The identification code shall consist of specified options, appear at intervals not exceeding 500 mm, and be unique for each manufacturer. The proposed method for marking of cable shall be submitted to Eskom for evaluation. Suitable water blocking removal instructions shall be submitted with the tender returnable documentation for adding into joint and termination installation instructions.
Quality Management
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdf2.1 Scope
This standard covers the Eskom’s minimum requirements for the selection, manufacturing, testing and supply
of medium voltage XLPE and PILC cables.
The requirements for XLPE cables are based on SANS 1339 and this document. The requirements for PILC
cables are based on SANS 97 and this document.
The safety specification VC 8077 stipulates that all PILC and XLPE-insulated medium-voltage cables in South
Africa shall comply with the requirements of SANS 1339 and SANS 97 respectively.
2.1.1 Purpose
shall ensure that the product meets the requirements as specified in this document. Any deviation from these
requirements shall constitute non-conformance, unless it was agreed to by a delegated Cable System
the time of tender and based on factory acceptance testing requirements as per this standard.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Refer to clause/ section 2.2.
Revision: 3STANDARD
Page:
Item 240- Description Schedule A Schedule B
56063792
3.6 3.2.3 Cable identification system location xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.7 3.2.3 Font size for the cable identification mm xxxxxxxxxx
system characters
3.8 3.2.4 Does the marking of cable outer Yes Yes ____________
sheath comply with 3.2.4?
3.9 3.2.6 Are all relevant documents Yes ____________
submitted?
3.10 3.2.6 Catalogue to be provided with tender Yes ____________
documentation?
3.11 3.3.1.3 Copy of type tests report and where Yes Item Specific ____________
applicable certificates to be provided
with tender documentation
3.12 3.3.1.2 Dimensions of cable submitted Yes ____________
3.13 3.2.6 Maximum sustained current rating at xxxxxxxxxx
70°C conductor temperature,
installed in:
3.14 a) Ground? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
b) Air? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
c) Ducts? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.15 3.2.6.f) Short circuit rating? kA xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.16 3.2.6.g) Cable mass? kg/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.17 3.2.6.h) Gross mass per standard drum kg xxxxxxxxxx ____________
length?
3.18 3.2.6.i) Resistance at max conductor 70°C xxxxxxxxxx ____________
temperature?
3.19 3.2.6.j) Reactance per phase? Ω/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.20 3.2.6.k) Capacitance per phase? nF/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.21 3.2.6.l) Zero sequence impedance and Ω/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
capacitance per phase?
3.22 3.2.6.m) Cable thermal time constant? seconds xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.23 3.3 Testing of cable is done in Item Specific ____________
accordance with SANS 97?
Revision: 3STANDARD
Page:
3.24 3.3 Testing of cable is done in Item Specific ____________
accordance with SANS 1339?
Revision: 3STANDARD
Page:
3.24 3.3 Testing of cable is done in Item Specific ____________
accordance with SANS 1339?
Health & Safety
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdf. Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1 Scope ................................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1.2 Applicability ............................................................................................................................ 4
2.2 Normative/informative references ...................................................................................................... 4
2.2.1 Normative ............................................................................................................................... 4
2.2.2 Informative ............................................................................................................................. 5
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................... 5
2.3.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 5
2.3.2 Disclosure classification ......................................................................................................... 5
2.4 Abbreviations ...................................................................................................................................... 5
2.5 Roles and responsibilities .................................................................................................................. 5
2.6 Process for monitoring ....................................................................................................................... 5
2.7 Related/supporting documents .......................................................................................................... 5
3.1 General requirements for MV cables ................................................................................................. 6
3.1.1 Rated Voltages ...................................................................................................................... 6
3.1.2 Conductors ............................................................................................................................. 6
3.1.3 Impregnated-paper-insulated lead sheathed cable ............................................................... 6
3.1.4 XLPE-insulated cable ............................................................................................................. 7
3.2 Packaging, Marking and Labelling ..................................................................................................... 9
3.2.1 Packaging .............................................................................................................................. 9
3.2.2 Marking of conductor ............................................................................................................. 9
3.2.3 Marking of cable ................................................................................................................... 10
3.2.4 Marking of cable outer sheath.............................................................................................. 11
3.2.5 Marking of cable drums ........................................................................................................ 11
3.2.6 Documentation ..................................................................................................................... 11
3.3 Tests ................................................................................................................................................. 12
3.3.1 Documentation ..................................................................................................................... 12
Authorization .............................................................................................................................................. 13
Revisions ................................................................................................................................................... 13
Development team .................................................................................................................................... 14
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................................... 14
Annex A – Eskom Logo: Printing Guide And Format ....................................................................................... 15
Annex B – Technical Schedule A and B for MV PILC and XLPE Cables ........................................................ 17
Annex C – Deviation Schedule ......................................................................................................................... 26
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001: Quality Management Systems.
[2] SANS 97, Electric cables – Impregnated-paper-insulated metal-sheathed cables for rated voltages
3,3/3,3 kV up to 19/33 kV.
[3] SANS 1339, Electric cables – Cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) – insulated cables for voltages from
3,8/6,6 kV to 19/33 kV.
[4] SANS 1411-2, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords – Part 2: Polyvinyl chloride
(Pvc).
[5] SANS 1411-6, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords – Part 6: Armour.
[6] SANS 1411-7, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords – Part 7: Polyethylene (PE).
[7] VC 8077, Compulsory specification for the safety of medium voltage electric cables.
[8] D-DT-8000, Cable, 11 kV and 22 kV impregnated paper-insulated.
[9] D-DT-8001, Cable, 11 kV and 22 kV XLPE-insulated.
[10] D-DT-2800, Cable, 11 kV and 22 kV impregnated paper-insulated.
table below, unless otherwise specified at the time of tender:
Table 1: Standard size medium voltage cables
Rated voltage: 11 kV, 22 kV and/ or 33 kV
Single Core (mm2) 3 Core (mm2)
50 50
95 95
185 185
300 300
400 400
630 630
3.1.3 Impregnated-paper-insulated lead sheathed cable
PILC cables shall comply with SANS 97, general-purpose cable, with the following specific requirements:
3.1.3.1 Screening
Revision: 3STANDARD
Page:
3.1.3.3 Metal sheath
SANS 1411-2.
3.1.3.5 Armour
a) Single-core cables shall be unarmoured.
Note: Single core cables are only utilized within the boundary of a substation and are therefore at low risk of being
damaged by excavation.
b) Three-core cables shall be armoured with two layers of galvanized steel tape in accordance with
SANS 1411-6.
3.1.3.6 Outer sheath
a) The outer sheath shall comprise an extruded layer of black flame retardant PVC type S2 in
accordance with SANS 1411-2.
b) The outer sheath shall be ultraviolet (UV) radiation stabilised.
3.1.4 XLPE-insulated cable
XLPE-insulated cables shall comply with SANS 1339 and shall meet the following specific requirements:
3.1.4.1 Type
3.1.4.3 Core identification
The cores of three-core cables shall be identified by the numbers 1, 2, 3, printed as numerals or words either
directly on the extruded semi-conducting core screen or on the semi-conducting bedding tapes of each core,
or by other acceptable means.
3.1.4.4 Bedding under armouring
The bedding under the armouring shall comprise of an extruded layer of PVC type B1 in accordance with
SANS 1411-2.
3.1.4.5 Outer sheath
a) The outer sheath shall comprise:
an extruded layer of black PE type PS2 in accordance with SANS 1411-7, or
PE type PS2 outer-sheath shall be flame retardant and, if specified in schedule A, shall have
a reduced halogen emission property, or
an extruded layer of black PVC type S5 in accordance with SANS 1411-2, or
PVC type S5 shall be halogen free.
Revision: 3STANDARD
Page:
Note: The use of a PVC outer sheath is restricted to Generation applications only.
b) The outer sheath shall be ultraviolet (UV) radiation stabilised.
c) The type of outer sheath required will be specified in schedule A.
3.1.4.6 Fire performance requirements for PVC-sheathed cables
be taped and armoured or copper wire screened for three core cables.
3.1.4.8.1 Single core MV XLPE cable
a) Single-core cables shall either be aluminium wire armoured and copper taped screened, or shall be
aluminium wire armoured and copper wire screened for 33 kV if specified on technical schedules A.
Note: Copper tape metal screen in 33 kV single-core cables of conductor sizes larger than 400 mm2 is notrecommended due
to the excessive expansion of copper tapes under load cycling.
b) Taped and aluminium wire armoured MV XLPE cables shall have PVC outer-sheath or PE outer-
sheath.
3.1.4.8.2 Outer-sheath for Single core MV XLPE cable
a) Copper wire screened MV XLPE cables shall have a MDPE or HDPE outer-sheath (for wind farm
applications).
3.1.4.8.3 Three core MV XLPE cable
a) Three-core cables shall be taped and aluminium wire armoured.
3.1.4.8.4 Outer-sheath for three core MV XLPE cable
a) Taped and aluminium wire armoured MV XLPE cables shall have PVC outer-sheath or PE outer-
sheath.
c) The conductor identification system shall comply with the following minimum requirements:
The identification system shall be durable and withstand the expected conditions during the
manufacturing processes and operating conditions of the cable over its life. If requested,
sufficient proof shall be provided that the identification system offered is chemically
compatible with the various materials it may be in contact with inside the cable;
The identification system shall withstand, without melting or other deleterious effects,
continuous conductor operating temperatures of 90°C and short-circuit conductor
temperatures of at least 250°C;
The identification system shall not negatively impact the electrical and mechanical integrity
and performance of the cable over its expected life;
The identification system shall not negatively impact the environment in which the cable is
installed over its expected life;
The identification code shall consist of any of the following options:
o Alpha-numeric, alpha - or numeric characters,
o Eskom name,
o Eskom logo,
o Coloured yarn,
o Indented marks,
o Etc.
The identification system used shall be visible to the naked eye so as to readily identify that
the conductor is marked;
The identification code shall be marked (i.e. appear) at intervals not exceeding 500 mm if not
continuous in nature;
Where applicable the characters used to uniquely identify the conductor shall be legible with
the naked eye or, at most, with the assistance of a portable hand-held magnifying glass. The
font size offered and, if applicable, the magnification factor required to read the characters
shall be stated in schedule B; and
Where applicable for alpha-numeric characters the algorithm used to generate the
identification code shall be unique for each manufacturer.
for marking shall meet the following requirements.
a) Cable shall be marked with a unique and traceable identification system. The cable identification
system location shall be stated in schedule B.
Note: The purpose is to provide asset management information relating to the cable manufacturer, order number, date of
manufacture, drum number, conductor identification code range, etc.
b) The manufacturer shall keep a secure database of all uniquely marked cables supplied to Eskom.
c) The cable identification system shall comply with the following minimum requirements:
The identification system shall be durable and withstand the expected conditions during the
manufacturing processes and operating conditions of the cable over its life. If requested,
sufficient proof shall be provided that the identification system offered is chemically
compatible with the various materials it may be in contact with inside the cable,
The identification system shall withstand, without melting or other deleterious effects,
continuous conductor operating temperatures of 90°C and short-circuit conductor
temperature of at least 250°C,
The identification system shall not negatively impact the electrical and mechanical integrity
and performance of the cable over its expected life,
The identification system shall not negatively impact the environment in which the cable is
installed over its expected life,
The identification code shall consist of any of the following:
o Alpha-numeric -, alpha - or numeric characters,
o Eskom name,
o Eskom logo,
o Coloured yarn,
o Indented marks,
o Etc.
The identification system used shall be visible to the naked eye so as to readily identify that
the cable is marked,
The identification code shall be marked (i.e. appear) at intervals not exceeding 500 mm if not
continuous in nature,
Note: The identification code will therefore be repeated for up to a maximum distance of one meter of cable.
The characters used to uniquely identify the conductor shall be legible with the naked eye
without the need for any magnification. The font size offered shall be stated in schedule B,
and
The algorithm used to generate the identification code shall be unique for each manufacturer.
d) Details of the proposed cable identification system shall be submitted with the tender documentation.
Revision: 3STANDARD
Page:
3.2.4 Marking of cable outer sheath
a) Cables shall be legibly marked in accordance with the requirements of SANS 97 or SANS 1339 as
applicable, but the marking shall include the specification number to which the cable has been
manufactured, the word “ESKOM”, the conductor size in mm2 and conductor material e.g. Cu
(copper) or Al (aluminium). A typical legend would be:
“XXXXXXXX CABLES 2009 6.35/11 kV 95 mm2 Cu ESKOM”
b) The cable shall be sequentially marked at one metre intervals with the legend 000 m, 001 m etc.
starting with 000 m at the barrel of the drum and finishing with the number indicating the length of
cable on the drum at the outer end of the cable. Length marking shall be to an accuracy of better
than 1 %.
c) PVC or PE sheathed cables shall have a colour coded stripe in accordance with SANS 1339.
3.2.5 Marking of cable drums
In addition to requirements of SANS 1339 and SANS 97, cable drums shall be clearly and indelibly marked
with the Eskom stock (SAP) number (i.e. "Eskom SAP Number: XXXXXXX)
a) All MV cable drums destined for Eskom shall be branded with the Eskom logo on one of its flat sides
(the flange).
b) The Eskom logo shall be printed in Eskom blue or black on a white-coloured background.
c) For metal or wooden drums, a portion of the flange surface shall be painted in white to provide a
rectangular background on which the signature shall be printed. The height of the white rectangular
background shall be three times the diameter of the “circle” part of the Eskom logo.
d) The printed Eskom logo shall appear centrally on the white rectangular background leaving a space
equal to at least one logo “circle” before and after the Eskom logo.
e) The Eskom logo printing shall be made using a stencil technique or other equivalent techniques
which shall be demonstrated to and approved by Eskom.
f) The dimensions of Eskom logo shall be a minimum length and height of 820 mm and 210 mm
respectively. The Eskom logo and standard requirements are shown in Appendix A.
g) All other printing on the flange shall be positioned so as to ensure a minimum clearance of one logo
circle (“circle”) diameter away from the Eskom logo.
3.2.6 Documentation
accordance with SANS 97 and SANS 1339:
a) Conductor material (i.e. copper or aluminium) and cross-sectional area.
b) Voltage rating.
c) Impregnated-paper insulated cable dimensional data:
Diameter over lead sheath;
Diameter over bedding; and
Diameter over sheath.
d) XLPE insulated cable dimensional data:
Diameter over conductor;
XLPE thickness;
Armour wire diameter;
Revision: 3STANDARD
Page:
Diameter over bedding; and
Diameter over sheath.
e) Maximum sustained current rating in ground, air and ducts.
3.2.4
requirement was removed.
Jan 2012 1 B. Mwarehwa The document title change from
“Specification for 11 kV and 22 kV
impregnated paper and XLPE -insulated
cables” to “Specification for medium
voltage impregnated paper and XLPE -
insulated cables”
4.4.6.2 The outer sheath shall be ultraviolet (UV)
radiation stabilised
5.4.1 Requirement for the outer sheath
marking to include the word
“ESKOM” added
Revision: 3STANDARD
Page:
Annex A – Eskom Logo: Printing Guide And Format
(Normative)
A.1 The Eskom logo printing guide and format
The logo circle (“circle”) and the logo word (the word “Eskom”) shall always appear together as one unit.
A.1.1 Colour specifications
1.1 SAP No Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
1.2 Buyers Guide Drawing Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
1.3 Symmetrical fault current rating kA Item Specific
1.4 3.1.1 Nominal system voltage kV Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
1.5 Earth fault current rating kA Item Specific ____________
2.1 3.1.1 Rated voltage (Ur) kV 11, 22 or 33 xxxxxxxxxx
2.2 3.1.2 Number of cores (1- Core or 3- Cores) 1 or 3 xxxxxxxxxx
2.3 3.1.3.1 Screening of cables xxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxx
2.4 3.1.3.2 Core identification Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.5 3.1.3.3 Metal sheath Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.6 3.1.3.4 Bedding under armouring Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.7 3.1.3.5 Armouring Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.8 3.1.2 Conductor Size mmsq Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.9 Rated frequency (fr) Hz 50 xxxxxxxxxx
2.10 3.1.3.6 Type of outer sheath Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.11 3.1.3.6 Is outer sheath ultraviolet (UV) radiation ____________
1.1 SAP No Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
1.2 Buyers Guide Drawing Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
1.3 Symmetrical fault current rating kA Item Specific
1.4 3.1.1 Nominal system voltage kV Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
1.5 Earth fault current rating kA Item Specific ____________
2.1 3.1.1 Rated voltage (Ur) kV 11, 22 or 33 xxxxxxxxxx
2.2 3.1.2 Number of cores (1- Core or 3- Cores) 1 or 3 xxxxxxxxxx
2.3 3.1.3.1 Screening of cables xxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxx
2.4 3.1.3.2 Core identification Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.5 3.1.3.3 Metal sheath Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.6 3.1.3.4 Bedding under armouring Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.7 3.1.3.5 Armouring Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.8 3.1.2 Conductor Size mmsq Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.9 Rated frequency (fr) Hz 50 xxxxxxxxxx
2.10 3.1.3.6 Type of outer sheath Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.11 3.1.3.6 Is outer sheath ultraviolet (UV) radiation ____________
Revision: 3STANDARD
Page:
1 2 3 4 5
Item 240- Description Schedule A Schedule B
56063792
3.6 3.2.3 Cable identification system location xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.7 3.2.3 Font size for the cable identification mm xxxxxxxxxx
system characters
3.8 3.2.4 Does the marking of cable outer Yes Yes ____________
sheath comply with 3.2.4?
3.9 3.2.6 Are all relevant documents Yes ____________
submitted?
3.10 3.2.6 Catalogue to be provided with tender Yes ____________
documentation?
3.11 3.3.1.3 Copy of type tests report and where Yes Item Specific ____________
applicable certificates to be provided
with tender documentation
3.12 3.3.1.2 Dimensions of cable submitted Yes ____________
3.13 3.2.6 Maximum sustained current rating at xxxxxxxxxx
70°C conductor temperature,
installed in:
3.14 a) Ground? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
b) Air? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
c) Ducts? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.15 Maximum sustained current rating at xxxxxxxxxx
90°C conductor temperature,
installed in:
a) Ground? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
b) Air? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
c) Ducts? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.16 3.2.6.f) Short circuit rating? kA xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.17 3.2.6.g) Cable mass? kg/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.18 3.2.6.h) Gross mass per standard drum kg xxxxxxxxxx ____________
length?
3.19 3.2.6.i) Resistance at max conductor 70°C xxxxxxxxxx ____________
temperature?
Resistance at max conductor 90°C temperature?
3.20 3.2.6.j) Reactance per phase? Ω/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.21 3.2.6.k) Capacitance per phase? nF/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.22 3.2.6.l) Zero sequence impedance and Ω/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
capacitance per phase?
3.23 3.2.6.m) Cable thermal time constant? seconds xxxxxxxxxx ____________
1.1 SAP No Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
1.2 Buyers Guide Drawing Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
1.3 Symmetrical fault current rating kA Item Specific
1.4 3.1.1 Nominal system voltage kV Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
1.5 Earth fault current rating kA Item Specific ____________
2.1 3.1.1 Rated voltage (Ur) kV 11, 22 or 33 xxxxxxxxxx
2.2 3.1.2 Number of cores (1- Core or 3- Cores) 1 or 3 xxxxxxxxxx
2.3 3.1.3.1 Screening of cables xxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxx
2.4 3.1.3.2 Core identification Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.5 3.1.3.3 Metal sheath Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.6 3.1.3.4 Bedding under armouring Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.7 3.1.3.5 Armouring Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.8 3.1.2 Conductor Size mmsq Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.9 Rated frequency (fr) Hz 50 xxxxxxxxxx
2.10 3.1.3.6 Type of outer sheath Item Specific xxxxxxxxxx
2.11 3.1.3.6 Is outer sheath ultraviolet (UV) radiation ____________
Revision: 3STANDARD
Page:
1 2 3 4 5
Item 240- Description Schedule A Schedule B
56063792
3.6 3.2.3 Cable identification system location xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.7 3.2.3 Font size for the cable identification mm xxxxxxxxxx
system characters
3.8 3.2.4 Does the marking of cable outer Yes Yes ____________
sheath comply with 3.2.4?
3.9 3.2.6 Are all relevant documents Yes ____________
submitted?
3.10 3.2.6 Catalogue to be provided with tender Yes ____________
documentation?
3.11 3.3.1.3 Copy of type tests report and where Yes Item Specific ____________
applicable certificates to be provided
with tender documentation
3.12 3.3.1.2 Dimensions of cable submitted Yes ____________
3.13 3.2.6 Maximum sustained current rating at xxxxxxxxxx
70°C conductor temperature,
installed in:
3.14 a) Ground? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
b) Air? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
c) Ducts? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.15 Maximum sustained current rating at xxxxxxxxxx
90°C conductor temperature,
installed in:
a) Ground? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
b) Air? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
c) Ducts? xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.16 3.2.6.f) Short circuit rating? kA xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.17 3.2.6.g) Cable mass? kg/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.18 3.2.6.h) Gross mass per standard drum kg xxxxxxxxxx ____________
length?
3.19 3.2.6.i) Resistance at max conductor 70°C xxxxxxxxxx ____________
temperature?
Resistance at max conductor 90°C temperature?
3.20 3.2.6.j) Reactance per phase? Ω/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.21 3.2.6.k) Capacitance per phase? nF/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
3.22 3.2.6.l) Zero sequence impedance and Ω/m xxxxxxxxxx ____________
capacitance per phase?
3.23 3.2.6.m) Cable thermal time constant? seconds xxxxxxxxxx ____________
Contractual Terms
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdfThe contract is for the supply of cables on an 'as and when' required basis over 24 months. The supplier must ensure the product meets the specification. The identification system is subject to Eskom approval. The identification code must be unique per manufacturer and appear at intervals not exceeding 500 mm. The cable drums must be branded with the Eskom logo. The document is Eskom copyright protected; when downloaded from the WEB, it is uncontrolled and the user is responsible for ensuring it is in line with the authorised version.
Special Conditions
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdf (unknown)All MV cable drums destined for Eskom shall be branded with the Eskom logo on one flat side, with specific placement and clearance requirements. The Eskom logo shall be printed in Eskom blue or black on a white-coloured background. The outer sheath shall be UV stabilised and include the word 'ESKOM'. The identification system shall be subject to approval by Eskom.
Requirements
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdf (unknown)The cable identification system must be durable and withstand expected conditions. The identification code must be unique for each manufacturer. The identification system shall not negatively impact the environment. The identification code shall appear at intervals not exceeding 500 mm. The cable shall be longitudinally water-blocked in specified regions. The outer sheath shall be UV stabilised and marked with 'ESKOM'. The cable drums must be branded with the Eskom logo. The identification system shall be subject to approval by Eskom.
Section
Source: 240-56063792 SPECIFICATION FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE XLPE AND IMPREGNATED PAPER INSULATED CABLES STANDARD.pdfTechnical evaluation will consider compliance with the specification, including the cable identification system, water-blocking, outer sheath marking, and UV stabilisation. Type test reports and certificates must be provided. The identification code must be unique and traceable. The cable must comply with SANS standards and ISO 9001.
Description
Source: E-tendering Help Manual for supplier - 27 January 2025.docxThe tender is for the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster, on an as-and-when required basis over a period of 24 months.
Important Dates
Source: E-tendering Help Manual for supplier - 27 January 2025.docx (unknown)No specific dates beyond the closing date are stated in the document.
Submission Guidelines
Source: E-tendering Help Manual for supplier - 27 January 2025.docx (unknown)Submission is electronic only via the Eskom eTendering system (https://eTendering.eskom.co.za). Bidders must register on the system and have a CSD number to gain access. An OTP is sent to the registered cellphone and email for verification. Upload each required document under the correct category (e.g. Technical, Commercial, Finance). Verify all documents are uploaded before clicking “Finalize Submission”. Once finalised, the submission is timestamped and an email with the submission ID is sent; keep this email for future enquiries. Late or incomplete submissions are disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: E-tendering Help Manual for supplier - 27 January 2025.docx (unknown)Bidders must have a CSD number to access the eTendering system. No other eligibility criteria are stated in the provided document.
Technical Specifications
Source: E-tendering Help Manual for supplier - 27 January 2025.docx (unknown)The eTendering system is a web-based platform for uploading tender documents. Bidders must register, verify via OTP, and upload documents under the correct categories. The system supports password reset and OTP verification. Recommended browser is Microsoft Edge.
Technical Specifications
Source: 8001 MV Al and Cu XLPE power cables.pdf (unknown)By chkd auth date REF. dwgs
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0577428 0577430 CAD REF: 0577429 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
FILE No:
Drawn: p.A. Vermaak date: 07.11.1997 D-DT-8001 13 1 14 8001
Health & Safety
Source: 8001 MV Al and Cu XLPE power cables.pdfCable, electrical: type: eux1mcq 11kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 50 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 500 m; reference NO: eux1mcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0577429
Short description: cable,elect:eux1pcq 11kv 1c;cu;95 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: eux1mcq 11kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 95 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 500 m; reference NO: eux1mcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0577430
Short description: cable,elect:eux1scq 11kv 1c;cu;185 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: eux1scq 11kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 185 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 500 m; reference NO: eux1scq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
ITEM :- CABLE,11, 22 & 33kV XLPE-INSULATED
Material specification :-
Corrosion specification :-
Standard specification :- SANS 1339
ESKOM specification :- esp 32-1271
Test & certification requirements :- SANS 1339
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0577428 0577430 CAD REF: 0577429 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: eux1scq 11kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 300 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 500 m; reference NO: eux1scq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171351
Short description: cable,elect:eux1xcq 11kv 1c;cu;630 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: eux1xcq 11kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 630 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pvc;
Rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor; pvc bedding, pe serving,
Drum = 500 m, reference NO: eux1xcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171388
Short description: cable,elect:eux3kcq 11kv 3c;cu;25 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: eux3kcq 11kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 25 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: polyethelene serving;
Rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire armoured;
3 core stranded copper conductor; pvc bedding;
Drum = 300 m, reference NO: eux3kcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0577431 0171388 CAD REF: 0171351 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: eux3mcq 11kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 50 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a;
Covering: pvc; rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: gs wire;
3 core stranded copper conductor;
Cable, electrical: type: eux3paq 11kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 95 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded aluminium conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: eux3paq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0403148
Short description: cable,elect:eux3pcq 11kv 3c;cu;95 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: eux3pcq 11kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 95 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a;
Covering: pvc; rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: gs wire;
3 core standed copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
300 m drum; reference NO: eux3pcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0171386 0403148 CAD REF: 0578940 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: eux3saq 11kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 185 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded aluminium conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: eux3saq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171352
Short description: cable,elect:eux3scq 11kv 3c;cu;185 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: eux3scq 11kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 185 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a;
Covering: pvc; rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: gs wire;
3 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m, reference NO: eux3scq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0578950
Short description: cable,elect:eux3uaq 11kv 3c;al;300 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: eux3uaq 11kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 300 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded aluminium conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: eux3uaq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0578941 0578950 CAD REF: 0171352 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: eux3ucq 11kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 300 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a;
Covering: pvc; rating: 6.35/11 kvac; armor: gs wire;
3 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m, reference NO: eux3ucq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0577432
Short description: cable,elect:fux1mcq 22kv 1c;cu;50 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: fux1mcq 22kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 50 mm2; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Type a; covering: pvc; rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 500 m; reference NO: fux1mcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0577433
Short description: cable,elect:fux1pcq 22kv 1c;cu;95 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: fux1pcq 22kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 95 mm2; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Type a; covering: pvc; rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 500 m; reference NO: fux1pcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0184296 0577433 CAD REF: 0577432 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: fux1scq 22kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 185 mm2; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Type a; covering: pvc; rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 500 m; reference NO: fux1scq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0577435
Short description: cable,elect:fux1ucq 22kv 1c;cu;300 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: fux1ucq 22kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 300 mm2; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Type a; covering: pvc; rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 500 m; reference NO: fux1ucq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0182545
Short description: cable,elect:fux1xcq 22kv 1c;cu;630 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: fux1xcq 22kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 630 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a;
Covering: pvc; rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 500 m; reference NO: fux1xcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0577434 0182545 CAD REF: 0577435 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: fux3kcq 22kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 25 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: polyethelene serving;
Rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire armoured;
3 core stranded copper conductor; pvc bedding;
Drum = 300 m, reference NO: fux3kcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0578942
Short description: cable,elect:fux3maq 22kv 3c;al;50 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: fux3maq 22kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 50 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded aluminium conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: fux3maq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171384
Short description: cable,elect:fux3mcq 22kv 3c;cu;50 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: fux3mcq 22kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 50 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a;
Covering: pvc; rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: gs wire;
3 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: fux3mcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0182546 0171384 CAD REF: 0578942 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: fux3paq 22kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 95 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded aluminium conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: fux3paq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171204
Short description: cable,elect:fux3pcq 22kv 3c;cu;95 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: fux3pcq 22kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 95 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a;
Covering: pvc; rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: gs wire;
3 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: fux3pcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0578944
Short description: cable,elect:fux3saq 22kv 3c;al;185 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: fux3saq 22kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 185 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire
3 core stranded aluminium conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: fux3saq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0578943 0578944 CAD REF: 0171204 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: fux3scq 22kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 185 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a;
Covering: pvc; rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: gs wire;
3 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m, reference NO: fux3scq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0578945
Short description: cable,elect:fux3uaq 22kv 3c;al;300 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: fux3uaq 22kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 300 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 12.7/22 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded aluminium conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: fux3uaq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0577436
Short description: cable,elect:gux1mcq 33kv 1c;cu;50 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: gux1mcq 33kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 50 mm2; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Type a; covering: pvc; rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving; drum = 500 m;
Reference NO: gux1mcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0175763 0577436 CAD REF: 0578945 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: gux1pcq 33kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 95 mm2; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Type a; covering: pvc; rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving; drum = 500 m;
Reference NO: gux1pcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0577438
Short description: cable,elect:gux1scq 33kv 1c;cu;185 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: gux1scq 33kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 185 mm2; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Type a; covering: pvc; rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving; drum = 500 m;
Reference NO: gux1scq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0577439
Short description: cable,elect:gux1ucq 33kv 1c;cu;300 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: gux1ucq 33kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 300 mm2; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Type a; covering: pvc; rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving; drum = 500 m;
Reference NO: gux1ucq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0577437 0577439 CAD REF: 0577438 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: gux1xcq 33kv 1c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 630 mm2; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Type a; covering: pvc; rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: al wire;
1 core stranded copper conductor;
Pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 500 m; reference NO: gux1xcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0578946
Short description: cable,elect:gux3maq 33kv 3c;al;50 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: gux3maq 33kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 50 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a;
Covering: pe outer sheath; rating: 19/33 kvac;
Armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded aluminium conductor;pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: gux3maq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0578948
Short description: cable,elect:gux3mcq 33kv 3c;cu;50 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: gux3mcq 33kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 50 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded copper conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: gux3mcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0577440 0578948 CAD REF: 0578946 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: gux3paq 33kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 95 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded aluminium conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: gux3paq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0578949
Short description: cable,elect:gux3pcq 33kv 3c;cu;95 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: gux3pcq 33kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 95 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded copper conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: gux3pcq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0578947
Short description: cable,elect:gux3saq 33kv 3c;al;185 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: gux3saq 33kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 185 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded aluminium conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: gux3saq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0578951 0578947 CAD REF: 0578949 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: type: gux3scq 33kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 185 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded copper conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: gux3scq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0578952
Short description: cable,elect:gux3uaq 33kv 3c;al;300 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: gux3uaq 33kv 3c;
Conductor: al; conductor size: 300 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
3 core stranded aluminium conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: gux3maq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0578954
Short description: cable,elect:gux3ucq 33kv 3c;cu;300 mm2
Cable, electrical: type: gux3ucq 33kv 3c;
Conductor: cu; conductor size: 300 mm2;
Conductor insulation: xlpe; type a; covering: pe outer sheath;
Rating: 19/33 kvac; armor: galvanised steel wire;
Drum = 300 m; reference NO: gux3ucq;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-8001*
14 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
13 0577429 and 0577431 conductor size corrected p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 29.01.2015
12 new mv cable options for 11kv, 22kv and 33kv added p.A.T. T.DU Plessis t.DU Plessis 24.02.2014
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998 NTS 0578953 0578954 CAD REF: 0578952 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 13.02.1998
Series 8000 set sheet rev
Contact Information
Source: 3128 LV cables copper power and control.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":"014474 0404","department":null,"address":null}
Technical Specifications
Source: 3128 LV cables copper power and control.pdf (unknown)Updated.
17 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
Rev revision description by chkd auth date REF. dwgs
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: P. CROWDY DATE: 20.03.1998 NTS 0403351
Cad REF: 0403113 chkd: d. Pillay date: 20.03.1998
Series 3000 set sheet rev
FILE No:
Drawn: p.A. Vermaak date: 09-04-96 D-DT-3128 8 1 19 3128
Health & Safety
Source: 3128 LV cables copper power and control.pdfCable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 1c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 240 mm2; armor: al wire; design type: bvv1tcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 1 core stranded copper conductor; 300m drum,
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark and part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0403113
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;1c;cu;500 mm2;al wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 1c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 500 mm2; armor: al wire; design type: bvv1wcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 1 core stranded copper conductor; 300 m drum,
Identification: indelible mnfrs trademark and part NO. on all items and drum
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
ITEM :- CABLE,1kV 1C, 2C,3C, 4C, 7C, 12C, 19C CU
Material specification :-
Corrosion specification :-
Standard specification :- SANS 1507
ESKOM specification :- 240-56063805
Test & certification requirements :- SANS 1507
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: P. CROWDY DATE: 20.03.1998 NTS 0403351
Cad REF: 0403113 chkd: d. Pillay date: 20.03.1998
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 2c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 4 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx2ecv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 2 core stranded copper conductor; 500 m drum;
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 2c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 16 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx2hcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 2 core stranded copper conductor; 500m drum;
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0403473
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;2c;cu;25 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 2c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 25 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx2kcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 2 core stranded copper conductor; 300m drum,
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark and part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0404634
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;2c;cu;35 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 2c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 35 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx2lcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 2 core stranded copper conductor; 300 m drum;
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark and part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
19 sap number 0403091, 0404120 and 0404127 added. J.S. Q. Khumalo q. Khumalo 26.10.2020
ESKOM spec. Esp 32-1272 revised to 240-56063805. 18 j.S. Barto olivier q. Khumalo 22.10.2019 All sap numbers, short & tech description updated.
17 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: P. CROWDY DATE: 20.03.1998 NTS 0404122 0403473
Cad REF: 0014474 0404634 chkd: d. Pillay date: 20.03.1998
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 3c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 16 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx3hvc;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 3 core stranded copper conductor; 300m drum,
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171198
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;3c;cu;25 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 3c;
Conductor material: cu; conductor size: 25 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx3kcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 3 core stranded copper conductor; 300m drum;
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0404489
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;3c;cu;35 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 3c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 35 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx3lcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 3 core stranded copper conductor; 300 m drum;
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 3c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 70 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx3ncv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 3 core stranded copper conductor; 300 m drum,
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark and part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
19 sap number 0403091, 0404120 and 0404127 added. J.S. Q. Khumalo q. Khumalo 26.10.2020
ESKOM spec. Esp 32-1272 revised to 240-56063805. 18 j.S. Barto olivier q. Khumalo 22.10.2019 All sap numbers, short & tech description updated.
17 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: P. CROWDY DATE: 20.03.1998 NTS 0404103 0404489
Cad REF: 0171198 0171333 chkd: d. Pillay date: 20.03.1998
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 2.5 Mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4dcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper conductor; 500m drum; for
Substation use; identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part NO. on all items and
Drum to be stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0404764
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;4c;cu;4 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 4 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4ecv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper conductor; 500m drum;
Substation use; identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part NO. on all items and
Drum to be stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0404766
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;4c;cu;16 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 16 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4hcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper conductor; 500 metre drum;
Substation use; identification: indelible mnfrs trademark and part NO. on all items
And drum to be stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0404767
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;4c;cu;25 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 25 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4kcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper conductor; 300 m drum;
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: P. CROWDY DATE: 20.03.1998 NTS 0400646 0404766
Cad REF: 0404764 0404767 chkd: d. Pillay date: 20.03.1998
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 35 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4lcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper conductor; 300m drum;
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0403353
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;4c;cu;50 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 50 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4mcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper conductor; 300 m drum,
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark and part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0400641
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;4c;cu;70 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 70 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4ncv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper conductor; 300m drum;
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0403090
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;4c;cu;120 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 120 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4qcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper conductor: 300m drum,
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
19 sap number 0403091, 0404120 and 0404127 added. J.S. Q. Khumalo q. Khumalo 26.10.2020
ESKOM spec. Esp 32-1272 revised to 240-56063805. 18 j.S. Barto olivier q. Khumalo 22.10.2019 All sap numbers, short & tech description updated.
17 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: P. CROWDY DATE: 20.03.1998 NTS 0400639 0400641
Cad REF: 0403353 0403090 chkd: d. Pillay date: 20.03.1998
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 150 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4rcv; covering: pvc outer
Sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac; specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper
Conductor; 300 m drum; identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark and part NO. on all
Items and drum to be stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0403094
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;4c;cu;185 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 185 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4scv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper conductor; 300 m drum,
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171185
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;4c;cu;240 mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 240 mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4tcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 4 core stranded copper conductor; 300 m drum,
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark and part NO. on all items and drum to be
Stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
19 sap number 0403091, 0404120 and 0404127 added. J.S. Q. Khumalo q. Khumalo 26.10.2020
ESKOM spec. Esp 32-1272 revised to 240-56063805. 18 j.S. Barto olivier q. Khumalo 22.10.2019 All sap numbers, short & tech description updated.
17 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: P. CROWDY DATE: 20.03.1998 NTS 0404119 0171185 CAD REF: 0403094 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 20.03.1998
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 12c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 2.5 Mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx12dcv;
Covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507; test/certification SANS 1507;
Conductor insulation: pvc; 12 core stranded copper conductor; 500m drum;
Substation use; identification: indelible mnfrs trademark and part NO. on all items
And drum to be stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0404118
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;19c;cu;2.5 Mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 19c; conductor material: cu;
Conductor size: 2.5 Mm2; armor: stl wire; design type: bvx19dcv; covering: pvc outer
Sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kvac; specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc; 19 core stranded copper
Conductor; 500 m drum; substation use; identification indelible mnfrs. Trademark and
Part NO. on all items and drum to be stamped/marked;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
19 sap number 0403091, 0404120 and 0404127 added. J.S. Q. Khumalo q. Khumalo 26.10.2020
ESKOM spec. Esp 32-1272 revised to 240-56063805. 18 j.S. Barto olivier q. Khumalo 22.10.2019 All sap numbers, short & tech description updated.
17 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: P. CROWDY DATE: 20.03.1998 NTS 0404761
Cad REF: 0404118 chkd: d. Pillay date: 20.03.1998
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv;
Core quantity: 7c;
Conductor material: cu; conductor size: 2.5 Mm2;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bvx7dcv;
Bedding layer material: pvc; sheath material: pvc;
Standard: SANS 1507-3;
Covering: pvc; rating: 600-1000 v;
Specification: 240-56063805;
Temperature rating: 70 deg c; length: 500 m;
Conductor insulation: pvc;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0404127
Short description: cable elect:1 kv;2c;cu;2.5 Mm2;stl wire
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv;
Core quantity: 2c;
Conductor material: cu; conductor size: 2.5 Mm2;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bvx2dcv;
Type: power; conductor: 2 core,
Cu stranded; covering: pvc sheath;
Rating: 600-1000 v; conductor insulation: pvc;
500 meter drum; stl wire: steel wire;
Reference NO: bvx2dcv;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-3128 *
19 sap number 0403091, 0404120 and 0404127 added. J.S. Q. Khumalo q. Khumalo 26.10.2020
ESKOM spec. Esp 32-1272 revised to 240-56063805. 18 j.S. Barto olivier q. Khumalo 22.10.2019 All sap numbers, short & tech description updated.
17 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: P. CROWDY DATE: 20.03.1998 NTS 0403091 0404127 CAD REF: 0404120 CHKD: D. PILLAY DATE: 20.03.1998
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Requirements
Source: 3128 LV cables copper power and control.pdf (unknown)Cables must comply with SANS 1507 standard. Testing and certification per SANS 1507 is required. Each cable must have an indelible manufacturer's trademark and part number stamped or marked on the item and on the drum. Cables must be supplied on drums of 300 m or 500 m length as specified per item.
Important Dates
Source: LIST OF PREVETTED GUARANTORS 30 Sep 24.pdf (unknown)Closing date: not stated in the document.
Guarantee list date: the list of pre-vetted guarantors is as at 30 September 2024.
Submission Guidelines
Source: LIST OF PREVETTED GUARANTORS 30 Sep 24.pdf (unknown)Returnable documents: all required forms must be completed, signed and submitted with the bid.
Guarantee requirements: Eskom will only accept guarantees from pre-vetted entities without further vetting. Guarantees from other entities require Treasury vetting (up to 12 weeks) and must meet minimum credit ratings (National scale: za.A- or A3.za; International scale: Baa3 or BBB-). If a guarantee is not acceptable, the bid may be marked non-responsive and may not be evaluated further.
Pre-vetted guarantors list: the list of pre-vetted guarantors (as at 30 Sep 2024) includes entities such as Absa Bank, Development Bank of South Africa, FirstRand Bank, Investec Bank, Nedbank, Standard Bank, and various foreign banks. Guarantees from entities not on the list are subject to vetting and may be rejected.
Guarantee acceptance risk: if the guarantor is not pre-vetted, the bidder accepts the risk that Treasury vetting may take up to 12 weeks and may result in the bid being marked non-responsive. The lack of an acceptable guarantee may cause the bid to be marked non-responsive and not evaluated further.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: LIST OF PREVETTED GUARANTORS 30 Sep 24.pdf (unknown)Bidders must provide a guarantee from an entity on Eskom's pre-vetted guarantor list. If the guarantor is not pre-vetted, the bidder accepts the risk that Treasury vetting may take up to 12 weeks and may result in the bid being marked non-responsive.
Vetting means that at the end of the evaluation, it may appear that the entity is not acceptable for any number of reasons and that Treasury does not accept the guarantee. If the guarantee is not acceptable, the bid may be marked non-responsive and may not be evaluated further.
Eskom will only accept guarantees from pre-vetted entities without further vetting. Guarantees from other entities require Treasury vetting (up to 12 weeks) and must meet minimum credit ratings (National scale: za.A- or A3.za; International scale: Baa3 or BBB-).
Technical Specifications
Source: LIST OF PREVETTED GUARANTORS 30 Sep 24.pdf (unknown)Construction Bank
Danske Bank A/S
ING Bank NV
Macquarie Bank Ltd
Mizuho Bank Ltd
Mizuho Corporate Bank Ltd
SACE SpA
Siemens Financial Services
Contractual Terms
Source: LIST OF PREVETTED GUARANTORS 30 Sep 24.pdfany number of reasons and that Treasury does not accept the guarantee.
acceptable guarantee, and may not be evaluated further.
following entities may be accepted without a specific further vetting process by Eskom Treasury,
but the acceptance of the guarantee is subject to confirmation of the availability of credit limit
for such an entity. The list is revised monthly to accommodate any new guarantees accepted the
previous month.
is acceptable in all other respects, the guarantee will not be acceptable and again this will mean
that the bid can be marked non-responsive on this issue, i.e. the lack of an acceptable
guarantee, and may not be evaluated further.
Bryte Insurance Available Limit 367 872 000.00
Centriq Insurance Available Limit 135 000 000.00
Credit Guarantee Insurance Corporation Available Limit 48 117 366.00
Guardrisk Insurance Available Limit 179 807 000.00
Hollard Insurance Available Limit 751 250 000.00
Lombard Insurance Available Limit 150 975.00
Special Conditions
Source: LIST OF PREVETTED GUARANTORS 30 Sep 24.pdf (unknown)Eskom will only accept guarantees from pre-vetted entities without further vetting. Guarantees from other entities require Treasury vetting (up to 12 weeks) and must meet minimum credit ratings (National scale: za.A- or A3.za; Foreign currency: BBB- or Baa3). If a guarantee is not acceptable, the bid may be marked non-responsive. The bidder accepts this risk. The list of pre-vetted guarantors includes local, foreign, and other entities, and is subject to credit limit availability confirmation for certain insurers.
Description
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdfThe specification defines the technical standard for concentric service cable with tinned copper and coated steel. It is intended for use in overhead single-phase connections to customer installations, but may also be installed underground. The cable must comply with SANS 1507-6 and additional Eskom requirements. The document includes schedules A and B in Annex B as guides for purchasers on format and Eskom's technical requirements. All comments on the document must be completed. If the document impacts statutory or legal compliance, this must be clearly stated and highlighted. The document includes an impact assessment form to be completed for all documents.
Contact Information
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":null,"address":"ication."}
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf (unknown)Returnable documents: complete and submit all required SBD forms (SBD 1, SBD 4, SBD 6.1, SBD 8, SBD 9) as part of the bid. Schedules A and B in Annex B are for information only — they guide purchasers on format and Eskom's technical requirements, not mandatory submission content. Bids must comply with the PPPFA preference points system (SBD 6.1).
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf (unknown)Bidders must be registered on the CSD (Central Supplier Database) and have a valid SARS tax clearance (or tax pin). Bidders must comply with the PPPFA preference points system (SBD 6.1) and complete all required SBD forms (e.g., SBD 1, SBD 4, SBD 6.1, SBD 8, SBD 9). Manufacturers must have an Eskom-approved quality assurance system (Eskom EVS 005 or SABS ISO 9000 listing). Type tests must be performed by a recognised test authority approved by Eskom; if a previous type test report exists for an identical cable, it may be submitted. Bidders must be able to supply cable meeting the technical specification and pass all required tests.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf (unknown)This specification covers requirements for the tinned copper and coated steel concentric type of service cable
to connect customers to the low voltage reticulation system and to enable the purchaser to acquire the cable
without the need for detailed and extensive contract documents.
The “safer” cable (6mm2) shall meet SANS 1507-6 requirements and “additional” requirements as per the
Eskom specification.
The preceding specification is DSP 34-2023 concentric cable with communication cores for split metering.
The design shall address issues of contact between wires and fusing of individual strands.
Mechanical strength of the cable is addressed by galvanised steel wires (GSW) as gap fillers.
Tinning of copper is required to ensure corrosion compatibility and improve the electrical contact resistance
between steel and copper.
Tinning and mixed metals might reduce theft by:
2.1 Scope
This specification specifies Eskom’s requirements for the manufacture and supply of 6mm2 (more safe)
concentric service cable for nominal system a.c. voltages up to and including 0.6/1kV. It is intended for use in
overhead, single-phase connections to a customer’s installation, but it may also be installed underground. No
communication cores are included in the design.
2.1.1 Purpose
This document is intended for use in overhead, single-phase connections to a customer’s installation, but it
may also be installed underground.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited Divisions.
2.2 Normative/informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
For the purpose of this specification, the references given in SANS 1507-6 will apply.
[1] ISO 9001, Quality Management Systems.
[2] SANS 1507-1, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500
V to 1 900/3 300 V) Part 1: General
[3] SANS 1507-6, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500
V to 1 900/3 300 V) Part 6: Service cables
[4] SANS 1411-1, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords Part 1: Conductors
[5] SANS 1411-4, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords Part 4: Cross-linked
polyethylene (XLPE)
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
THE STANDARD FOR CONCENTRIC SERVICE CABLE Unique Identifier: 240-61704085
With tinned copper and coated steel
Revision: 3
Page:
[6] SANS 1411-6, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords Part 6: Armour
[7] SANS 1411-7, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords Part 7: Polyethylene (PE)
2.2.2 Informative
The following document, in addition to those listed in the specification, was a source of reference in compiling
this specification. It does not constitute provisions of this specification but is referenced for further information.
[8] IEC 50:1984,International Electrotechnical Vocabulary (IEV) Chapter 461: Electric cables.
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
For the purpose of this specification, the definitions (for terms not given below) and abbreviations given in
SANS 1507-1 shall apply.
Note: The terms used in this specification are generally consistent with the definitions given in the International Electrotechnical
vocabulary (IEV)
Definition Description
Binder A layer incorporated in a cable with the specific functions of holding the
components within the layer together.
Breaking load The tensile load applied during testing, when the cable finally breaks or becomes
permanently deformed
Compacted conductor A stranded conductor in which the interstices between the component wires
have been reduced by mechanical compression or by drawing
Concentric cable A cable consisting of a central phase core surrounded by a concentrically applied
layer of strands, comprising the neutral/earth conductor
Conductor A part of a cable which has the specific function of carrying current
Current rating The rated normal current of a cable is the r.m.s. value of current that the cable
can carry continuously under the specified conditions of use and behaviour
Insulation Insulating materials incorporated in a cable with the specific function of
withstanding voltage
Stranded conductor A conductor consisting of several individual wires, all or some of which generally
have a helical form
UV stabilized Modified by methods to withstand ultraviolet radiation
2.3.2 Disclosure classification
Controlled disclosure: controlled disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or discretionary).
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
GSW Galvanised steel wire
AL Aluminium
N/E Neutral/Earth
TCU Tin coated copper wire
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
THE STANDARD FOR CONCENTRIC SERVICE CABLE Unique Identifier: 240-61704085
With tinned copper and coated steel
Revision: 3
Page:
Abbreviation Description
XLPE Cross-linked polyethylene
PE Polyethylene
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
The relevant sections within Eskom Distribution are responsible to implement the new design according to the
requirements as listed in this document.
2.6 Process for monitoring
Adherence to this document shall be monitored through routine inspections.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Not applicable.
Methodology
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf (unknown)The central conductor of the cable referred as the phase or live conductor shall consist of 6 circular tin coated hard drawn copper strands and 1 galvanised steel strand. The phase and neutral conductor nominal copper equivalent cross-sectional (including the GSW) area shall be 6 mm2 in each case. Neutral/earth strands or GSW and TCU wires shall be in electrical contact over the length of the cable. A ripcord laid under the sheath shall be provided for stripping the cable. The cable shall comply with the following overall diameters: Minimum – 10.5mm. The cable shall comply with the following electrical requirements: resistance of conductors (including the GSW) at 20°C shall not exceed 3.21 Ω/km and 3.11 Ω/km respectively; continuous current rating in air (in direct sunlight) at 30°C shall be not less than 60A when the phase conductor is at 90°C.
Quality Management
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdfparagraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
For the purpose of this specification, the references given in SANS 1507-6 will apply.
[1] ISO 9001, Quality Management Systems.
[2] SANS 1507-1, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500
V to 1 900/3 300 V) Part 1: General
[3] SANS 1507-6, Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed installations (300/500
V to 1 900/3 300 V) Part 6: Service cables
[4] SANS 1411-1, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords Part 1: Conductors
[5] SANS 1411-4, Materials of insulated electric cables and flexible cords Part 4: Cross-linked
polyethylene (XLPE)
d) Neutral/earth strands or GSW and TCU wires shall be in electrical contact over the length of the
cable and that compliance is determined by continuity testing between two bare N/E wires on either
side of concentric cable over a specified length (typically 3m) of cable.
3.2.2 Insulation and Outer Sheath
a) The core insulation of the conductor shall be colour fast red UV stabilized XLPE type B that complies
with the requirements of SANS 1411-4. Compliance to UV stability requirements is verified by testing
to UL 1581. Colour fastness compliance is verified by positive visual identification of the red colour
following the UV stability test.
b) The concentric assembly shall be enclosed in a black sheath of a weather stabilized grade
polyethylene that complies with materials PS1 (sheathing grade) in accordance with SANS 1411 - 7.
two insulated copper communication cores changed
to one blue and one white insulated copper
communication cores placed next to each other.
4.2.1.4 The neutral/earth strands shall be in a
single layer and in continuous physical contact with
each other at all times changed to neutral/earth
strands or GSW and TCU wires shall be in electrical
contact over the length of the cable and that this is
determined by continuity testing between two bare
A.3 Quality assurance
A.4 Testing
Pricing Schedule
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf (unknown)Schedule A: Eskom's specific requirements. Schedule B: Guarantees and technical particulars of equipment. A purchaser will need to indicate the commercial conditions applicable and draw up a price schedule. Requirements for delivery, storage, packing and marking should be attended to in this part of the enquiry. Price schedules should be so drawn up and covering letters so worded that the costs of all services such as tests, etc. are included.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf (unknown)3.1 General 'The cable shall comply with this specification and SANS 1507-6 and “additional” Eskom requirements.
The GSW strands shall comply with this specification and SANS 1411-6.
The TCU strands shall comply with this specification and SANS 1411-1 3.2 Construction Requirements 3.2.1 Conductor
The central conductor of the cable referred as the phase or live conductor see figure 1 for a typical construction shall consist of 6 circular tin coated hard drawn copper strands and 1 galvanised steel wire.
The phase and neutral conductor nominal copper equivalent cross-sectional (including the GSW) area shall be 6 mm2 in each case. Compliance is determined by the maximum DC resistance as per clause 3.5.a.
The central insulated core shall be surrounded by an arrangement of alternating GSW and annealed TCU wires.
Neutral/earth strands or GSW and TCU wires shall be in electrical contact over the length of the cable and that compliance is determined by continuity testing between two bare N/E wires on either side of concentric cable over a specified length (typically 3m) of cable. 3.2.2 Insulation and Outer Sheath
The core insulation of the conductor shall be colour fast red UV stabilized XLPE type B that complies with the requirements of SANS 1411-4. Compliance to UV stability requirements is verified by testing to UL 1581. Colour fastness compliance is verified by positive visual identification of the red colour following the UV stability test.
The concentric assembly shall be enclosed in a black sheath of a weather stabilized grade polyethylene that complies with materials PS1 (sheathing grade) in accordance with SANS 1411 - 7. A black sheath shall have a single line ridge for identification purposes.
A ripcord laid under the sheath shall be provided for stripping of the cable. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure THE STANDARD FOR CONCENTRIC SERVICE CABLE Unique Identifier: 240-61704085 WITH TINNED COPPER AND COATED STEEL Revision: 3 Page: Figure 1: Typical construction: Concentric service cable with Tinned Copper and GSW. Nominal diameters are shown in the diagram 3.3 Dimensions The cable shall comply with the following overall diameters
Minimum – 10.5mm
Maximum – 12.5mm 3.4 Mechanical requirements
When a cable is tested in accordance with 4.1.2, there shall be no signs of distortion or cracking of the insulation or sheath.
When a cable is tested in accordance with 4.3.1 the slippage of the outer sheath with respect to the commercial clamps specified shall comply with the following requirements: ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure THE STANDARD FOR CONCENTRIC SERVICE CABLE Unique Identifier: 240-61704085 WITH TINNED COPPER AND COATED STEEL Revision: 3 Page: slippage after 15 minutes at 0,7 kN S1 2mm slippage after 1 hour at 1,0 kN S2 S1 + 3mm 3.5 Electrical requirements
When tested in accordance with SANS 1411-1 the DC resistance of the phase and neutral conductors (including the GSW) at 20 oC shall not exceed 3,21 Ω/km and 3,11 Ω/km respectively.
The continuous current rating in air (in direct sunlight) at 30C shall be not less than 60A when the phase conductor is at 90 C.
The continuous current rating of the cable when installed in air at 30C and when installed, underground at 25C shall be stated in Schedule B.
Tests 4.1 Type tests 4.1.1 General For the purpose of this specification the type tests of the cable given in SANS 1507-6 shall apply. The type tests shall be performed a recognized test authority approved by the purchaser. If a previous report on an identical cable has been produced, a copy of this report may be submitted. If any changes in the cable design are made, such as change of conductor type, change of insulation thickness, change of conductor diameter or change of insulation material, then the type test shall be repeated. 4.1.2 Bending radius Carefully bend the sample around a mandrel of diameter equal to eight times the diameter of the cable to make a 180° turn and check for compliance with 3.4a. 4.2 Routine tests The Routine tests shall be performed on each completed cable drum and complied with SANS 1507-6. 4.3 Sample tests The Sample tests shall comply with SANS 1507-6 and SANS 1411-6 Note: It is intended that the sample tests be conducted at the manufacturer's works on a regular basis. 4.3.1 Adherence of cable sheath to concentric layer test Conduct the tests at an ambient temperature between 10C and 30C and at a humidity of less than 80%. 4.3.1.1 Test procedure
Mount a reference clamp and a commercially available clamp on opposite ends of a section of service cable of length about 4m, at least 2m apart.
Apply a steady increasing load (in Newton) up to a value of 0,7kN onto the cable and allow it to settle for a period of 5 minutes.
Mark the cable at the inner end of the commercial clamp so that any slippage of the cable sheath over the concentric layer is measurable.
Maintain the tension on the cable at a constant load of 0,7kN for 15 minutes. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure THE STANDARD FOR CONCENTRIC SERVICE CABLE Unique Identifier: 240-61704085 WITH TINNED COPPER AND COATED STEEL Revision: 3 Page
Mark the cable at the inner end of the commercial clamp and record the slippage.
Increase the load steadily to 1,0kN.
Maintain the tension on the cable at a constant 1,0kN load for 1 hour.
After the 1 hour has elapsed, mark and record the slippage from the 0,7kN point.
Marking, labeling and packaging
The requirements of section 5 of SANS 1507 shall apply.
If so specified in Schedule A, the outer sheath of the cable shall be sequentially marked at 1 m intervals. Lengths of cable may be wound on drums, commencing at any sequential mark. The "start" and "finish" lengths of sequential marking shall be shown on the drum label in those instances where the start is not zero.
The marking shall include specification number to which the cable has been manufactured, the word “ESKOM” and cable size. A typical legend would be: “XXXXXXXX CABLES YEAR 600/1000V 6mm2 SANS 1507 ESKOM”
Health & Safety
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf. Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1 Scope ................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ............................................................................................................................ 3
2.2 Normative/informative references ...................................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.2.2 Informative ............................................................................................................................. 4
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................... 4
2.3.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 4
2.3.2 Disclosure classification ......................................................................................................... 4
2.4 Abbreviations ...................................................................................................................................... 4
2.5 Roles and responsibilities .................................................................................................................. 5
2.6 Process for monitoring ....................................................................................................................... 5
2.7 Related/supporting documents .......................................................................................................... 5
3.1 General ............................................................................................................................................... 5
3.2 Construction Requirements ................................................................................................................ 5
3.2.1 Conductor............................................................................................................................... 5
3.2.2 Insulation and Outer Sheath .................................................................................................. 5
3.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................................................... 6
3.4 Mechanical requirements ................................................................................................................... 6
3.5 Electrical requirements ....................................................................................................................... 7
4.1 Type tests ........................................................................................................................................... 7
4.1.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 7
4.1.2 Bending radius ....................................................................................................................... 7
4.2 Routine tests ...................................................................................................................................... 7
4.3 Sample tests ....................................................................................................................................... 7
4.3.1 Adherence of cable sheath to concentric layer test ............................................................... 7
Marking, labeling and packaging ................................................................................................................. 8
Authorization ................................................................................................................................................ 8
Revisions ..................................................................................................................................................... 8
Development team ...................................................................................................................................... 9
Acknowledgements ..................................................................................................................................... 9
Annex A – Miscellaneous information for purchasers ...................................................................................... 10
Annex B – Model Form for Schedules A and B ................................................................................................ 11
Annex C – Impact assessment ......................................................................................................................... 13
Figure 1: Typical construction: Concentric service cable with Tinned Copper and GSW. Nominal
diameters are shown in the diagram .................................................................................................... 6
between steel and copper.
3.1 General
'The cable shall comply with this specification and SANS 1507-6 and “additional” Eskom requirements.
a) The GSW strands shall comply with this specification and SANS 1411-6.
b) The TCU strands shall comply with this specification and SANS 1411-1
3.2 Construction Requirements
3.2.1 Conductor
a) The central conductor of the cable referred as the phase or live conductor see figure 1 for a typical
construction shall consist of 6 circular tin coated hard drawn copper strands and 1 galvanised steel
wire.
b) The phase and neutral conductor nominal copper equivalent cross-sectional (including the GSW)
area shall be 6 mm2 in each case. Compliance is determined by the maximum DC resistance as per
clause 3.5.a.
c) The central insulated core shall be surrounded by an arrangement of alternating GSW and annealed
c) A ripcord laid under the sheath shall be provided for stripping of the cable.
Revision: 3
Page:
Figure 1: Typical construction: Concentric service cable with Tinned Copper and GSW. Nominal
diameters are shown in the diagram
3.3 Dimensions
3.4 Mechanical requirements
a) When a cable is tested in accordance with 4.1.2, there shall be no signs of distortion or cracking of
the insulation or sheath.
b) When a cable is tested in accordance with 4.3.1 the slippage of the outer sheath with respect to the
commercial clamps specified shall comply with the following requirements:
a 180° turn and check for compliance with 3.4a.
4.2 Routine tests
The Routine tests shall be performed on each completed cable drum and complied with SANS 1507-6.
4.3 Sample tests
The Sample tests shall comply with SANS 1507-6 and SANS 1411-6
Note: It is intended that the sample tests be conducted at the manufacturer's works on a regular basis.
4.3.1 Adherence of cable sheath to concentric layer test
Conduct the tests at an ambient temperature between 10C and 30C and at a humidity of less than 80%.
4.3.1.1 Test procedure
cable of length about 4m, at least 2m apart.
for a period of 5 minutes.
over the concentric layer is measurable.
a) The requirements of section 5 of SANS 1507 shall apply.
b) If so specified in Schedule A, the outer sheath of the cable shall be sequentially marked at 1 m
intervals. Lengths of cable may be wound on drums, commencing at any sequential mark. The "start"
and "finish" lengths of sequential marking shall be shown on the drum label in those instances where
the start is not zero.
c) The marking shall include specification number to which the cable has been manufactured, the word
“ESKOM” and cable size. A typical legend would be:
“XXXXXXXX CABLES YEAR 600/1000V 6mm2 SANS 1507 ESKOM”
d) The method of indication shall be an embossed mark or colour coded thread.
e) Unless otherwise specified in Schedule A the standard length of supply shall be:
cable size (mm2) supply length (m)
6 500
cores over a specified length of cable.
4.2.2.2 PD1 (insulation grade) changed to PS1
(sheathing grade)
6mm2 concentric cable replaces 8mm2 (this is to be
in line with IEC concentric cable standard sizes)
3.3 Dimensions
4 3.2.1 Phase core
drawn
3.2.1 Insulation thickness mm xxxx
Tolerance mm xxxx
3.5 Resistance at 20C xxxx
5 3.2.1 Neutral earth conductor
Size of tinned anneal copper strands; mm2 xxxx
Size of GSW strands; mm2 xxxx
6 3.3 Thickness of outer sheath mm xxxx
7 3.3 Overall diameter of cable mm xxxx
Tolerance mm xxxx
compiler of any omissions or errors.
2.1 Importance of this document. E.g. is implementation required due to safety deficiencies,
statutory requirements, technology changes, document revisions, improved service quality, improved
service performance, optimised costs.
Environmental
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdfRevision: 3
Page:
Annex C – Impact assessment
(Normative)
Contractual Terms
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdfRevision: 3
Page:
Annex B – Model Form for Schedules A and B
Schedule A: Eskom’s specific requirements
Schedule B: Guarantees and technical particulars of equipment.
1 2 3 4 5
Special Conditions
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf (unknown)The schedules A and B in annex B are included in this document for information only: they are intended to be guides to purchasers, in the areas of format and Eskom's specific technical requirements, to help them to prepare schedules which are applicable to a particular enquiry or tender.
Section
Source: 240-61704085 Standard Rev 3.pdf (unknown)Adherence of cable sheath to concentric layer test: Conduct the tests at an ambient temperature between 10°C and 30°C and at a humidity of less than 80%. Mount a reference clamp and a commercially available clamp on opposite ends of a section of service cable of length about 4m, at least 2m apart. Mark the cable at the inner end of the commercial clamp so that any slippage of the cable sheath over the concentric layer is measurable. Maintain the tension on the cable at a constant load of 0.7kN for 15 minutes. Mark the cable at the inner end of the commercial clamp and record the slippage. The requirements of section 5 of SANS 1507 shall apply. If so specified in Schedule A, the outer sheath of the cable shall be sequentially marked at 1 m intervals. Lengths of cable may be wound on drums, commencing at any sequential mark.
Contact Information
Source: 3141 rev 12.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":null,"address":"; CORE QUANTITY: 5C;"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: 3141 rev 12.pdf (unknown)Returnable documents: all items must bear an indelible manufacturer's trademark and part number. Bidders must complete and submit all required National Treasury standard forms, including SBD 1 (Invitation to Bid), SBD 3.1 (Pricing Schedule), SBD 4 (Declaration of Interest), SBD 6.1 (Preference Points Claim), SBD 6.2 (Declaration for Local Production and Content), SBD 7.1 (Contract Form), SBD 8 (Declaration of Bidder's Past Supply Chain Management Practices), SBD 9 (Certificate of Independent Bid Determination), and an Authority to Sign / Board Resolution. Bidders must also comply with any local content requirements as per SBD 6.2.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 3141 rev 12.pdf (unknown)Bidders must be registered on the Central Supplier Database (CSD) and hold a valid SARS tax clearance (tax pin). The ABC manufacturer must hold a valid SABS permit for manufacturing to SANS 1418. Bidders must complete and submit all required National Treasury standard forms, including SBD 1 (Invitation to Bid), SBD 3.1 (Pricing Schedule), SBD 4 (Declaration of Interest), SBD 6.1 (Preference Points Claim), SBD 6.2 (Declaration for Local Production and Content), SBD 7.1 (Contract Form), SBD 8 (Declaration of Bidder's Past Supply Chain Management Practices), SBD 9 (Certificate of Independent Bid Determination), and an Authority to Sign / Board Resolution. Bidders must also comply with any local content requirements as per SBD 6.2.
Technical Specifications
Source: 3141 rev 12.pdf (unknown)Cables must comply with SANS 1418-1 and SANS 1418-2, Eskom specification 240-84758170, and drawing D-DT-3141. Insulated neutral cores must be marked with a durable 'N' in white at intervals of not more than 150 mm, with durability per clause 5.1 of BS 50396 (wiping test). The ABC manufacturer must be a valid SABS permit holder for manufacturing to SANS 1418. Identification: indelible manufacturer's trademark and part number on all items. Type test at minimum failing load with valid certificate; sample test certificate to be provided for the production run associated with each delivery. Inspection and Eskom release note required.
Health & Safety
Source: 3141 rev 12.pdfAuth: p. Crowdy date: 17-07-95
Nts 0171292 0171299 cad REF: 0215201 chkd: j. Swan date: 17-07-95
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Auth: p. Crowdy date: 17-07-95
Nts 0215202 0215203
Cad REF: 0171267 0171282 chkd: j. Swan date: 17-07-95
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Auth: p. Crowdy date: 17-07-95
Nts 0215206 0215204
Cad REF: 0171325 chkd: j. Swan date: 17-07-95
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Auth: p. Crowdy date: 17-07-95
Nts 0215205 0171281
Cad REF: 0171268 chkd: j. Swan date: 17-07-95
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Auth: p. Crowdy date: 17-07-95
Nts 0215207 0584649
Cad REF: 0584647 chkd: j. Swan date: 17-07-95
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Auth: p. Crowdy date: 17-07-95
Nts 0584648
Cad REF: 0584650 chkd: j. Swan date: 17-07-95
Series 3000 set sheet rev
Requirements
Source: 3141 rev 12.pdf (unknown)The ABC manufacturer must be a valid SABS permit holder for manufacturing to SANS 1418. Insulated neutral core must be marked with a durable 'N' in white at intervals of not more than 150 mm, with durability per clause 5.1 of BS 50396 (wiping test). Identification: indelible manufacturer's trademark and part number on all items.
B-BBEE Requirements
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf (TENDER)Specific goals: A maximum of 10/20 points may be awarded for the specific goal specified for the tender, based on the estimated item value. Points scored for the specific goal are added to price points and total rounded to two decimals. Contract awarded to highest scorer per PPPFA. B-BBEE status level points table: Level 1 = 10 (90/10) or 20 (80/20); Level 2 = 9 or 18; Level 3 = 6 or 14; Level 4 = 5 or 12; Level 5 = 4 or 8; Level 6 = 3 or 6; Level 7 = 2 or 4; Level 8 = 1 or 2; Non-compliant = 0. Documents required to claim preference points: valid B-BBEE certificate (SANAS accredited) or sworn affidavit/CIPS affidavit, proof of ownership/shareholding (preferably CIPC) with breakdown, certified ID copies of shareholders, proof of disability where applicable. Tenderer failing to provide documentation for preference points is not disqualified but may only score out of 90/80 for price and 0 out of 10/20 for specific goals.
Contractual Terms
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf (TENDER)SDL&I Penalty and Performance Security: Eskom will apply a penalty of 2.5% of the invoice amount for failure to meet SDL&I obligations. Eskom will apply a penalty of 2.5% of the Order Value for failure to meet SDL&I obligations. For the duration of the contract, Eskom will retain 2.5% of every invoice (excluding VAT) as security for fulfilment of all SDL&I obligations. Retained amounts released only upon: receipt of SDL&I progress report/s from contractor, fulfilment of all SDL&I obligations, and submission of approved compliance report by SDL&I Department.
Requirements
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdf (TENDER)Tenderers must submit valid B-BBEE documentation (certificate or sworn affidavit) to claim preference points. Sworn affidavits must meet validity requirements: name of deponent as in ID, ID number, designation as director/owner/member, same date for deponent and Commissioner of Oath, and Commissioner cannot be employee/ex officio of the enterprise. Tenderers failing to provide preference point documentation are not disqualified but may only score out of 90/80 for price and 0 out of 10/20 for specific goals.
Section
Source: SDL&I Strategy Setting for Bidders - Electrical Cables & Conductors.pdfSpecific goals: A maximum of 10/20 points may be awarded for specific goals based on estimated item value. Tenderers must submit proposals for type and number of jobs created and retained in South Africa as a direct result of contract award. Tenderers failing to provide documentation for preference points may only score out of 90/80 for price and 0 out of 10/20 for specific goals.
Important Dates
Source: Conductor Standard ST_240-152844641 Rev 2.pdf (unknown){"closingDate":"4 Feb 2021"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: Conductor Standard ST_240-152844641 Rev 2.pdf (unknown)Submit the tender via the official government listing channel. The closing date and time are as stated in the tender record. Bids must be delivered to the address specified in the tender documentation. Late, faxed, or emailed submissions will be disqualified. All required forms and documents must be completed, signed, and submitted with the bid.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Conductor Standard ST_240-152844641 Rev 2.pdf (unknown)Bids will be evaluated on functionality, price, and B-BBEE status. Functionality includes compliance with technical specifications and submission of required type test certificates. Price is evaluated on the total cost of ownership. B-BBEE points are awarded based on the bidder's B-BBEE status level.
Technical Specifications
Source: Conductor Standard ST_240-152844641 Rev 2.pdf (unknown)This document details the specifications of overhead power line conductors for Eskom Transmission and
Distribution.
2.1 Scope
This standard covers the technical, manufacturing and testing requirements for aluminium conductor with steel
reinforcement (ACSR), all aluminium alloy conductor (AAAC) and all aluminium conductor (AAC) for use on
Eskom's overhead power lines.
2.1.1 Purpose
This document outlines technical, manufacturing and testing requirements relating to ACSR, AAAC and AAC
conductors.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited Divisions.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] SANS 61089: 1991, Round wire concentric lay overhead electrical stranded conductors
[2] IEC 60888: 1987, Zinc-coated steel wires for stranded conductors
[3] IEC 60889: 1987, Hard-drawn aluminium wire for overhead line conductors
[4] IEC 61394: 1997, Characteristics of greases for aluminium, aluminium alloy and steel bare conductors
[5] Cispr TR 18-2:2017, Radio interference characteristics of overhead power lines and high voltage
equipment – Part 2: Methods of measurement and procedure for determining limits.
[6] SANS10005: The Preservative treatment of timber
[7] ISPM 15: Guidelines for regulating wood packaging material in international trade
[8] 32-9: Definition of Eskom documents.
[9] 32-644: Eskom documentation management standard.
[10] 240-75670386: Operating Manual of the Steering Committee for Technologies (SCOT)
[11] 240-47172520 TRMSCAAC: The Standard for the construction of overhead power lines (latest
revision)
[12] 240-147806256: Determination of conductor ratings in Eskom
2.2.2 Informative
None
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
PHASE CONDUCTOR STANDARD FOR ESKOM Unique Identifier: 240-152844641
Overhead lines
Revision: 2
Page:
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
Definition Description
All aluminium alloy A conductor comprising helically wound aluminium alloy wire
conductors (AAAC)
All aluminium A conductor comprising helically wound hard drawn aluminium wire.
conductors (AAC):
Aluminium conductor, A conductor comprising hard-drawn
steel reinforced aluminium strands helically wound around steel reinforcing strands
(Acsr)
Bare conductor A conductor without any insulating covering
Conductor An electrical conductor arranged to be electrically connected to a source of
electrical energy.
2.3.2 Classification
Controlled disclosure: controlled disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law, or discretionary).
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
AAAC All aluminium alloy conductors
AAC All aluminium conductors
ACSR Aluminium conductor steel reinforced
GSW Galvanized steel wire.
OHS ACT The Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act )
QITP Quality Inspection Test Plans
UTS Ultimate Tensile Strength.
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
It is the responsibility of the engineers, commercial representatives, end user and manufacturers to completely
abide by the criteria set out in this standard together with the requirements mentioned in the referenced
documentation.
2.6 Process for monitoring
This document will be reviewed once every five years.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
See Section 2.2
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
PHASE CONDUCTOR STANDARD FOR ESKOM Unique Identifier: 240-152844641
Overhead lines
Revision: 2
Page:
Methodology
Source: Conductor Standard ST_240-152844641 Rev 2.pdf (unknown)Fabrication: Detailed requirements for conductor fabrication including wire marking, stranding, greasing, matched sets, lay ratios, length, and conductor marking. Test Requirement: Detailed testing procedures including type tests, sample tests, and additional tests.
Quality Management
Source: Conductor Standard ST_240-152844641 Rev 2.pdf (unknown)Test Requirements: Type, sample and routine production tests to be carried out by supplier. Submission of type test certificates in accordance with SANS 61089. List of typical tests including type tests, sample tests on wire and conductor. Test certificates retention for five years. Additional tests including corona inception gradient and resistivity tests.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Conductor Standard ST_240-152844641 Rev 2.pdf (unknown)3.1 General 3.1.1 Nothing in this standard shall lessen the obligations of the supplier detailed in any other specifications or documents forming part of the order. 3.1.2 The supplier shall be responsible for all aspects of quality, relating to manufacture, handling, packaging and possible transportation of his product. 3.1.3 Eskom will provide the technical details for the required conductors as per Schedule A in ANNEXURE
The Supplier shall provide the details of the conductor offered in Schedule B. Any deviation from the requirements shall be entered separately in a deviation schedule/sheet. 3.1.4 Handling and storage of all conductor drums once received by the contractor must adhere to guidelines as specified in latest revision of 240-47172520 (TRMSCAAC5.2). 3.1.5 The requester of the various commodities listed in this document must ensure that the relevant internal Eskom processes are adhered to when placing orders. 3.1.6 It is the responsibility of the manufacturer to submit all relevant Quality Inspection Test Plans (QITP) and specific project quality documents to Eskom before production of any batch begins. These quality documents will be used by Eskom to monitor the final product quality before release is done from the factory. 3.2 Standard Drum Sizes 3.2.1 For non-returnable wooden drums, ANNEXURE C provides guidelines on the typical dimensions to which the drums must conform. Drum sizes for conductors not mentioned in the table, must be designed to satisfy the bending factor criteria. These designs must be submitted to Eskom for approval before production starts. Current drums used for existing conductors supplied to Eskom may be used for conductors not listed in the table in ANNEXURE C. The main criteria for the drum design is that the spindle size must have an inside diameter of 92 mm. Where drum lengths that are requested for supply either differ or are non-standard for conductors that are shown in ANNEXURE C, the supplier must indicate if, and if requested to, show via submitted drum designs that, the new total length and drum size are acceptable for drumming and supply according to bending factor and spindle size criteria. 3.3 Fabrication 3.3.1 Each wire shall be marked with two uniform longitudinal indentations, situated 180° opposed, along its entire length. A deviation angle of 5 to 15 degrees below 180° shall be allowed to ensure proper contact between indent ring and wire. The dimension of the indent mark shall be 0.3 mm wide and the groove depth from 0.15 mm down to 0.11 mm. The marking rollers shall undergo periodic dimension checking to ensure that the marking groove dimensions are within the specified limits (ANNEXURE B).The indentations shall be performed after the wire drawing process, but before stranding. The indentations shall be clearly visible and shall not affect the original wire characteristics, distort the wire roundness or leave any sharp protrusions. The marking is protected by patent laws and shall therefore be unique to and accepted by Eskom, prior to the first production run. 3.3.2 The location of all welds in individual aluminium wires shall be recorded. Copies of these records must be forwarded to Eskom at the time of conductor dispatch. 3.3.3 Notwithstanding clause 5.5 of SANS 61089, There shall be no joints in any individual wire of a steel core containing less than seven wires. Joints in individual wires of a steel core containing seven wires or more shall be permitted, provided that o No two such joints are less than 15 m apart; ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure PHASE CONDUCTOR STANDARD FOR ESKOM Unique Identifier: 240-152844641 OVERHEAD LINES Revision: 2 Page: o Each joint is made by resistance butt welding and is protected against corrosion by re-galvanizing; and o The diameter of the stranded core is not increased materially by the joint. 3.3.4 The wire must be stranded so that the conductor is essentially free from the tendency to untwist or spring apart when cut. 3.3.5 The completed conductor shall be uniformly cylindrical and shall be capable of withstanding normal handling during manufacturing, transportation, and installing without being deformed from its cylindrical form in such a way as to increase corona losses and radio interference. 3.3.6 When specified in the schedule of requirements, the core and the inner layers of aluminium shall be greased only with only an approved grease (refer to technical bulletin 13TB-015), certified and tested in accordance with IEC 61394. The test certificate of the grease to be used shall be supplied with the tender. 3.3.7 The method of application of the grease shall be as per IEC 61089 Case 2 for conductors with three or more layers and as per IEC 61089 Case 4 for two layers or a single layer conductor, or as otherwise specified by the client in writing. Grease shall be uniformly applied by a method approved by Eskom. All aspects of manufacture and delivery of greased conductors shall be completed in such a manner that grease is not displaced toward the outer surface of the conductors. The greased conductor shall be delivered as specified above. Incorrectly greased conductor will not be accepted by Eskom and shall be replaced by the supplier unless otherwise stated. All AAAC conductors shall be greased. 3.3.8 The conductor linear masses quoted in the schedules are for ungreased conductors. The supplier must provide the mass for greased conductors. 3.4 Matched set requirements 3.4.1 Matched sets of conductors shall be furnished in lengths given in schedule A. Matched pairs shall be manufactured from a single length of steel core. Matched sets of four and six conductors shall consist of two or three matched pairs respectively. All the core wire for the matched set shall be produced from steel wires drawn from billets produced from one cast or heat. 3.4.2 All lengths of steel core used for a matched set shall be produced on the same stranding machine. Each drum of the matched set of conductors shall be produced on the same stranding machine. Lay gears and tooling set up, shall remain constant for each production run. Lay ratios shall not vary by more than 5 % over the entire order from a specific supplier. 3.4.3 The mass of the conductor, per unit length without grease, shall not vary from its nominal value given by the supplier of the conductor to the client and accepted by the client in the relevant schedule B in ANNEXURE A, by more than ± 2 %. 3.5 Lay Ratios Lay ratios shall be in accordance with SANS 61089 if not specified otherwise. 3.6 Length 3.6.1 The length of conductor on a drum shall not vary by more than +2 % and 0 % from the nominal length. 3.6.2 The variation in length between conductors forming a matched set shall not exceed 20 m. Only one continuous length of conductor per drum shall be permitted. The accuracy of measurement shall be ± 0.5 %. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure PHASE CONDUCTOR STANDARD FOR ESKOM Unique Identifier: 240-152844641 OVERHEAD LINES Revision: 2 Page: 3.7 Conductor Marking 3.7.1 Only marked conductors shall be used in Eskom projects. Marked conductors shall be obtained only from Eskom approved suppliers. Eskom will provide tenderers for contracted projects with the list of approved suppliers. The tender enquiry will clearly indicate the details of free issue conductor when Eskom wishes to provide marked conductors or for the tenderer to procure marked conductors from an approved supplier, on behalf of Eskom. Eskom will maintain ownership of the marked conductors at all times. Conductor suppliers may sell marked conductors only to those contractors who can prove that they will be used on Eskom projects. Eskom will provide those contractors with the necessary proof, indicating the name of the project and the quantities required. The contractor must obtain the letter of proof from Eskom Group Procurement. The contractor shall arrange for the return of unused, waste and off-cuts of marked conductors to Eskom.
Test Requirement 4.1.1 Type, sample production and routine production tests shall be carried out by the supplier, and shall be submitted to Eskom within 14 days before production of full consignment commences when required or requested. 4.1.2 A complete set of conductor type tests certificates, in accordance with SANS 61089, must be submitted for at least one conductor per design type at tender stage. This set of type tests will qualify the design range at tender stage. Before a conductor is supplied to Eskom, a full set of type tests for the conductor must be submitted. Type test reports must include full sample test data and manufacturing equipment details, e.g. stranding machine details. Manufacturers must be aware that if any aspect of the conductor production changes a new type test is required, e.g. new manufacturing equipment, conductor lay ratios, new raw materials suppliers and production changes. 4.1.3 A list of typical tests as specified in SANS 61089 is included below, this list is subject to change, and not limited to the following, as required by Eskom and updates to SANS 61089. Type tests o Joint in aluminium wires o Stress-strain curves o Breaking strength of conductor (tensile test of conductor) Sample tests o On wire before stranding As per the applicable wire standards o On the conductor Cross-sectional area Overall diameter Linear density Surface condition Lay ratio and direction of lay Breaking strength of wires Sample size Sample length Wielding of aluminium wires 4.1.4 The tenderer shall provide Eskom with an estimate of the creep each conductor can expect over a 20-year lifespan when required. The estimate must be given with full details of the calculation thereof. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure PHASE CONDUCTOR STANDARD FOR ESKOM Unique Identifier: 240-152844641 OVERHEAD LINES Revision: 2 Page: 4.1.5 All conductors which deviate from the specification or these schedules will be rejected. Should deviations from the specification be unavoidable, written acceptance of those deviations shall be obtained from Eskom. 4.1.6 Test certificates showing results of production routine tests, shall be retained by the supplier for a minimum of five years, whereas test certificates showing results of type tests shall be retained on permanent record by the supplier, for Eskom's inspection. 4.1.7 For release of any consignment of conductor required by Eskom it is required that the full sample/production test results be available for review by the Eskom Quality Representative. There may be additional samples tested by the Eskom Quality Representative to verify the consignment being released. 4.1.8 The tests listed below must be conducted according to Cispr 18-2 for when requested by Eskom. Additional tests when requested by Eskom shall be done by the supplier. Determine corona inception gradient in kV/cm for a single conductor (using RIV measurement method) Record the ambient parameters which define relative air density (ambient temp, humidity etc.) 4.1.9 For the resistivity type test, a resistance value per metre of the produced conductor is to be provided. Resistivity values are also required for each material type (e.g. steel, copper, aluminium alloy), used to make up the complete conductor. Resistance per conductor type is to be provided in per unit length where requested.
Packing and marking requirements 5.1 Drums 5.1.1 All conductors shall be supplied on returnable steel drums or non-returnable wooden drums as specified in Schedule A. 5.1.2 For multi-layered construction the conductor shall be wound onto the drums to form complete layers. Each layer shall fill the width of the drum before the succeeding layer is wound on. Drums not wound in this manner will be rejected. Conductor drums where conductors are damaged when taken off the drum due to an incorrectly wound conductor shall be replaced by the manufacturer. 5.1.3 An acceptable method of holding the conductor end shall be used, to ensure that no relative movement of conductor occurs between the uppermost uncompleted layer and the completed layer directly below it, during transportation. Details of the proposed holding method shall accompany the tender offer, and shall be subject to Eskom's approval. 5.1.4 Wood lagging shall be used to protect the conductor. Four steel straps shall be used to secure the lagging on steel drums. Wooden lagging should be uniformly spaced with at most 10mm spacing between adjacent laggings. The battens shall be nailed to the flanges of wooden drums and two steel band straps shall be provided around each drum to prevent easy removal of the battens. The length of the nails used shall be at least 10 mm less than the distance from the outside of the battens to the top of the conductor on the drum. Care shall be taken to prevent the nails from protruding through the surface of the flange. No component of the drum shall cause damage to the conductor at any time. 5.1.5 Heavy weatherproof paper, cardboard or other suitable material shall be placed between the conductor and barrel and flange surfaces of steel drums. This material shall remain attached to the drum during unreeling. 5.1.6 Imported conductor shall have weatherproof material inserted between the two outermost layers of conductor and wrapped over the outermost layer. The supplier of imported conductors must arrange the arrival dates and times of shipments with Eskom Distribution Quality Assurance so that the conductor can be land-tested before it is released. 5.1.7 The moisture content of wood used for the fabrication of drums and reels shall not exceed 150 g/kg (15 %). ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure PHASE CONDUCTOR STANDARD FOR ESKOM Unique Identifier: 240-152844641 OVERHEAD LINES Revision: 2 Page: 5.1.8 Wooden drums shall be preserved from insect attack and mould by adopting either the Heat Treatment (Kiln drying-CPI indicated by HT) or by Methyl Bromide Fumigation (indicated by MB). At the time of compiling this document these were the acceptable preservation methods. Further information on this can be sourced from the South African Department of Agriculture (reference document ISPM 15 – GUIDELINES FOR REGULATING WOOD PACKAGING MATERIAL IN INTERNATIONAL TRADE). The preservative used shall not react with the metal of the conductor. 5.1.9 Conductor travelling by ship shall have a waterproof plastic or canvas material inserted between the outer most layers of conductor and wrapped over the outermost layer. 5.1.10 Where requested, the supplier is to include a modified drum that is either a hybrid or made completely of steel. The design and request of a specialised drum will be finalised on a project by project basis. 5.1.11 All drums must be as ergonomically designed as possible to allow for efficiency and comfort of use in the work environment. Where possible and economically acceptable, upgrades and changes to drums must be included as part of the project if requested. 5.2 Drum Marking Further to Clause 7.2 of IEC 61089 and Eskom's General Conditions of Purchase, the following requirements shall also be met: 5.2.1 The drums for a matched set of conductors shall be marked: 1A and 1B for matched pairs; 1A, 1B and 1C for matched triple sets, etc. This marking must be on both flanges of the drum. 5.2.2 The actual measured length and nett mass of conductor shall be marked on each drum in black stencilled lettering of 50mm height on the drum side. Other markings on drums must include the following: Matched sets to be marked Measured length Nett mass Gross mass Order number Conductor type Greased or non-greased Eskom Logo and signature Red dot Drum rolling direction 5.2.3 Drums of greased conductor shall be marked "Greased with (the product name)". 5.2.4 All drum marking pertaining to a previous order shall be painted over or otherwise satisfactorily obliterated. 5.2.5 All conductor drums destined for Eskom projects shall be branded with Eskom signature (logo and logotype) on one of its flat sides (the flange). 5.2.6 The Eskom signature shall be printed in Eskom Blue or Black only on the white-coloured background. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure PHASE CONDUCTOR STANDARD FOR ESKOM Unique Identifier: 240-152844641 OVERHEAD LINES Revision: 2 Page: 5.2.7 For metal drums and wooden drums, a portion of the flange surface shall be painted in white to provide rectangular background on which the signature shall be printed in Eskom Blue or Black only. The width (or height) of the white rectangular background shall be three times the diameter of the “circle” part of the Eskom signature. The printed Eskom signature shall appear central onto the white rectangular background leaving a space equal to one signature “circle” on both front and back ends. 5.2.8 The Eskom logo printing shall be made by stencilling; taking care to complete continuous character “O” in the name Eskom. Other equivalent techniques can be used, once approved by Eskom. 5.2.9 The dimensions of complete Eskom signatures shall be a minimum length and width (height) of 82 mm and 21 mm respectively. All other printing on the flange shall be positioned so as to ensure a minimum clearance of one logo “circle” diameter away from the Eskom signature. An example of a drum with the Eskom signature and standard printing guidelines are shown in ANNEXURE D. 5.2.10 Red Round Mark: The Opposite end of a conductor drum (not bearing the Eskom logo) shall be marked (stamped) with a red circle of 200 mm diameter to augment the logo for forensic purposes. 5.2.11 A label detailing handling/storing requirements must be attached onto one side of the drum which will inform contractors of how to take care of drums and conductors. The size of label should be approximately 0.4 m x 0.4 m of drum. As a minimum label should state “Remove all protruding nails near conductor on flanges before conductor is used for stringing; ensure conductor never touches the bare ground; spreader bar must be used for lifting of drums, follow arrow on drum for rolling direction” etc. 5.3 Additional notes Not applicable.
Authorisation This document has been seen and accepted by: Name and surname Designation Riaz Vajeth Line Engineering Services - Senior Manager Bharat Haridass Line Engineering Services - Senior Consultant Ravi Singh Line Engineering Services - Chief Engineer
Revisions Date Rev Compiler Remarks March 2021 2 P. Mathuradas Revision changes due to comments received. Included table in Annex C. Aug 2020 1 P Mathuradas New document, this document supersedes the following documents: TSP 41-264, DSP 34-377 and 240-75521456
Development team The following people were involved in the development of this document: Riaz Vajeth Line Engineering Services Ravi Singh Line Engineering Services Bharat Haridass Line Engineering Services Arthur Burger Line Engineering Services ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure PHASE CONDUCTOR STANDARD FOR ESKOM Unique Identifier: 240-152844641 OVERHEAD LINES Revision: 2 Page: Prashant Mathuradas Line Engineering Services Shawn Ramadhin Line Engineering Services
Acknowledgements Comments received from the following people: Sydwell Makhaye Mohamed Khan A.M. Gouws Boreman Risiva Kiresh Singh Tumisang (Lebo) Maphumulo ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure PHASE CONDUCTOR STANDARD FOR ESKOM Unique Identifier: 240-152844641 OVERHEAD LINES Revision: 2 Page: Annex A – Example of Technical Schedule A and B Squirrel ACSR conductor ALTERNATIVE phase conductor Resistance (Ohms/km) ≤ 1.3677 Conductor diameter (mm) ≈ 6.33 Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) ≥ 8.02 Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value ≈ 85.2 Modulus of elasticity final (MPa) ≈ 80400 Coefficient of linear expansion, ß, (1/°C) ≈ 19.31* 10-6 A/B SCHEDULES phase conductor Specification Sheets Schedule A: Purchaser’s specific requirements Schedule B: Particulars of equipment to be supplied Conductor Type Description Schedule A Schedule B IEC Code 20.98-A1/S1A-6/1/2.11 Conductor Overall Diameter (mm) 6.33 Area Aluminium (mm2) 20.98 Area Total (mm2) 24.48 Aluminium wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 6/2.11 Steel wires (number off) / (diameter mm) 1/2.11 Conductor linear mass (kg/km)- ungreased value 85.2 Ultimate Tensile Strength (kN) 8.02 Resistance DC @ 20oC (Ohms/km) 1.3677 Modulus Elasticity Final (MPa) 80400 Coefficient of Linear Expansion, ß, (1/°C) 19.31
Requirements
Source: Conductor Standard ST_240-152844641 Rev 2.pdf (unknown)Bidders must comply with the technical standard for phase conductors, including material specifications, stranding requirements, and testing procedures. All conductors must be produced in accordance with SANS 61089. The supplier must provide type test certificates and comply with Eskom's quality monitoring processes.
Section
Source: Conductor Standard ST_240-152844641 Rev 2.pdfAdditional evaluation criteria include the submission of type test certificates for each conductor design type, compliance with technical specifications, and the ability to meet delivery schedules. The supplier's quality management system and past performance on Eskom projects may also be considered.
Important Dates
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdf (TENDER){"closingTime":"2.2","briefingSession":"{"date":null,"time":null,"venue":"tend a site visit and/or clarification meeting that is stipulated as being","is_compulsory":true}"}
Briefing Session
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdf (TENDER)Site visit and/or clarification meeting: Tenderers must attend if compulsory; failure results in disqualification. Details in Tender Data. Tenderers may ask questions.
Returnable Documents
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdf (TENDER)Mandatory tender returnables must be submitted by closing date and time. All documents must be completed. Valid, current, and original documents required for entire validity period. Original tender plus one copy in paper form required; failure results in disqualification. For e-tendering, submit via Eskom Tender Bulletin site. Tenders must be in English, in ink. Sign the tender; signatory held liable. Package originals and copies separately, marked 'ORIGINAL' and 'COPY', with required details on outside. Seal in outer package marked 'Confidential'.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdf (TENDER)Evaluation follows a two-stage process: basic compliance check, then functionality (if applicable) with minimum threshold, then financial analysis and B-BBEE scoring. Price and B-BBEE are measured as objective criteria; no double dipping. Contract may be awarded to a tenderer not scoring highest only in accordance with Section 2(1)(f) of PPPFA. If prices are included in functionality, they will not be considered.
Technical Specifications
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdf (TENDER)Supply Chain
Management Procedure 32-1034. Any addenda to an issued Invitation to Tender will be
published or issued in the same way as the Invitation to Tender was and will form part of the
Invitation to Tender documents.
Communication 1.5 Every communication between Eskom and a tenderer shall be made to or from the Eskom
Representative only, in w
Quality Management
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdfof a tenderer.
Cost of tendering 2.6 Accept that Eskom will not compensate the tenderer for any costs incurred in the preparation
and submission of a tender, including the costs of any testing necessary to demonstrate that
aspects of the tender satisfy the evaluation criteria, or the negotiation of any contract.
Submitting a tender 2.7 Check the Invitation to Tender documents on receipt and notify the Eskom representative of
any discrepancy or omitted documents. The Acknowledgement Form must be completed
and submitted with the tender and must clearly state if the tender is for the whole or part of
the works, services or supply identified in the specification and/or works information by
Pricing Schedule
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdfreasonable time for tenderers to make consequential adjustments to their tenders before
the closing date and time for submission.
In writing’ means hand-written, typed, type-written, printed or electronically made, and that
results in a permanent record.
Insurance 2.17 The extent (if any) of insurance provided by Eskom may not be for the full cover required in
the conditions of contract. The tenderer is advised to seek qualified advice regarding
insurance.
Pricing the tender 2.18 Include in the rates, prices, and the tendered total of the Prices all duties, taxes (including
VAT), and other levies payable by the tenderer if successful. Such duties, taxes and levies
are those applicable 14 (fourteen) days prior to the closing date and time for tender
submission.
2.19 Provide rates and Prices that are fixed for the duration of the contract and are not subject to
contract price adjustment except as provided for in the Invitation to Tender.
2.20 State the rates and Prices in South African Rand unless instructed otherwise in the Invitation
to Tender. The selected conditions of contract may provide for part payment in other
currencies. Therefore, submit Rates/Prices in Rands in accordance with the exchange rate
and base date as stipulated in the Invitation to tender.
Alterations to 2.21 May not make any alterations or additions to the tender documents, other than for purposes
documents of complying with instructions issued by the Eskom Representative or if necessary to correct
errors made by the tenderer. All such alterations shall be initialed by all signatories to the
tender. Corrections may not be made using correction fluid, correction tape or the like.
Alternative tenders 2.22 Submit alternative tenders only if a main tender is also submitted, and only if the submission
of alternative tenders is permitted by the Invitation to Tender. Accept that an alternative
tender may be based only on the criteria stated in the Tender Data.
Clarification and 2.23 Provide clarification and documents as may be required by the Eskom Representative
correction of Prices during the evaluation of tenders. However, documents identified as mandatory tender
after tender returnables that are required to be submitted at the closing date and time for tender
submission submission will not be requested and may not be submitted after the closing date and time.
phases, as this is regarded as ‘double dipping’.
Designated 3.12 Tenderers are also required to submit information on designated material and
materials and thresholds no later than contract award. If this information is not completed and
thresholds submitted as indicated in the Invitation to Tender, your tender will not be considered for
contract award
Functionality 3.13 If functionality is a criterion, tenderers will be scored against the functionality criteria and
requirements will be required meet the minimum threshold stated in the Tender Data to proceed to
further evaluation.
Financial analysis 3.14 Eskom has to determine the risk of doing business with a supplier who may pose a
(if applicable) financial risk to Eskom in the execution of the contract. During evaluation of a tenderer’s
financial statements, Eskom will attempt to identify mitigating factors or requirements for
the tenderer to meet, if such factors/requirements exist in the tender’s context. However,
should suitable mitigating factors not exist in the tender’s context or should mitigating
factors exist but be insufficient or if the risk is considered to be too high or should the
tenderer not agree with the mitigating factors, the tenderer will not be considered for
award.
Evaluation of Price 3.15 Evaluate the Price in accordance with the criteria/requirements in the Tender Data. Factors
such as CPA, FOREX, commodity exposure, unconditional discounts, technical
adjustment, PV and forecasted rates of invoicing are taken into account when determining
the evaluation Price.
Arithmetical errors 3.16 Check responsive tenders for arithmetical errors. If there is a discrepancy between an
amount in figures and the amount in words, the amount in words shall prevail.
Check the highest-ranked tenders for the following errors or omissions: -
(a) the misplacement of the decimal point in any unit rate; or
(b) omissions in completing the pricing schedule or bill of quantities, or
(c) arithmetical errors in line-item totals that are the result of the incorrect multiplication
of a unit rate and a quantity in a bill of quantities or schedule of prices; or
(d) arithmetical errors that are the result of the incorrect addition of the prices.
will request the tenderer to either confirm the prices as tendered or to accept the
corrected prices.
Where the tenderer elects to confirm the prices as tendered; Eskom will correct the error
as follows: -
(a) If a bill of quantities or pricing schedule applies and there is an error in the line-item
total that is the result of an error in multiplying the unit rate and the quantity, the line-
item total shall prevail, and the rate shall be corrected.
(b) Where there is a misplacement of the decimal point in the unit rate, the line-item total
as quoted shall prevail, and the unit rate shall be corrected.
(c) Where there is an error in the total of the prices that is the result either of other
corrections required by the checking process or in the tenderer’s addition of prices,
the total of the prices shall prevail, and the tenderer shall be asked to revise the
selected item prices (and their rates if a bill of quantities applies) to result in the
tendered total of the prices.
documentation by closing date and time of tender submission, the tenderer will not be
disqualified if otherwise evaluated as acceptable in all other criteria; however, the tenderer
will score zero points for Specific Goals within the 90/10 or 80/20 allocation of points.
Ranking of tenders 3.19 According to the PPPFA, Eskom will add the score for Pricing and the Specific Goals
together and rank the suppliers from the highest to the lowest.
Objective criteria 3.20 A contract may be awarded to a tenderer that did not score the highest points only in
accordance with Section 2(1) (f) of the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act,
must stipulate the Objective Criteria in the Invitation to Tender. Functionality and any
element of the B-BBEE scorecard may not be used as Objective Criteria.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdf (TENDER)CSD report or as per certificate/affidavit provided
CSD number/CSD report) must be provided at the closing date and time for
CSD number or B-BBEE certificate/affidavit will need to be
B-BBEE Details: kom Representative and
Agreement to sign the contract documents.
Proof of authority 2.25 Where an agent submits a tender on behalf of a principal, an authenticated copy of the
to act as agent authority to act as an agent of the tenderer must be submitted as a tender returnable.
Compliance with 2.26 Comply with relevant legislation and regulatory instruments such as Instruction Notes issued
relevant legislation by National Treasury, CIDB Regulations for construction works; materials designated for local
(NT instructions, content and/or production by the dtic, PPPFA Regulations; Amended B-BBEE Codes, COIDA;
CIDB, PPPFA etc) OHS Act; Eskom’s requirements for Safety, Health, Environment and Quality (SHEQ) and any other
applicable legislation or regulatory instruments indicated in the Invitation to Tender.
Proof of Safety, 2.27 Tenderers are required to provide proof to the satisfaction of Eskom that safety, health,
Health, environmental and quality (SHEQ) systems, policies and capabilities are in place at the
Environment and closing date and time for tender submission stipulated in the Invitation to Tender and/or
Quality Contract Award. All costs and personnel associated with SHEQ must be reflected in the
requirements tender.
CIDB 2.28 Where the Tender Data has stipulated CIDB grading/s as a qualification criterion, tenderers
are required to be registered with the Construction Industry Development Board at the
closing date and time for submission of tenders or to be capable of being so registered
within twenty-one (21) working days from the closing date and time for submission of
tenders.
Where CIDB is applicable; proof of registration on CIDB is mandatory at the closing date
and time for tender submission. Should this not be received as stipulated
Health & Safety
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdftenderers that Eskom has identified. A sole source and a single source are regarded as a
tenderer that meets the requirements stated in the Eskom Procurement and Supply Chain
Management Procedure 32-1034. Any addenda to an issued Invitation to Tender will be
published or issued in the same way as the Invitation to Tender was and will form part of the
Proof of authority 2.25 Where an agent submits a tender on behalf of a principal, an authenticated copy of the
to act as agent authority to act as an agent of the tenderer must be submitted as a tender returnable.
Compliance with 2.26 Comply with relevant legislation and regulatory instruments such as Instruction Notes issued
relevant legislation by National Treasury, CIDB Regulations for construction works; materials designated for local
(NT instructions, content and/or production by the dtic, PPPFA Regulations; Amended B-BBEE Codes, COIDA;
CIDB, PPPFA etc) OHS Act; Eskom’s requirements for Safety, Health, Environment and Quality (SHEQ) and any other
applicable legislation or regulatory instruments indicated in the Invitation to Tender.
Proof of Safety, 2.27 Tenderers are required to provide proof to the satisfaction of Eskom that safety, health,
Health, environmental and quality (SHEQ) systems, policies and capabilities are in place at the
requirements tender.
CIDB 2.28 Where the Tender Data has stipulated CIDB grading/s as a qualification criterion, tenderers
are required to be registered with the Construction Industry Development Board at the
closing date and time for submission of tenders or to be capable of being so registered
within twenty-one (21) working days from the closing date and time for submission of
tenders.
Where CIDB is applicable; proof of registration on CIDB is mandatory at the closing date
and time for tender submission. Should this not be received as stipulated in the Invitation to
Tender; the tender will be disqualified. However, in the event that, at the closing date and
time for tender submission, only proof of application for registration on CIDB is available,
then this must be submitted by the closing date and time for tender submission, while the
actual proof of CIDB registration (printout from CIDB database) must be submitted by
contract award
Contract Skills 2.29 If the tenderer is awarded a contract, it, as Contractor, shall achieve in the performance of
Development Goal the contract the Contract Skills Development Goals (CSDG) established in the CIDB
(CSDG) Standard for Developing Skills through Infrastructure Contract (published in GN 1779,
Government Gazette No. April 2023)
that has a duration of 12 months or more, and to:
a contract of R5 million or more, in the case of a professional service or service contract
or an order issued in terms of such a contract; or
a CIDB grading designation of grade 7 or higher, in case of an engineering and
construction works, or design and build contract or an order issued in terms of such a
contract.
Contract 2.30 The Contractor shall achieve in the performance of the contract the Contract Participation
Participation Goals Goals (CPG) relating to the engagement of targeted enterprises as established in the CIDB
(CPG) standard for indirect targeting for enterprise development through Construction works
contracts (published in Government Gazette No. February 2013).
enterprises as established in the aforesaid standard applies to:
construction works contracts in the General Building (GB) and to Civil Engineering (CE)
classes of construction works;
construction works contracts of an estimated minimum project duration of 6 months; and
Respond 3.1 Respond to a request for clarification that Eskom receives before the closing date for
clarification clarification or queries. Eskom’s responses will be published to all tenderers in the same
manner the Invitation to Tender documents were issued. It is the tenderers’ responsibility
to check the Eskom Tender Bulletin and NT e-Tender Portal regularly for updated
responses to clarifications.
Issue Addenda 3.2 If necessary and prior to the closing date and time for tender submission, amend, amplify, or
add to the Invitation to Tender documents by way of Addenda published in the same
platform that the Invitation to Tender was issued. It is the tenderers’ responsibility to
check the Eskom Tender Bulletin and NT e-Tender Portal regularly for Addenda.
electronically. The Eskom Representative will publish the names of all tenderers received
on the Eskom Tender Bulletin and NT e-Tender Portal.
Tender Prices 3.5 Eskom will announce the names of the tenderers. Prices may be announced if so, stated
in the Tender Data.
Non-disclosure 3.6 Unless required by law, Eskom will not disclose information relating to the evaluation and
comparison of tenders and recommendations for the award of a contract to tenderers or to
any other person not officially concerned with the tender process until after the tender
award.
Grounds for 3.7 Reject a tender if Eskom establishes that there is proof that the tenderer influenced the
rejection processing of tenders or the awarding of the contract, the existence of collusion and/or bid
rigging, and/or that the tenderer has participated in any fraudulent/illegal activity in
connection with the Invitation to Tender.
Clarification of a 3.8 Obtain clarification from a tenderer in respect of any matter in the tender that may not be
tender clear or that could give rise to ambiguity in a contract arising from this tender if the matter
were not to be clarified. A document that the Invitation to Tender identifies as a mandatory
tender returnable that is required to be submitted at the closing date and time for tender
submission will not be requested, but Eskom may seek clarity on it.
may utilise reverse e-auction in certain Enquiries. Where reverse e-auction will be utilised,
this will be indicated in the respective Invitation to Tender and the reverse e-auction
supporting documents will be issued in the Invitation to Tender. Tenderers will be required
to submit a complete tender that does not contain Prices. If a tenderer has included prices
in its tender, the prices will not be considered.
Acceptance of 3.22 Notify Eskom's acceptance to the successful tender before the expiry of the validity period
tender or agreed additional validity period. Inform the successful and unsuccessful tenderers only
once approval has been granted by the Eskom Adjudication Authority. For open tenders,
this notification must be published on the Eskom Tender Bulletin and NT e-Tender Portal
Prepare contract 3.23 Revise the contract documents issued by Eskom in the Invitation to Tender documents to
documents take account of:
Addenda issued during the tender period;
inclusion of returnables stipulated in the Invitation to Tender;
inclusion of changes agreed in contract negotiations; and
Other revisions or documents agreed to between Eskom and the successful
tenderer during negotiations,
Sign Form of 3.24 Arrange for authorised signatories of both parties to complete and sign the original and one
Contractual Terms
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdfincluding the Eskom Representative shall not be liable for any losses, claims or damages of
whatsoever nature or howsoever arising that may be sustained by a tenderer or any other
person as a result of its participation in the tender or from any amendment, termination or
suspension of the process set out in the Invitation to Tender or from its exclusion from
participating in the tender process at any point.
Eskom’s right to 1.7 Eskom reserves the right to enter into mandated negotiations with any, one or more selected
negotiate tenderer(s) in accordance with Eskom’s approved procurement policies and procedures.
240-62044728 Rev 12 Eskom Standard Identifier
Conditions of Tender Effective Date 01 February 2025
Review Date January 2030
Disclaimer 1.8 While Eskom takes all reasonable measures to ensure that all information contained in the
regarding accuracy tender documents is correct and complete, Eskom does not, however, make any
of tender representations or warranties, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of
documents such information and Eskom expressly disclaims any, and all liability for such
representations, warranties or statements.
Tenderer’s 2. The tenderer shall comply with the following obligations when submitting a tender and shall:
Tender validity 2.12 Hold the tender(s) valid for acceptance by Eskom at any time within the validity period after
the closing date and time for tender submission. Extend the validity period for a specified
additional period if Eskom requests the tenderer to do so. A tenderer that agrees to extend
the validity of its tender will not be required or permitted to modify its tender. A tenderer that
does not agree to extend the validity of its tender will be excluded from further
consideration. Tenderers will be requested to extend the validity of their tenders until a
contract(s) have been concluded with one or more tenderers. A request that a tenderer
extend the validity of its tender is not a representation that the tender is an acceptable
tender or that Eskom will seek to negotiate or conclude a contract with the tenderer. If the
validity of tenders expires before contracts have been concluded, the procurement process
is deemed to have concluded without an award.
Confidentiality and 2. 13 Treat as confidential all matters that arise in connection with the procurement. Use and copy
copyright of the documents provided by Eskom only for the purpose of preparing and submitting a tender
documents in response to this Invitation to Tender.
Standardised 2.14 Obtain and familiarise themselves with, if required for the purposes of submitting a tender,
specifications and the latest revision of standardised specifications and/or other documents that have been
other publications incorporated by reference into the Invitation to Tender documents by reference.
Site visit and / or 2.15 Tenderers must attend a site visit and/or clarification meeting that is stipulated as being
clarification compulsory in order to familiarise themselves with the proposed work, services, supply,
meeting location or similar. Failure to attend a clarification meeting or site visit that is identified as
compulsory will result in disqualification from participation.
Details of the meeting(s) are stated in the Tender Data. Tenderers are entitled to ask
questions for clarity in the course of a site visit or clarification meeting.
correction of errors as required above.
Evaluation of 3.17 Score the B-BBEE level as stated on the CSD report or as per certificate/affidavit provided.
B-BBEE If the B-BBEE level is a pre-qualification criterion; then the proof of the B-BBEE level
(certificate/CSD number/CSD report) must be provided at the closing date and time for
tender submission; or the tender will be disqualified. If sub-contracting to designated groups
pre-qualification criteria are utilized (selected/mandatory) in terms of the PPPFA
Regulation, then Eskom will apply the PPPFA requirements for sub-contractors’ B-BBEE
status and the sub-contractors’ CSD number or B-BBEE certificate/affidavit will need to be
provided at the closing date and time for tender submission. Should the
information/documents provided indicate that the level is in dispute (fraudulent/ expired)
then the tender will be disqualified.
However, for the purposes of PPPFA point allocation: if no B-BBEE certificate/affidavit is
provided at Tender closing date and time for tender submission, or the
information/documents provided are fraudulent or have expired; then the tenderer will not
be disqualified (if otherwise deemed to be responsive and acceptable in all other aspects)
but will score zero under PPPFA point allocation.
Evaluation of 3.18 Score the Specific Goals with reference to the supporting documentation in the tender. If a
Special Conditions
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdf (TENDER)Confidentiality and copyright: Treat all matters arising in connection with procurement as confidential. Use documents only for preparing and submitting tender.
Requirements
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdf (TENDER)Eligibility: Tenderer must comply with eligibility criteria in Tender Data and not be under restriction to do business with Eskom or State-Owned Companies. Tenderers not permitted to sub-contract 100% of scope of work; such tenders will be deemed ineligible and disqualified.
Section
Source: Eskom_-_Standard_Conditions_of_Tender_Rev 12.pdfare submitted and accessible for downloading/evaluation without any challenges as well as
It must be noted that Eskom will not measure a criterion twice in the different evaluation
Functionality 3.13 If functionality is a criterion, tenderers will be scored against the functionality criteria and
further evaluation.
(if applicable) financial risk to Eskom in the execution of the contract. During evaluation of a tenderer’s
Evaluation of Price 3.15 Evaluate the Price in accordance with the criteria/requirements in the Tender Data. Factors
the evaluation Price.
but will score zero under PPPFA point allocation.
Evaluation of 3.18 Score the Specific Goals with reference to the supporting documentation in the tender. If a
Specific Goals tenderer fails to meet Specific Goals and/or to submit the required proof/supporting
will score zero points for Specific Goals within the 90/10 or 80/20 allocation of points.
Ranking of tenders 3.19 According to the PPPFA, Eskom will add the score for Pricing and the Specific Goals
Objective criteria 3.20 A contract may be awarded to a tenderer that did not score the highest points only in
must stipulate the Objective Criteria in the Invitation to Tender. Functionality and any
element of the B-BBEE scorecard may not be used as Objective Criteria.
Reverse e-Auction 3.21 Reverse e-auction is an electronic system that utilises the 90/10 and 80/20 Price and
Preference point systems, and which is intended to achieve competitive pricing. Eskom
(NT instructions, content and/or production by the dtic, PPPFA Regulations; Amended B-BBEE Codes, COIDA;
CIDB, PPPFA etc) OHS Act; Eskom’s requirements for Safety, Health, Environment and Quality (SHEQ) and any other
Health, environmental and quality (SHEQ) systems, policies and capabilities are in place at the
Quality Contract Award. All costs and personnel associated with SHEQ must be reflected in the
However, for the purposes of PPPFA point allocation: if no B-BBEE certificate/affidavit is
Description
Source: 2128 LV Aluminium power cables.pdfBy chkd auth date REF. dwgs
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: G. WHYTE DATE: 02.08.2002 NTS 0400642 0528922 CAD REF: 0171276 CHKD: T. GILLARD DATE: 02.08.2002
Series 2000 set sheet rev
FILE No:
Drawn: p.A. Vermaak date: 12.06.2002 D-DT-2128 3 1 11 2128
Important Dates
Source: 2128 LV Aluminium power cables.pdf (unknown)Closing date: as per tender record. No other dates are stated in the document.
Contact Information
Source: 2128 LV Aluminium power cables.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":"082 0403084","department":null,"address":null}
Submission Guidelines
Source: 2128 LV Aluminium power cables.pdf (unknown)Bids must be submitted through the Eskom PILOG system (P.A.T.). The tender requires returnable documents including the completed SBD forms and the signed offer. Bidders must submit all information through PILOG as indicated on the spec sheet.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 2128 LV Aluminium power cables.pdf (unknown)Bidders must be able to supply cables conforming to SANS 1507 and Eskom specification ESP 32-1272. The tender does not specify additional eligibility criteria such as CSD registration, tax clearance, B-BBEE level, or CIDB grading.
Technical Specifications
Source: 2128 LV Aluminium power cables.pdf (unknown)The cable must comply with SANS 1507 and Eskom specification ESP 32-1272. The item is a 1 kV, 4-core aluminium cable, 150 mm², PVC insulated, per SAP material number 0403082. The spec sheet references SANS 1507 for standard and test/certification requirements. The cable must be supplied as per the material specification, with corrosion specification as stated. The document includes a spec sheet with SAP material number 0403082, short description 'CABLE,ELECT:1,0 KV;PVC;150 MM2;4C;AL', and references to Eskom specification ESP 32-1272.
Quality Management
Source: 2128 LV Aluminium power cables.pdfCable, electrical: voltage: 1,0 kv; conductor insulation: pvc;
Core quantity: 4c; conductor size: 120 mm2; conductor material: al;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4qav; covering: pvc sheath;
Rating: 1 kvac; conductor insulation: pvc;
4 core stranded aluminium conductor; 300m drum;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-2128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171265
Short description: cable,elect:1,0 kv;pvc;150 mm2;4c;al
Health & Safety
Source: 2128 LV Aluminium power cables.pdfCable, electrical: voltage: 1,0 kv; conductor insulation: pvc;
Core quantity: 4c; conductor size: 95 mm2; conductor material: cu;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4pcv;covering: pvc sheath;
Rating: 1 kvac; conductor insulation: pvc;
4 core stranded copper conductor; drum 300 m;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-2128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171276
Short description: cable,elect:1,0 kv;pvc;35 mm2;4c;al
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1,0 kv; conductor insulation: pvc;
Core quantity: 4c; conductor size: 35 mm2; conductor material: al;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4lav; covering: pvc sheath;
Rating: 1 kvac; conductor insulation: pvc;
4 core stranded aluminium conductor; 300 m drum;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-2128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0528922
Short description: cable,elect:1,0 kv;pvc;50 mm2;4c;al
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1,0 kv; conductor insulation: pvc;
Core quantity: 4c; conductor size: 50 mm2; conductor material: al;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4mav; covering: pvc sheath;
Rating: 1 kvac; conductor insulation: pvc;
4 core stranded aluminium conductor; 300m drum;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-2128 *
ITEM :- CABLE,1kV 4C
Material specification :-
Corrosion specification :-
Standard specification :- SANS 1507
ESKOM specification :- esp 32-1272
Test & certification requirements :- SANS 1507
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: G. WHYTE DATE: 02.08.2002 NTS 0400642 0528922 CAD REF: 0171276 CHKD: T. GILLARD DATE: 02.08.2002
Series 2000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1,0 kv; conductor insulation: pvc;
Core quantity: 4c; conductor size: 70 mm2; conductor material: al;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4nav; covering: pvc outer sheath;
Rating: 1 kvac; conductor insulation: pvc;
4 core stranded aluminium conductor; 300m drum;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-2128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171215
Short description: cable,elect:1,0 kv;pvc;95 mm2;4c;al
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1,0 kv; conductor insulation: pvc;
Core quantity: 4c; conductor size: 95 mm2; conductor material: al;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bcx4pav; covering: pvc sheath;
Rating: 1 kvac; specification: conductor insulation: pvc;
4 core stranded aluminium conductor; 300 m drum;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-2128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0403084
Short description: cable,elect:1,0 kv;pvc;120 mm2;4c;al
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1,0 kv; conductor insulation: pvc;
Core quantity: 4c; conductor size: 150 mm2; conductor material: al;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4rav; covering: pvc sheath;
Rating: 1 kvac; conductor insulation: pvc;
4 core stranded aluminium conductor; 300m drum;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-2128 *
11 all information re submitted through pilog p.A.T. Q. Khumalo b. Olivier 06.09.2018
10 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
9 short and tech.DESCRIPTIONS Changed as per pilog p.A.T. M. Shuter b. Mwarehwa 18.04.2013
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: G. WHYTE DATE: 02.08.2002 NTS 0403082 0403084
Cad REF: 0171215 0171265 chkd: t. Gillard date: 02.08.2002
Series 2000 set sheet rev
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1,0 kv; conductor insulation: pvc;
Core quantity: 4c; conductor size: 185 mm2; conductor material: al;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4sav; covering: pvc sheath;
Rating: 1 kvac; conductor insulation: pvc;
4 core stranded aluminium conductor; 300 m drum;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-2128 *
SAP MATERIAL No.: 0171184
Short description: cable,elect:1,0 kv;pvc;240 mm2;4c;al
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1,0 kv; conductor insulation: pvc;
Core quantity: 4c; conductor size: 240 mm2; conductor material: al;
Armor: stl wire; design type: bvx4tav; covering: pvc sheath;
Rating: 1 kvac; conductor insulation: pvc;
4 core stranded aluminium conductor; 300 m drum;
ESKOM DRAWING No. D-DT-2128 *
11 all information re submitted through pilog p.A.T. Q. Khumalo b. Olivier 06.09.2018
10 ESKOM specification updated p.A.T. Q. Khumalo t. Du plessis 09.10.2015
9 short and tech.DESCRIPTIONS Changed as per pilog p.A.T. M. Shuter b. Mwarehwa 18.04.2013
SCALE SAP No: AUTH: G. WHYTE DATE: 02.08.2002 NTS 0403086
Cad REF: 0171184 chkd: t. Gillard date: 02.08.2002
Series 2000 set sheet rev
Section
Source: 2128 LV Aluminium power cables.pdf (unknown)SAP MATERIAL No.: 0400642 SHORT DESCRIPTION: CABLE,ELECT:BVX4PCV 1,0KV 4C;CU;95 MM2; SAP MATERIAL No.: 0403082 SHORT DESCRIPTION: CABLE,ELECT:1,0 KV;PVC;70 MM2;4C;AL; SAP MATERIAL No.: 0403086 SHORT DESCRIPTION: CABLE,ELECT:1,0 KV;PVC;185 MM2;4C;AL; IDENTIFICATION:- INDELIBLE MNFRS. TRADEMARK AND PART NO ON ALL ITEMS AND DRUM STAMPED/MARKED
Description
Source: BOQ_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables to Eskom warehouses 07.09.2026.xlsxThe supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses within the LimLanga Cluster on an 'as and when' required basis over a period of 24 months.
Important Dates
Source: BOQ_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables to Eskom warehouses 07.09.2026.xlsx (unknown)Closing date and time: as stated in the tender record. No other dates (briefings, site visits, clarification deadlines) are stated in the document.
Contact Information
Source: BOQ_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables to Eskom warehouses 07.09.2026.xlsx (unknown)No specific contact names, emails, or phone numbers are stated in the document. Submission address is not stated beyond the tender record.
Submission Guidelines
Source: BOQ_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables to Eskom warehouses 07.09.2026.xlsx (unknown)Bidders must submit a completed, signed tender offer. The following returnable forms are required: SBD 1 (Invitation to Bid), SBD 3.1 (Pricing Schedule), SBD 4 (Declaration of Interest), SBD 6.1 (Preference Points Claim), SBD 8 (Declaration of Bidder's Past Supply Chain Management Practices), and SBD 9 (Certificate of Independent Bid Determination). Bidders must be registered on the Central Supplier Database (CSD) and provide a valid tax clearance (SARS TCS). Submission must be made before the closing time; late submissions are disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: BOQ_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables to Eskom warehouses 07.09.2026.xlsx (unknown)Evaluation will follow the 80/20 preference point system in terms of the PPPFA. Price accounts for 80 points and B-BBEE status level for 20 points. Bidders must be registered on the CSD and have a valid tax clearance. The tender is for an 'as and when' required basis over 24 months.
Financial Requirements
Source: BOQ_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables to Eskom warehouses 07.09.2026.xlsx (unknown)Pricing must be submitted on SBD 3.1 (Pricing Schedule). No specific bond, guarantee, or payment terms are stated in the document.
Compliance Requirements
Source: BOQ_The supply of various Electrical Cables, Conductors and Concentric Cables to Eskom warehouses 07.09.2026.xlsx (unknown)Bidders must be registered on the Central Supplier Database (CSD) and have a valid tax clearance (SARS TCS). B-BBEE status level is required for preference points. The following standard forms must be completed and submitted: SBD 1 (Invitation to Bid), SBD 3.1 (Pricing Schedule), SBD 4 (Declaration of Interest), SBD 6.1 (Preference Points Claim), SBD 8 (Declaration of Bidder's Past Supply Chain Management Practices), and SBD 9 (Certificate of Independent Bid Determination).
Important Dates
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf (TENDER){"closingDate":"07 September 2026","closingTime":"10h00am","briefingSession":"{"date":"18 September 2026","time":"10:00am","venue":"ion meeting with representatives of Eskom","is_compulsory":true}"}
Briefing Session
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf (TENDER)A non-compulsory clarification meeting will be held via Microsoft Teams on 18 September 2026 at 10:00am. Link: https://teams.microsoft.com/meet/332588737289794?p=ErtZ4Fhf8IHpvPfQVg. Tenderers must confirm attendance with the Eskom Representative, stating names and contact details of attendees.
Contact Information
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf (TENDER){"name":null,"email":"[email protected]","phone":"27 240-6809951","department":null,"address":"r which"}
Returnable Documents
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf (TENDER)Mandatory returnables at tender closing (disqualifiable): Completed NEC3 Supply Contract pricing schedule and contract data; CPA for local goods/services (if applicable); CPA for imported goods/services (if applicable). Non-disqualifiable returnables (5 working days to rectify): Annexure B Acknowledgement Form, Annexure C Tenderers Particulars, Annexure D Integrity Pact Declaration form, Annexure J SBD 4 Bidders Disclosure, Annexure H SBD 1 Invitation to Bid, E-tendering Acknowledgement Form, Annexure A Authorisation Form, Annexure G SBD 6.2 Declaration Certificate for Local Production and Local Content, Non-Disclosure Agreement, Proof of OEM letter, BOQ in excel format, JV confirmation/agreement. Returnables required at closing for evaluation (score zero if not submitted): SBD 6.1 Preference Points Claim Form (Annexure I), proof of compliance to specific goals. Technical mandatory returnables: technical documents for electrical cables, overhead phase conductors, aerial bundled conductors, and concentric cables as listed. TEAP listed products: submit Eskom letter confirming TEAP listing, or OEM letter on company letterhead, and authorisation letter if not OEM.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf (TENDER)Functionality
Weight
90%
Threshold
90%
Details
Quality Management System (QMS) and Technical Evaluation Criteria must be met. Tenderers failing the threshold are disqualified.
Price
Weight
90 points (out of 90 or 80 for price, depending on preference point system)
Specific Goals
Technical Specifications
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf (TENDER)Annexure Attached (Y /
N / n/a)
1.1.1 *Authorisation Form Annexure A Y
1.1.2 *Acknowledgement form Annexure B Y
1.1.3 *Tenderer’s particulars Annexure C Y
1.1.4 *Integrity Declaration Form (Suppliers are required to Annexure D Y
download and read the Supplier Integrity Pact. It is
accessible on the Eskom Tender Bulletin via Eskom
Supplier Integrity Pact (eskom.co.za) link)
1.1.5 *CPA Requirements for Local Goods/Services Annexure E Y
1.1.6 *CPA(IG) for Foreign Goods/Services (if applicable) Annexure F Y
1.1.7 SBD 6.2 Declaration Certificate for Local Production Annexure G1 Y
and Local Content (only applicable if designated
materials are included and then Tenderers will be
required to complete and submit Annexures G1 to
G4 as evidence of compliance with this
requirement).
Annexure C Local Content Declaration- Summary Annexure G2 Y
Schedule
Annexure D Imported Content Declaration – Supporting Annexure G3 Y
Schedule to Annexure C
Annexure E Local Content Declaration- Supporting Annexure G4 Y
Schedule to Annexure C
1.1.8 *SBD 1 Invitation to Bid must be filled out by all Annexure H Y
tenderers and submitted with the tender at tender
submission deadline
1.1.9 *
Methodology
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf (TENDER)Technical evaluation levels: Level 1 Mandatory Technical Requirements, Level 2 Functionality, Level 3 Product Sampling & Factory Assessment. For factory assessment, suppliers must make manufacturer available. TEAP listed products may be waived from full technical evaluation.
Quality Management
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf1.1.27 240-68099512 Form A Cat-3 Rev 9 Attached Y
separately
1.1.28 240-12248652 Cat-3 Rev 7 List of Tender Returnables Attached Y
separately
1.1.29 240-109253302 Quality Control Plan or Inspection Attached Y
Test Plan (QCP or ITP) rev 2 separately
1.1.30 240-109253698 CQP Template Attached Y
separately
1.1.31 Eskom Standard Conditions of Tender (Rev.12) Attached Y
separately
1.1.32 Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) Attached Y
separately
1.1.33 List of pre-vetted guarantors as at 30 September 2024 Attached Y
separately
1.1.34 Guidelines to Complete Local Content Attached Y
separately
1.1.35 SDL&I Strategy for Bidders Attached Y
separately
Routine testing and type testing 35%
Technical schedules 30%
Drawings 30%
Packaging 5%
Threshold 80%
Total 100%
Type Submitted and acceptable N/A 0% towards Used to verify the status of
test report final score type testing for products
tendered for
Analysis of Inspection of file 100% 50% of item Minimum 70% gatekeeper
Routine testing and type testing 40%
Technical schedules 25%
Drawings 25%
Packaging 10%
Threshold 80%
Total 100%
Routine testing and type testing 40%
Technical schedules 30%
SECTION A : Quality Management System Requirements ISO 9001
complies with ISO 9001
(Option 2)
A.1 QMS Manual or a document that defines and describes the Apply =1
A.2 Quality Policy Approved by top management. 1
A.3 Quality Objectives Approved by top management. 1
A.4 Control of documented information (i.e. document and record 1
control) Clause 7.5 of ISO 9001:2025
A.5 Documented information for Control of nonconforming outputs. 1
Clause 8.7 of ISO 9001:2025
A.6 Documented information for Nonconformity and Corrective 1
action. Clause 10.2 of ISO 9001:2025
A.7 Documented information for Internal audit Clause 9.2 of ISO 1
9001:2015
A.1 QMS Manual or a document that defines and describes the 1
Section A Score Option 2 7
SECTION B : Evidence of QMS in operation (Tender Quality
Requirements -Ref 240-105658000)
Apply=1
B.1 Documented information for defined roles, responsibilities and 1
authorities - Organization chart and Responsibility matrix (must
include but not limited to quality management function/role) (Clause
5.3 of ISO 9001:2015)
B.2 Documented information for Control of Externally Provided 1
evaluation, selection, monitoring of performance, and re- evaluation
of external providers (Clause 8.4 of ISO 9001:2015)
Section B Score 2
SECTION C: Control Quality Plan Requirements (Ref 240-105658000 and 240-
109253698).
tender documents (Ref ISO 10005)
Apply (Yes=1)
NB! Draft Contract/Project Quality Plan has important QA 1
deliverables
Section C Score 1
SECTION D: Quality Control Plan Requirements (Ref 240-105658000 or 240-
QCP /Checklist/ ITP (Quality Control Plans) as per Scope of Works (Ref ISO
Apply = 1
NB! Draft/ Example of an Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) or 1
Quality Control Plan (QCP) on similar and/ or previous work
done
Section D Score 1
SECTION E: User defined additional Requirements & miscellaneous
(Ref 240-105658000)
when compiling the Quality Requirements submissions;
(QCP or ITP) rev 2
The analysis of a tenderer’s financial statements is not a criterion for the
purposes of the scoring and awarding of points or the determination of
competitive ranking, but to determine if the tenderer is financially stable
enough to execute a contract / order of the magnitude to be awarded, and if
not, the risk to Eskom.
Pricing Schedule
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdfEffective Date 07 April 2026
Review Date April 2031
Number Description Annexure Attached (Y /
N / n/a)
1.1.14 E-tendering Training acknowledgement form Attached Y
separately
1.1.15 E-tendering Help Manual for supplier Attached Y
separately
1.1.16 CIDB Contract Skills Development Goals (CSDG) Not Applicable
(if applicable)
1.1.17 Contract Participation Goals (CPG) Not Applicable
(if applicable)
1.1.18 Scope of Work Attached Y
separately
1.1.19 NEC 3 Supply Contract Attached Y
separately
1.1.20 Pricing Schedule/BOQ (Refer to C2.2 the price Included in the Y
schedule contained in the NEC Contract to complete a NEC 3 as
PDF format.) In PDF format. a copy in excel format. The attached
upload size per document is 500 megabytes and total separately
submission is restricted to 4 gigabytes.
1.1.21 BOQ to be submitted as a copy in excel format Attached Y
separately
submitted at tender closing:
Returnables required at Tender closing (disqualifiable) - These
returnables are required to be fully completed, signed (if required on the
returnable) and submitted with the tender at Tender closing date and time.
If not fully completed, signed (if required on the returnable) and/or submitted
by tender closing, the tenderer will be disqualified.
data
the basis for the empowering supplier status.
sworn affidavit must be signed in the presence of the Commissioner of Oath.
Furthermore the Commissioner must also sign and stamp)
a person cannot by law, commission a sworn affidavit in which they have an interest.
3.19 Ranking of tenders Tenderers will be ranked by applying the preferential point scoring for the
either 90/10 or 80/20 system. Eskom will add the score from Pricing and
Pricing Refer to C2.2 the price schedule contained in the NEC √
schedule/BOQ Contract.
and a copy in excel format. The upload size per √
document is 500 megabytes and total submission is
restricted to 4 gigabytes.
Financial Requirements
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf (TENDER)Payment Terms: payment terms as stipulated hereunder when
submitting tenders and concluding contracts with Eskom:
For contracts valued below R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed to paying
Suppliers within 30 days of receipt of undisputed invoices.
For contracts valued above R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed
B-BBEE Requirements
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf (TENDER)Specific goals scored out of 10 or 20 points under PPPFA. Documents required to claim preference points: valid B-BBEE certificate (SANAS accredited) or sworn affidavit/CIPS affidavit, proof of ownership/shareholding (CIPC), certified ID copies of shareholders, proof of disability where applicable. Tenderers failing to provide documentation may score 0 for specific goals. Sworn affidavits must meet validity requirements including deponent details, ownership percentages, revenue, financial year end, B-BBEE status level, empowering supplier status, and proper commissioning.
Environmental
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdffinancial viability and risk mitigation steps. The latest and approved Annual
Financial Statements (AFS) must be submitted by the tenderer. Where the
Annual Financial Statements have not been audited, then an ITA34C tax
submission will be required and the Public Interest Score as completed by
the accountant / reviewer as required by the Companies Act, 2008.
Contractual Terms
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdfsanctions list. A tenderer shall be found to have the nationality of a
country if the tenderer is a national or is constituted, incorporated, or
registered and operates in conformity with the provisions of the laws
of that country. This criterion shall also apply to the determination of
the nationality of proposed subcontractors or suppliers for any part of
the Contract including related services.
or as a partner in a joint venture (JV) or consortium, except on an E-
Tendering system where there is a limit size (The upload size per
document is 500 megabytes and total submission is restricted to 4
gigabytes).
X4: Parent Company guarantee
X13: Performance Bond
Note: X4 and or X13 will only be applicable should Financial Analysis report
recommends that the parent company guarantee and or performance bond
be obtained.
or a demand guarantee is a requirement, the tenderer must select a
minimum of two (2) financial institutions that it is likely to approach from the
list provided of Eskom-approved financial institutions.
Refer to the List of pre-vetted guarantors as at 30 September 2024
attached separately.
been pre-approved by Eskom Treasury department.
financially sound enough to stand as surety for the subsidiary
tendering for the contract. The parent company’s latest and
approved AFS must be submitted for financial analysis.
X1: Price adjustment for inflation
X2: Changes in the law
X3: Multiple currencies (if applicable)
X4: Parent company guarantee (if applicable)
X7: Delay damages
X13: Performance Bond (if applicable)
Z: Additional conditions of contract
Note: X4 and or X13 will only be applicable should Financial Analysis report
recommends that the parent company guarantee and or performance bond
be obtained.
2.28 CIDB Requirements CIDB Requirements are not applicable
(where applicable for
submitting tenders and concluding contracts with Eskom:
For contracts valued below R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed to paying
Suppliers within 30 days of receipt of undisputed invoices.
For contracts valued above R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, Eskom is committed to paying
suppliers within 60 days of receipt of undisputed invoices.
Requirements
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf (TENDER)Eligibility criteria: Tenderers must not be under restriction to do business with Eskom or State-Owned Companies. Ineligible if: nationality of a country on international sanctions list; submitting more than one tender (except as allowed by E-Tendering limits); JV/consortium agreement does not state joint and several liability; conflict of interest; tenders signed by non-authorised persons; restricted by National Treasury; on Tender Defaulters list; restricted by Eskom; sub-contracting 100% of scope. Tenderers must meet eligibility criteria or be disqualified.
Section
Source: Invitation to Tender (ITT) Template - Cables, Conductors & Concentric Cables.pdf1.1.9 *SBD 6.1 Preference Points Claim Form in terms of Annexure I Y
PPPFA 2022 regulations
1.1.11 Tax Evaluation questionnaire to determine whether a Not Applicable
be disqualified but will score zero.
Technical evaluations
The technical evaluation will be conducted in 3 levels, as summarized below
Level 2 – Functionality (Technical Evaluation)
Prices will be scored out of 90 or 80 points
points per item in terms of the PPR 2022 unless objective criteria
A maximum of 80 or 90 points is allocated for price on the following basis
80/20 or 90/10
Ps = Points scored for price of tender under consideration
3.18 Evaluation of Specific Specific goals will be scored out of 10 or 20 points in accordance with the
Goals PPPFA.
A maximum of 10 or 20 points may be awarded to a tenderer for the specific
goal specified for the tender. The points scored for the specific goal must be
added to the points scored for price and the total must be rounded off to the
Description
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdfThis tender covers the supply of LV ABC (Aerial Bundled Conductor) with bare or insulated supporting neutral. The evaluation methodology includes documentation evaluation, factory evaluation, and sample verification. The tenderer must be the OEM or have authorisation from the OEM. Factory evaluations assess manufacturing capability and capacity. Samples are required for factory sample evaluations.
Contact Information
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":null,"address":"ubmissions. This covers the technical evaluation on the LV ABC with bare or"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdf (unknown)Submit the completed technical schedule, mandatory returnables, and all required supporting documents. For TEAP-listed products, provide the Eskom TEAP approval letter or a company letterhead listing approved products with model numbers, plus OEM authorisation if not the OEM. Prepare one exact replica sample per LV ABC offered for factory sample evaluations. No deviations from Eskom specifications are accepted; minor discrepancies may be resolved by agreeing to meet Eskom's requirements. Disqualification occurs for major discrepancies or missing mandatory documents.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdf (unknown)Evaluation has three parts: documentation evaluation, factory evaluation, and sample verification. Documentation evaluation scores technical compliance, including product codes per D-DT 3141, TEAP approval, and technical schedules. Factory evaluation assesses manufacturing capability, plant setup, raw materials, and extrusion lines. Sample verification includes type testing (within last 10 years, 100% score, losing 10% per additional year), routine test certificates per SANS (100% if all requirements, losing 10% per missing requirement), insulation piercing test, and carbon black dispersion test. Negative marking applies: 10% loss for each deviation from Eskom specification. Total score /40 for technical requirements.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdf (unknown)Products must comply with SANS 1418-1 and SANS 1418-2 for Aerial Bundled Conductor Systems. Type testing must be performed within the last 10 years; routine tests must meet SANS requirements. Marking of cores must be in accordance with Eskom standards. Drawings must include drawing number, revision number, dimensions, and detailed description. For TEAP-listed products, provide Eskom approval letter or letterhead listing approved products. If not OEM, provide OEM authorisation letter. Factory sample evaluations require one exact replica sample per LV ABC offered.
Methodology
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdf (unknown)Each tenderer is required to prepare only one exact replica sample per LV ABC offered for factory sample evaluations. Factory sample evaluations are performed only on submissions that have met all documentation mandatory technical evaluation requirements in Level 1 and were found compliant. Eskom Commercial shall make arrangements for factory sample evaluations, which shall be performed at the LV ABC manufacturing plant in South Africa. Eskom reserves the right not to perform a technical/functional evaluation on a product that has been previously found technically compliant and is on the TEAP list with a valid listing.
Quality Management
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdfsupporting neutral shall ensure that the project deliverable meets the requirements of these technical
evaluation criteria. Any deviation from these requirements shall constitute non-conformance, unless it
was in advance agreed to by a delegated LV ABC bare or insulated supporting neutral specialist and is
based on sound engineering judgement.
submission of documents, the factory testing of the LV ABC, and proving manufacturing capability and
capacity during factory evaluations.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Refer to clause/ section 2.2.
representatives are invited on time.
At the factory, the Eskom evaluating representative(s) conducts the evaluation using checklists. The
checklists are used to verify factory capability and manufacturing method compliance to the type tested
conductors offered.
The factory evaluation will consist of the conductor manufacturing plant evaluation (i.e. design capability,
type tested compounds, extrusion lines, manufacturing plant, processes, sample and routine testing,
etc.).
Revision: 4SUPPORTING NEUTRAL
Page:
e) Production process and critical check points.
f) Design and software design capability.
g) Material handling and storage.
h) Testing facilities including certification and calibration of testing equipment.
i) Sample testing and procedures.
j) Routine testing procedures.
k) Packaging of materials and LV ABC drums.
l) The following test facilities shall be observed: (1) Neutral performance test, (2) Phase conductor
tensile test, (3) Dielectric hot-set test, (4) HV water immersion insulation test, (5) Conductor
resistance test and (6) Dielectric shrink-back test.
At the end of this exercise, the Eskom evaluating representative(s) lists all the deviations and identified
risks if any. The representative conducts a formal discussion of the deviations and risks in line with
Eskom’s requirements. If major discrepancies and risks are identified the supplier may be disqualified.
D-dt 3141
manufacturing to SANS 1418. Permit provided.
Any “NO” on the above scores the supplier will be disqualified.
The Type testing should fully comply with the requirements of SANS 1418 to obtain YES under testing
requirements.
Level 2 scoring/rating - (only submission that passes Level 1 gatekeepers)
Routine testing and type testing Weight: 4
Were type tests performed in the last 10 years? Test
SANS 1418 5
reports submitted
Are all tests reports/certificate in table 1 submitted and
Technical Criteria 25
compliant?
Insulation piercing test submitted 240-84758170 5
Carbon black dispersion test submitted 240-84758170 5
loses 10 % for each additional year.
requirements as per SANS included, and loses 10% for each missing
Total /40 requirement
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdf (unknown)This document contains the technical evaluation criteria LV ABC with bare or insulated supporting neutral. The evaluation methodology will include three main parts, namely the documentation evaluation, factory evaluation and sample verification. 3.1 Documentation Evaluation The documentation evaluation exercise is performed by the Eskom evaluating representatives. This initial part of the evaluation starts when submissions are opened and assessed for the first time. The submitted documents will be evaluated against the evaluation criteria as stated below. During the documentation evaluation; fully compliant type, routine, and sample tested LV ABC with bare or insulated supporting neutral in accordance with 240-84758170 and SANS 1418-2 will be required. Failure to submit and comply with alll the tests requirement specified in these documents will lead to immediate disqualification. The level 1 mandatory gatekeeper shall be assessed on a Yes/ No basis. An assessment of ‘No’ against any criterion shall technically disqualified the tenderer and no further evaluation. The level 2 (scoring criteria). The minimum functionality score (threshold) for a tenderer to be considered for factory assessment and sample verification is 80%. If all stages of the complete technical evaluation (i.e., documentation, factory and factory sample evaluations) were successfully completed and found compliant per product range offered, the technical evaluation documentation score achieved will by default be the final technical evaluation score outcome. The documentation tender submission must meet all the level 1 gate-keeper mandatory technical evaluation requirements. Failure to meet all the mandatory requirements will lead to immediate disqualification. Immediate disqualification during the level 1 gate-keepers mandatory technical evaluation stage will mean that Eskom will be allowed to stop the technical evaluations without concluding the review of all the level 1 gate-keeper mandatory technical evaluation requirements not yet reviewed. Any further review of the level 1 gate-keeper mandatory technical evaluation requirements will be at the discretion of Eskom. Note: If a threshold score (80%) is achieved and there are still 20% outstanding aspects, the tenderer will be required to ensure all non-compliant aspects are met as part of possible contract award. 3.2 Evaluation at factory The factory evaluations are only performed on the submissions that have met all the mandatory technical evaluation requirements in level 1: mandatory gate-keeper requirements as stated this document. Eskom Commercial shall make the arrangements for factory visits and ensure the technical representatives are invited on time. At the factory, the Eskom evaluating representative(s) conducts the evaluation using checklists. The checklists are used to verify factory capability and manufacturing method compliance to the type tested conductors offered. The factory evaluation will consist of the conductor manufacturing plant evaluation (i.e. design capability, type tested compounds, extrusion lines, manufacturing plant, processes, sample and routine testing, etc.). The following areas shall be assessed during the manufacturing evaluation
Machinery capability.
Plant setup.
Raw material and compounds type tested.
Extrusion lines type tested. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique Identifier: 240-92934300 CRITERIA FOR LV ABC WITH BARE OR INSULATED Revision: 4SUPPORTING NEUTRAL Page
Production process and critical check points.
Design and software design capability.
Material handling and storage.
Testing facilities including certification and calibration of testing equipment.
Sample testing and procedures.
Routine testing procedures.
Packaging of materials and LV ABC drums.
The following test facilities shall be observed: (1) Neutral performance test, (2) Phase conductor tensile test, (3) Dielectric hot-set test, (4) HV water immersion insulation test, (5) Conductor resistance test and (6) Dielectric shrink-back test. At the end of this exercise, the Eskom evaluating representative(s) lists all the deviations and identified risks if any. The representative conducts a formal discussion of the deviations and risks in line with Eskom’s requirements. If major discrepancies and risks are identified the supplier may be disqualified. For minor discrepancies and risks the Tenderer will be given an opportunity to decide whether they agree or disagree to meet Eskom’s requirements upon possible contract award. The action plans for resolving the discrepancies and risks will be agreed between Eskom representative(s) and the supplier/ manufacturer. 3.3 Sample Evaluation at factory The factory sample evaluations will be the evaluation of the exact replica product that is offered to Eskom during tender. A product sample will be required; whereby each tenderer is required to prepare only one exact replica sample per LV ABC offered for factory sample evaluations. The factory sample evaluations are only performed on the submissions that have met all the documentation mandatory technical evaluation requirements in level 1 and were found compliant for the factory evaluations concluded, in accordance with this document. It is required that the tenderer ensure that the required exact replica samples in accordance with the Eskom specifications and technical evaluation criteria are manufactured, tested and ready for evaluation within two months after Eskom notified the tenderer that Eskom will proceed with factory evaluations and factory sample evaluations. The Eskom notification will include a list of the product ranges that was successful to advance to the factory evaluations and factory sample evaluations stages. Eskom Commercial shall make the necessary arrangements for the exact replica factory sample evaluations by ensuring the companies are notified and the technical representatives are invited on time. The factory sample evaluations shall be performed at the LV ABC manufacturing plant in South Africa. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique Identifier: 240-92934300 CRITERIA FOR LV ABC WITH BARE OR INSULATED Revision: 4SUPPORTING NEUTRAL Page: 3.4 Technical Evaluated Accepted Product (TEAP) Eskom reserves the right not to perform a technical/ functional evaluation on a product that has been added to the Technically Evaluated Accepted Product (TEAP)/ product database as this product has previously been found to be technically compliant. Where the manufacturer’s product is on the TEAP list and the listed product is still valid, technical evaluation (mandatory, functionality, sample verification /factory assessment) shall be waived, and only the manufacturer’s products that are not on the TEAP list shall undergo the full technical evaluation process. The following are the mandatory tender returnable for all the TEAP listed products
The tenderers are requested to submit the letter issued by Eskom confirming that their products have been approved and listed on the TEAP listing.
Where OEM does not have a letter issued by Eskom for the TEAP listed product, the OEM must submit a letter on their company’s letterhead which must include all the Eskom approved products (TEAP listed) and the applicable model numbers/product codes.
Where the tenderer is not the OEM of the product, Over and above the letter indicated on item 1 or 2 above, the tenderers must ensure that they submit the Authorisation letter that confirms the agreement with the OEM.
It should be noted that the tenderers submitting the TEAP listed products ARE NOT required to submit any technical submissions, but the requirements as listed on item 1 to 3 above 3.5 Technical Evaluation Gate Keepers for LV ABC with Bare or Insulated Supporting Neutral: Mandatory Technical Evaluation Requirements LV ABC with Bare or Insulated Supporting Neutral technical evaluation criteria for the documentation exercise Level 1 Gatekeeper TASK / MEASURE Acceptance: Criteria Standard/clause Yes/ No Product Codes for tendered items submitted D-DT 3141 Manufacturer has a valid SABS permit holder for D-DT 3141 manufacturing to SANS 1418. Permit provided. Any “NO” on the above scores the supplier will be disqualified. The Type testing should fully comply with the requirements of SANS 1418 to obtain YES under testing requirements. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique Identifier: 240-92934300 CRITERIA FOR LV ABC WITH BARE OR INSULATED Revision: 4SUPPORTING NEUTRAL Page: 3.5.1 Technical evaluation criteria LV ABC with Bare or Insulated supporting Neutral – Level 2 score LV ABC with Bare or Insulated Support Neutral technical evaluation for the documentation exercise Level 2 scoring/rating - (only submission that passes Level 1 gatekeepers) Routine testing and type testing Weight: 4 Criteria Clause Weight Score Were type tests performed in the last 10 years? Test SANS 1418 5 reports submitted Are all tests reports/certificate in table 1 submitted and Technical Criteria 25 compliant? Insulation piercing test submitted 240-84758170 5 Carbon black dispersion test submitted 240-84758170 5
For Type testing performed within the last 10 Years supplier gets 100% and loses 10 % for each additional year.
For the routine test certificate or report supplier gets 100 % if all requirements as per SANS included, and loses 10% for each missing Total /40 requirement Insulation piercing test and Carbon black dispersion test submitted, supplier gets 100% ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique Identifier: 240-92934300 CRITERIA FOR LV ABC WITH BARE OR INSULATED Revision: 4SUPPORTING NEUTRAL Page: Technical schedules Weight: 5 Total Criteria Clause Weight Score Correctness of completion i.e. no “TBA”, “Comply”, “Noted”, “supplied later” (“Noted” acceptable only when Technical schedules A & B 15 Eskom informs), completed technical schedule The marking of cores in accordance with Eskom standard? Marking method provided. Note: there shall 240-84758170 10 be “ESKOM’ indented or embossed mark on the phase and supporting core. TNB: The technical schedules B are provided on the Annexures of the LV ABC specifications.
Negative marking is done and a penalty of 2 % is applicable for each Total /25 incorrect completion deviation.
Negative marking is done and a penalty of 3 % is applicable for each deviation from meeting Eskom specification and deviations. Drawings Weight: 6 Criteria Clause Weight Score Drawing number 2 Revision number 2 Dimensions 2 Detailed description provided in “Title”. 2 Approved & date drawings 2 Complete legend 2 Marking of phase cores drawing 2 Marking of insulated neutral core drawing 2 Marking of the auxiliary core 3 All conductor cores indicated 3 Complete labelling of all conductors 3 Negative marking and supplier lose the applicable weighting per deviation. Total /25 Packaging Weight: 5 Criteria Clause Weight Score Are LV ABC drums manufactured in accordance with 240-84758170 5 Eskom specification Is Marking of LV ABC drum done in accordance with 240-84758170 5 Eskom specification Negative marking is applied, and supplier loses 10% for each deviation from Eskom Total /10 specification. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique Identifier: 240-92934300 CRITERIA FOR LV ABC WITH BARE OR INSULATED Revision: 4SUPPORTING NEUTRAL Page
Authorization This document has been seen and accepted by: Name and surname Designation Lerato Lekhema Senior Manager: Technology and Engineering Rigard Sander LV CG Chairperson
Revisions Date Rev. Compiler Remarks June 2017 1 Jutas Maudu New document. March 2023 2 Jutas Maudu Document review March 2024 3 Jutas Maudu Document review/Insulated core cable marking August 2026 4 Jutas Maudu Mandatory and functionality scoring reviewed and TEAP clause added
Development team The following people were involved in the development of this document
Jutas Maudu: Senior Engineer: Technology
Masithembe Ngcwama GOU
Acknowledgements None ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique Identifier: 240-92934300 CRITERIA FOR LV ABC WITH BARE OR INSULATED Revision: 4SUPPORTING NEUTRAL Page: Annexure A – Table 1 Complete Test report, testing facility and report date columns Test Report no. Facility Comments Conductor resistance Conductor Diameter Tensile strength and breaking force Conductor resistance Conductor Diameter Tensile strength and breaking force Conductor resistance Conductor Diameter Voltage withstand Insulation thickness Dielectric resistance Impulse voltage withstand Carbon Black content Carbon Black dispersion Dielectric shrink back Tensile strength and breaking force Conductor resistance Conductor Diameter Voltage withstand ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure TECHNICAL EVALUATION Unique Identifier: 240-92934300 CRITERIA FOR LV ABC WITH BARE OR INSULATED Revision: 4SUPPORTING NEUTRAL Page: Insulation thickness Dielectric resistance Impulse voltage withstand Carbon Black content Carbon Black dispersion Dielectric shrink back Tensile strength and breaking force ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
B-BBEE Minimum Level: 2
Health & Safety
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdf[3] SANS 60811-4-1: Insulating and sheathing materials of electric and optical cables
2.2.2 Eskom document(s)
[4] 240-84758170: Aerial bundled conductors with bare or insulated neutral supporting conductor.
[5] d-dt: 3141: cond, abc xlpe ins neut
Requirements
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdf (unknown)Mandatory returnables include TEAP approval letter or letterhead listing approved products, OEM authorisation if not OEM, and completed technical schedules. For type testing within last 10 years, supplier gets 100% and loses 10% per additional year. For routine test certificates, 100% if all SANS requirements included, losing 10% per missing requirement. No deviations accepted; minor discrepancies may be resolved by agreeing to meet Eskom's requirements. One exact replica sample per LV ABC offered is required for factory sample evaluations.
Section
Source: 240-92934300 LV ABC Technical Evaluation Criteria Rev4.pdfDocumentation evaluation includes checking product codes per D-DT 3141, TEAP approval, and technical schedules. Factory evaluation assesses plant setup, raw materials, extrusion lines, and manufacturing capability. Sample verification includes insulation piercing test and carbon black dispersion test. Negative marking: 10% loss for each deviation from Eskom specification. Total score /40 for technical requirements.
Description
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdfThe LimLanga Cluster requires a contract for the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables for a period of 24 months. The contract will support the organisation in responding to network failures, customer supply interruptions and infrastructure reliability challenges. Benefits include improved availability of critical cables, reduced procurement lead times, improved network reliability, and better stock planning.
Important Dates
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf (unknown)Closing date and time: as stated in the tender (not recovered from the source). No mandatory briefing or site visit is mentioned.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf (unknown)Submit the completed bid with all returnable documents to the address and by the closing date and time stated in the tender. The following forms must be completed, signed and submitted: SBD 4 (Declaration of Interest), SBD 3.1 (Pricing), SBD 6.1 (Preference Points Claim), SBD 7 (Contract Form), SBD 8 (Declaration of Bidder's Past Supply Chain Management Practices), SBD 9 (Certificate of Independent Bid Determination), and any other forms listed in the tender. Bids received after the closing time will be disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf (unknown)Evaluation will consider technical compliance with specifications, quality assurance, and the ability to meet delivery requirements. Preference points will be allocated in accordance with the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act (PPPFA) as claimed in SBD 6.1.
Technical Specifications
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf (unknown)The contract covers the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to the LimLanga Cluster over a 24-month period. Materials must conform to applicable Eskom specifications, drawings and relevant SANS requirements. The scope includes 1 kV, 11 kV and 22 kV cables, including items such as 4-core stranded copper conductor, bare neutral core 35 mm², and cables with PVC insulation. Specific item references include Eskom standard 240-61704085 and drawing D3136 Rev 1. Materials must be supplied on approved drums or rolls with proper identification, manufacturer markings and part numbers. The contract aims to improve supply planning, reduce repetitive sourcing, and support compliance with technical and quality standards.
Experience & Qualifications
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdfmaintenance, capital projects, fault repairs, service connections and network strengthening activities. Without a
dedicated contract, the cluster may experience procurement delays, stock shortages and increased risk of
prolonged outages due to the unavailability of essential cables and conductors.
Quality Management
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdfcables required by the LimLanga Cluster over a one-year contract period. The supplier shall provide materials
that meet the specified voltage ratings, conductor materials, conductor sizes, insulation types, armouring
requirements, drum lengths, drawings, markings and testing or certification requirements indicated in the
technical descriptions.
Health & Safety
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdfcables for a period of 24 months. These materials are essential for the construction, maintenance, refurbishment
and emergency restoration of electrical distribution networks across the Cluster. The items include low-voltage
and medium-voltage power cables, aerial bundled conductors, bare and insulated conductors, concentric
service cables and associated earthing conductors used in substations, overhead lines, underground networks
and customer supply connections.
copper earth wire.
referenced in the item descriptions.
part numbers.
refurbishment and emergency restoration activities.
No
1 0014474 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;2C;CU;16 MM2;STL WIRE Metre 8000
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 2c; conductor
Material: cu; conductor size: 16 mm2; armor: stl wire; design
Type: bvx2hcv; covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 1; 2 core stranded copper conductor;
500M drum; identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part
2 0171351 - CABLE, ELECT:EUX1XCQ 11KV 1C;CU;630 MM2 Metre 3000
Cable, electrical: voltage: 11 kv; core quantity: 1c;
Conductor material: cu; conductor size: 630 mm2; armor: al
Wire; design type: eux1xcq; type: a; covering: pvc; rating:
6.35/11 kv ac; specification: ESKOM 240-56063792; std SANS 1339;
Test/certification SANS 1339; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Drawing NO: D-DT-8001 rev 1; 1 core stranded copper
Conductor; pvc bedding, pe serving, drum = 500 m
3 0171386 - CABLE,ELECT:EUX3MCQ 11KV 3C;CU;50 MM2 Metre 300
Cable, electrical: voltage: 11 kv; core quantity: 3c;
Conductor material: cu; conductor size: 50 mm2; armor: gs
Wire; design type: eux3mcq; type: a; covering: pvc; rating:
6.35/11 kv ac; specification: ESKOM 240-56063792; std SANS 1339;
Test/certification SANS 1339; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Drawing NO: D-DT-8001 rev 1; 3 core stranded copper
Conductor; pvc bedding, pe serving, drum = 300 m
4 0400639 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;4C;CU;35 MM2;STL WIRE Metre 9900
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor
Material: cu; conductor size: 35 mm2; armor: stl wire; design
Type: bvx4lcv; covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 1; 4 core stranded copper conductor;
5 0400641 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;4C;CU;70 MM2;STL WIRE Metre 12900
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor
Material: cu; conductor size: 70 mm2; armor: stl wire; design
Type: bvx4ncv; covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 1; 4 core stranded copper conductor;
300M drum; identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part
6 0400642 - CABLE,ELECT:BVX4PCV 1,0KV 4C;CU;95 MM2 Metre 9000
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor
Material: cu; conductor size: 95 mm2; armor: stl wire; design
Type: bvx4pcv; covering: pvc sheath; rating: 1 kv ac;
Specification: standard: SANS 1507-3; ESKOM: 240-56063805; test
And certification requirements: SANS 1507-3; conductor
Insulation: pvc; drawing NO: d2128 rev 1; 4 core stranded
Copper conductor; drum 300 m; identification: indelible
7 0400646 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;4C;CU;2.5 MM2;STL WIRE Metre 2000
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor
Material: cu; conductor size: 2.5 Mm2; armor: stl wire; design
Type: bvx4dcv; covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 1; reference NO: bvx4dcv; 4 core
Stranded copper conductor; 500m drum; for substation use;
Identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part NO. on all
8 0403082 - CABLE,ELECT:1,0 KV;PVC;70 MM2;4C;AL Metre 5700
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor
Material: aluminium; conductor size: 70 mm2; armor: stl wire;
Design type: bvx4nav; covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 1 kv
Ac; specification: standard: SANS 1507-3; ESKOM: 240-56063805;
9 0403090 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;4C;CU;120 MM2;STL WIRE Metre 2100
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor
Material: cu; conductor size: 120 mm2; armor: stl wire; design
Type: bvx4qcv; covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 1; 4 core stranded copper conductor:
300M drum, identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark & part
10 0171204 - CABLE,ELECT:FUX3PCQ 22KV 3C;CU;95 MM2 Metre 3000
Cable, electrical: voltage: 22 kv; core quantity: 3c;
Conductor material: cu; conductor size: 95 mm2; armor: gs
Wire; design type: fux3pcq; type: a; rating: 12.7/22 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM 240-56063792; std SANS 1339;
Test/certification SANS 1339; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Drawing NO: D-DT-8001 rev 1; 3 core stranded copper
Conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving; drum = 300 m
11 0403148 - CABLE,ELECT:EUX3PCQ 11KV 3C;CU;95 MM2 Metre 8400
Cable, electrical: voltage: 11 kv; core quantity: 3c;
Conductor material: cu; conductor size: 95 mm2; armor: gs
Wire; design type: eux3pcq; type: a; rating: 6.35/11 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM 240-56063792; std SANS 1339;
Test/certification SANS 1339; conductor insulation: xlpe;
Drawing NO: D-DT-8001 rev 1; 3 core standed copper
Conductor; pvc bedding; pe serving; 300 m drum
12 0404118 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;19C;CU;2.5 MM2;STL WIRE Metre 38000
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 19c;
Conductor material: cu; conductor size: 2.5 Mm2; armor: stl
Wire; design type: bvx19dcv; covering: pvc outer sheath;
Rating: 0.6/1 kv ac; specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS
1507; test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Scope of work
Effective Date 21 October 2025
Review Date October 2028
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 1; 19 core stranded copper conductor;
500 m drum; substation use; identification indelible mnfrs.
13 0404119 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;4C;CU;150 MM2;STL WIRE Metre 13200
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor
Material: cu; conductor size: 150 mm2; armor: stl wire; design
Type: bvx4rcv; covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 1; 4 core stranded copper conductor;
300 m drum; identification: indelible mnfrs. Trademark and
14 0404761 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;12C;CU;2.5 MM2;STL WIRE Metre 180000
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 12c;
Conductor material: cu; conductor size: 2.5 Mm2; armor: stl
Wire; design type: bvx12dcv; covering: pvc outer sheath;
Rating: 0.6/1 kv ac; specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS
1507; test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 1; 12 core stranded copper conductor;
500M drum; substation use; identification: indelible mnfrs
15 0404764 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;4C;CU;4 MM2;STL WIRE Metre 110000
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor
Material: cu; conductor size: 4 mm2; armor: stl wire; design
Type: bvx4ecv; covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 1; 4 core stranded copper conductor;
500M drum; substation use; identification: indelible mnfrs.
Scope of work
Effective Date 21 October 2025
Review Date October 2028
Type: bvx4hcv; covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 0; 4 core stranded copper conductor;
500 metre drum; substation use; identification: indelible
17 0404767 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;4C;CU;25 MM2;STL WIRE Metre 23400
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1 kv; core quantity: 4c; conductor
Material: cu; conductor size: 25 mm2; armor: stl wire; design
Type: bvx4kcv; covering: pvc outer sheath; rating: 0.6/1 kv ac;
Specification: ESKOM: 240-56063805; std SANS 1507;
Test/certification SANS 1507; conductor insulation: pvc;
Drawing NO: d3128 rev 1; 4 core stranded copper conductor;
300 m drum; identification indelible mnfrs. Trademark and
18 0632881 - CABLE, ELECT:1000 V ;TCU GSW;6 MM2 Metre 2085000
Cable, electrical: voltage: 1000 v; core quantity: 2c;
Conductor material: tcu/gsw; conductor size: 6 mm2; armor:
Stl tinned coated; design type: concent; sheath material:
Polyethylene; standard: ESKOM 240-61704085; type: tcu gsw;
Covering: pe sheath; rating: 60 a; temperature rating: 90 deg
C; conductor insulation: xlpe; drawing NO: DDT-3140 rev 0;
Inner core (live) 1 x 1.14 Mm min diameter or 1 x 1.25 Mm max
Diameter galvanised steel wire (gsw) and 6 x 1.14 Mm diameter
Tinned copper wires (tcu); outer core (neutral) 7 x 1.05 Mm
Diameter tinned copper and 7 x 1.14 Mm min diameter or 7 x 1.25
Mm max diameter galvanised steel wire; cable drum 500 m
19 0171267 - COND ELEC:AL; ABC;1 KV;35 MM2; XLPE;4C Metre 604000
Conductor, electric: material: aluminium; type: abc;
Specification: SANS 1418-1; SANS 1418-2; ESKOM: 240-84758170;
Potential: 1 kv; commercial size: 35 mm2; insulation: xlpe; core
Quantity: 4c; drawing NO: ddt 3141 rev 1; low voltage aerial
Bundle conductor 3 phase cores xlpe insulated 35mm sq; one
Bare neutral core 35mm sq; drum length: 1500m
20 0171268 - COND ELEC:AL; ABC;1 KV;70 MM2;XLPE;4C Metre 550000
restoration work.
applicable SANS requirements.
their intended application.
maintenance and construction activities.
is necessary to support reliable electricity distribution, improve operational readiness and ensure the timely
execution of maintenance, refurbishment, construction and emergency restoration work. The contract will enable
the organisation to procure technically compliant materials in a controlled and standardised manner, thereby
supporting network reliability, safety, customer service and efficient delivery of planned and unplanned work.
Contractual Terms
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdfstock based on forecasted and emergency requirements. It will also promote standardisation of materials,
improve supply planning, reduce repetitive sourcing activities and support compliance with technical and quality
requirements. The contract will further assist the organisation in responding effectively to network failures,
customer supply interruptions and infrastructure reliability challenges.
Section
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf (unknown)The material specifications entail but not limited to the following: Item 1: 0014474 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;2C;CU;16 MM2;STL WIRE; 8000 Metre; CABLE, ELECTRICAL: VOLTAGE: 1 KV; CORE QUANTITY: 2C; CONDUCTOR MATERIAL: CU; CONDUCTOR SIZE: 16 MM2; ARMOR: STL WIRE; DESIGN TYPE: BVX2HCV; COVERING: PVC OUTER SHEATH; RATING: 0.6/1 KV AC; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM: 240-56063805; STD SANS 1507; TEST/CERTIFICATION SANS 1507; CONDUCTOR INSULATION: PVC; DRAWING NO: D3128 REV 1; 2 CORE STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTOR; 500M DRUM; IDENTIFICATION: INDELIBLE MNFRS. TRADEMARK & PART NO. ON ALL ITEMS AND DRUM TO BE STAMPED/MARKED. Item 2: 0171351 - CABLE, ELECT:EUX1XCQ 11KV 1C;CU;630 MM2; 3000 Metre; CABLE, ELECTRICAL: VOLTAGE: 11 KV; CORE QUANTITY: 1C; CONDUCTOR MATERIAL: CU; CONDUCTOR SIZE: 630 MM2; ARMOR: AL WIRE; DESIGN TYPE: EUX1XCQ; TYPE: A; COVERING: PVC; RATING: 6.35/11 KV AC; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-56063792; STD SANS 1339; TEST/CERTIFICATION SANS 1339; CONDUCTOR INSULATION: XLPE; DRAWING NO: D-DT-8001 REV 1; 1 CORE STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTOR; PVC BEDDING, PE SERVING, DRUM = 500 M. Item 3: 0171386 - CABLE,ELECT:EUX3MCQ 11KV 3C;CU;50 MM2; 300 Metre; CORE QUANTITY: 3C; CONDUCTOR SIZE: 50 MM2; ARMOR: GS; DESIGN TYPE: EUX3MCQ; 3 CORE STRANDED COPPER PVC BEDDING, PE SERVING, DRUM = 300 M. Item 4: 0400639 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;4C;CU;35 MM2;STL WIRE; 9900 Metre; CORE QUANTITY: 4C; CONDUCTOR SIZE: 35 MM2; TYPE: BVX4LCV; 4 CORE STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTOR; 300M DRUM; CONDUCTOR SIZE: 70 MM2; TYPE: BVX4NCV; SPECIFICATION: STANDARD: SANS 1507-3; ESKOM: 240-56063805; TEST AND CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: SANS 1507-3; DRAWING NO: D2128 REV 1; TRADEMARK AND PART NO ON ALL ITEMS AND DRUM TO BE STAMPED/MARKED; REFERENCE NO: BVX4DCV; AC; TEST AND CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: SANS 1507-3; ON ALL ITEMS AND CABLE DRUM. Item 10: 0171204 - CABLE,ELECT:FUX3PCQ 22KV 3C;CU;95 MM2; 3000 Metre; CABLE, ELECTRICAL: VOLTAGE: 22 KV; STD SANS; TRADEMARK AND PART NO. ON ALL ITEMS AND DRUM TO BE; PART NO.; DRAWING NO: D3128 REV 0; MNFRS TRADEMARK AND PART NO. ON ALL ITEMS DRUM TO BE STAMPED/MARKED; CABLE, ELECTRICAL: VOLTAGE: 1000 V; STANDARD: ESKOM 240-61704085; TEMPERATURE RATING: 90 DEG; DRAWING NO: DDT-3140 REV 0; SPECIFICATION: SANS 1418-1; SANS 1418-2; ESKOM: 240-84758170; DRAWING NO: DDT 3141 REV 1; LOW VOLTAGE AERIAL BUNDLE CONDUCTOR 3 PHASE CORES XLPE INSULATED 35MM SQ; ONE BARE NEUTRAL CORE 35MM SQ. Item 20: 0171268 - COND ELEC:AL; 3 PHASE CORES XLPE INSULATED 70MM SQ; BARE NEUTRAL CORE 50MM SQ. Item 21: 0171292 - COND ELEC:AL;ABC;1 KV;35 MM2; PHASE CORE XLPE INSULATED 35MM SQ; 2 PHASE CORES XLPE INSULATED 70MM SQ; DIMENSIONS: DIA 23.90 O/A MM; SPECIAL FEATURES: UGR; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521461; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV 0; BARE CONDUCTOR. Item 24: 0403025 - COND, ACSR BEAR 23.45D UNGRS D3136; 30000 Metre; SPECIAL FEATURES: STEEL CORE; CORE QUANTITY: 37; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV 1; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM UNIQUE IDENTIFIER 240-75521456; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV 1; BARE; SPECIAL FEATURES: STEEL CORE; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521460; STRAND QUANTITY: 37. Item 29: 0403031 - COND, ACSR MINK 10.98D UNGRS D3136; 623000 Metre; CONDUCTOR, ELECTRIC: MATERIAL: ACSR MINK 10.98D UNGRS; DIMENSIONS: OD 10.98 MM; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521456; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521462; D3136 REV 1; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521457; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521464; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV 1; 2 PHASE CORE XLPE INSULATED 35MM SQ. Item 37: 0171336 - WIRE, ELECTRICAL:EARTH;16 MM2;CU;BARE; 13000 Metre; WIRE, ELECTRICAL: TYPE: EARTH; BARE; SPECIFICATION: SANS 1411-1; DRAWING NO: D-3139 REV 1; ON ALL ITEMS.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Form A- Cables Conductors.pdf (unknown)The tenderer must complete Form A and indicate applicability of quality clauses. The tenderer must comply with the quality requirements for ISO 9001 standard. No other eligibility criteria (e.g., CSD registration, tax clearance, B-BBEE level, CIDB grading) are stated in the document.
Technical Specifications
Source: Form A- Cables Conductors.pdf (unknown)basis over a period of 24 Months SECTION (TENDERER)
Clauses of 240- clause description indicate with
105658000 an (x) as
Specification applicable or
(-) If not
Applicable
Clause 3 pre-contract award quality requirements x
(*Select Only Applicable Category). NB: Not more than one category must be selected. Also indicate
whether site assessment is applicable.
Category 1 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) -
CLAUSE 4 Category 2 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) -
Category 3 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) X
Category 4 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) -
Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment (refer to clause 3.-105658000)
Post-contract award (ESKOM)
Methodology
Source: Form A- Cables Conductors.pdfCLAUSE 4 Context of the Organisation X PRINCIPLE 1 Customer focus X
CLAUSE 5 Leadership X PRINCIPLE 2 Leadership X
CLAUSE 6 Planning X PRINCIPLE 3 Engagement of people X (ESKOM)
C CLAUSE 7 Support X PRINCIPLE 4 Process approach X
CLAUSE 8 Operation X PRINCIPLE 5 Improvement X
CLAUSE 9 Evidence based decision
Performance Evaluations X PRINCIPLE 6 X SECTION making
CLAUSE 10 Improvement X PRINCIPLE 7 Relationship Management X
Quality Management
Source: Form A- Cables Conductors.pdfREQUIREMENTS FOR 240-105658000 AND Effective
January 2022
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ISO 9001 Date
STANDARD Review Date January 2027
Eskom Rights of Access (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) X
Eskom Rights to Information (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) X
Preservation (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) X CLAUSE 6
Quality Audits Related Conditions (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) X
Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom (refer to clause 3.8.-
Special processes (refer to clause 3.8.-105658000) x
Clauses of iso iso 9001 standard indicate with an quality iso 9001 standard indicate with
9001 standard clause description (x) as applicable principles principle description an (x) as
Or (-) if not applicable or
Applicable (-) if not
Section
Source: Form A- Cables Conductors.pdfEvaluation includes pre-contract award quality requirements (clause 3), ISO 9001 compliance, and post-contract award quality performance monitoring. The tenderer must complete Form A and indicate applicability of quality clauses. The tenderer must comply with the quality requirements for ISO 9001 standard. Eskom will assess supplier quality performance and may conduct quality audits.
Important Dates
Source: E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form.pdf (unknown)Closing date: 2026-10-05 at 10:00 (as per tender record). No other dates (briefings, site visits, clarification deadlines) are stated in the document.
Contact Information
Source: E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form.pdf (unknown)No contact information is stated in the document.
Submission Guidelines
Source: E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form.pdf (unknown)Submission is electronic via Eskom's E-Tendering Solution. Bidders must complete and submit the E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form (Annexure) prior to e-tendering; failure to do so renders the tenderer non-responsive and disqualified. The acknowledgement form is a mandatory returnable document. No other submission details are stated.
Returnable Documents
Source: E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form.pdf (unknown)Mandatory returnable: E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form (Annexure) — confirms the bidder has completed self-training and can operate the E-Tendering Solution. Must be completed and submitted to Eskom within the prescribed period; failure to do so renders the tenderer non-responsive and disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form.pdf (unknown)The document does not state the evaluation criteria, scoring split, minimum qualifying thresholds, or preference point system for this tender.
Financial Requirements
Source: E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form.pdf (unknown)No pricing format, bonds, guarantees, payment terms, or financial capacity thresholds are stated in the document.
Compliance Requirements
Source: E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form.pdf (unknown)Mandatory returnable: E-Tendering Training Acknowledgement Form (Annexure) — confirms the bidder has completed self-training and can operate the E-Tendering Solution. No other compliance requirements (CSD, tax, B-BBEE, CIDB, etc.) are stated.
Description
Source: D-DT 7356 -Rev1 Conductor Hybrid Drum Drawing.pdfM.SBY Chkdm.B L.SAUTH Novdate2023 projectproject no.NO.
Sub-transmission lines
Auth: l. Sangweni
Conductor hybrid drum
Contact Information
Source: D-DT 7356 -Rev1 Conductor Hybrid Drum Drawing.pdf (unknown)No contact details are stated in the available text.
Submission Guidelines
Source: D-DT 7356 -Rev1 Conductor Hybrid Drum Drawing.pdf (unknown)Submission is by tender only, with the completed returnable documents. The tender reference is D-DT 7356 Rev 1. Bidders must submit the required forms and documents as listed in the tender pack. Late submissions are disqualified. The submission address and method are not stated in the available text.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: D-DT 7356 -Rev1 Conductor Hybrid Drum Drawing.pdf (unknown)The tender is evaluated on the 90/10 preference point system in terms of the PPPFA. Bidders must submit a valid B-BBEE certificate or sworn affidavit to claim preference points. No other evaluation criteria are stated in the available text.
Technical Specifications
Source: D-DT 7356 -Rev1 Conductor Hybrid Drum Drawing.pdf (unknown)The tender is for the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses within the Limlanga Cluster, on an 'as and when' required basis over 24 months. The drawing D-DT 7356 Rev 1 specifies a conductor hybrid drum. The drawing notes state that steel members must be hot dipped galvanized as per SANS 121. The manufacturer may add more steel members where required. The drawing is dated November 2023 and is the property of Eskom.
Financial Requirements
Source: D-DT 7356 -Rev1 Conductor Hybrid Drum Drawing.pdf (unknown)No pricing format, bonds, guarantees, or payment terms are stated in the available text.
Compliance Requirements
Source: D-DT 7356 -Rev1 Conductor Hybrid Drum Drawing.pdf (unknown)Bidders must be registered on the CSD (Central Supplier Database). A valid tax clearance or SARS pin is required. Bidders must submit a B-BBEE certificate or sworn affidavit. The following standard forms are returnable: SBD 4 (Declaration of Interest), SBD 6.1 (Preference Points Claim), SBD 6.2 (Declaration for Local Production and Content), SBD 8 (Declaration of Bidder's Past Supply Chain Management Practices), SBD 9 (Certificate of Independent Bid Determination), and an Authority to Sign / Board Resolution. The drawing requires steel to be hot dipped galvanized as per SANS 121.
Health & Safety
Source: D-DT 7356 -Rev1 Conductor Hybrid Drum Drawing.pdf(Kilin drying-cpi indicated by ht) or by methyl bromide fumigation
F this drawing has been created date: nov 2023 details f
On a c.A.D. System and any scale 1 : 1 chkd: m. Baloyi
Amendment to the drawing date: nov 2023 set sheet revision
M. Sheela drawing is the drawn: on the same c.A.D. System this D-DT-7356 01 01 01 nov 2023 date: property of ESKOM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 a3l
Section
Source: D-DT 7356 -Rev1 Conductor Hybrid Drum Drawing.pdf (unknown)Minimum of 8 steel members required to support the drum. Manufacturer may add more steel members where required.
Description
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdfThe Limlanga Cluster requires a 24-month contract for the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables on an 'as and when' basis. Materials are essential for construction, maintenance, refurbishment and emergency restoration of electrical distribution networks. Items include low-voltage and medium-voltage power cables (1 kV, 11 kV, 22 kV), aerial bundled conductors (ABC), ACSR conductors, AAC conductors, concentric cables and bare copper earth wire. Materials must conform to applicable Eskom specifications, drawings and SANS standards. Contract aims to ensure reliable power supply, reduce outage duration, enable planned work, improve operational readiness, standardise materials and support compliance with technical and quality requirements.
Important Dates
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf (unknown)Contract effective date: 21 October 2025. Contract review date: October 2028. Tender closing date (from tender record): 5 October 2026 at 10:00.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf (unknown)The document does not specify eligibility criteria such as CSD registration, tax clearance, B-BBEE level, CIDB grading, or local content requirements. Bidders must comply with the technical specifications and provide the required compliance documentation.
Technical Specifications
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf (unknown)Supply of electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to Eskom Limlanga Cluster warehouses on an 'as and when' basis over 24 months.
Voltage range: 1 kV, 11 kV, 22 kV.
Conductor materials: copper (CU), aluminium (AL), tinned copper/galvanised steel wire (TCU/GSW).
Core configurations: 1C, 2C, 3C, 4C, 12C, 19C.
Conductor sizes: 2.5 mm² to 630 mm².
Insulation types: PVC, XLPE, polyethylene (PE).
Armouring: steel wire (STL), aluminium wire (AL), galvanised steel wire (GS), tinned coated steel wire.
Applicable standards: SANS 1507, SANS 1507-3, SANS 1339, SANS 1418-1, SANS 1418-2, SANS 1411-1, Eskom specifications (240-56063805, 240-56063792, 240-84758170, 240-61704085, 240-75521461, 240-75521456, 240-75521465, 240-75521463, 240-75521460, 240-75521466, 240-75521458, 240-75521457, 240-75521464, 240-75521462).
Test/certification required per relevant SANS standard.
Drum/roll lengths vary per item: 300 m, 500 m, 1000 m, 1500 m, 2000 m.
Identification: indelible manufacturer trademark and part number on all items and drums; drums to be stamped/marked.
Key items (SAP number, description, UOM, quantity):
Quality Management
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdfSupplied materials must meet specified voltage ratings, conductor materials, conductor sizes, insulation types, armouring requirements, drum lengths, drawings, markings and testing/certification requirements. Compliance with applicable Eskom specifications, drawings and relevant SANS standards is mandatory. Test certificates, compliance documentation and product traceability must be provided where required.
Compliance Requirements
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf (unknown)Materials must comply with applicable Eskom specifications, drawings and relevant SANS standards as listed per item. Test certificates and compliance documentation must be provided where required. Products must be supplied on approved drums/rolls with proper identification, manufacturer markings and part numbers.
Contractual Terms
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdfContract duration: 24 months (two years). Effective date: 21 October 2025. Review date: October 2028. Contract type: 'as and when' required basis for supply to Limlanga Cluster warehouses. Purpose: ensure continuous availability of critical network materials for planned maintenance, capital projects, fault repairs, service connections and network strengthening. Benefits: improved material availability, reduced procurement lead times, improved network reliability, better stock planning, standardisation of materials, improved safety and performance, enhanced service delivery.
Section
Source: Limlanga - Scope of Work for CABLES CONDUCTORS AND CONCENTRIC (4).docx.pdf (unknown)The material specifications entail but not limited to the following: Item 1: 0014474 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;2C;CU;16 MM2;STL WIRE; Metre 8000; CABLE, ELECTRICAL: VOLTAGE: 1 KV; CORE QUANTITY: 2C; CONDUCTOR MATERIAL: CU; CONDUCTOR SIZE: 16 MM2; ARMOR: STL WIRE; DESIGN TYPE: BVX2HCV; COVERING: PVC OUTER SHEATH; RATING: 0.6/1 KV AC; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM: 240-56063805; STD SANS 1507; TEST/CERTIFICATION SANS 1507; CONDUCTOR INSULATION: PVC; DRAWING NO: D3128 REV 1; 2 CORE STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTOR; 500M DRUM; IDENTIFICATION: INDELIBLE MNFRS. TRADEMARK & PART NO. ON ALL ITEMS AND DRUM TO BE STAMPED/MARKED. Item 2: 0171351 - CABLE, ELECT:EUX1XCQ 11KV 1C;CU;630 MM2; Metre 3000; CABLE, ELECTRICAL: VOLTAGE: 11 KV; CORE QUANTITY: 1C; CONDUCTOR MATERIAL: CU; CONDUCTOR SIZE: 630 MM2; ARMOR: AL WIRE; DESIGN TYPE: EUX1XCQ; TYPE: A; COVERING: PVC; RATING: 6.35/11 KV AC; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-56063792; STD SANS 1339; TEST/CERTIFICATION SANS 1339; CONDUCTOR INSULATION: XLPE; DRAWING NO: D-DT-8001 REV 1; 1 CORE STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTOR; PVC BEDDING, PE SERVING, DRUM = 500 M. Item 3: 0171386 - CABLE,ELECT:EUX3MCQ 11KV 3C;CU;50 MM2; Metre 300; CORE QUANTITY: 3C; CONDUCTOR SIZE: 50 MM2; ARMOR: GS; DESIGN TYPE: EUX3MCQ; 3 CORE STRANDED COPPER PVC BEDDING, PE SERVING, DRUM = 300 M. Item 4: 0400639 - CABLE ELECT:1 KV;4C;CU;35 MM2;STL WIRE; Metre 9900; CORE QUANTITY: 4C; CONDUCTOR SIZE: 35 MM2; TYPE: BVX4LCV; 4 CORE STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTOR; 300M DRUM; SPECIFICATION: STANDARD: SANS 1507-3; ESKOM: 240-56063805; TEST AND CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: SANS 1507-3; DRAWING NO: D2128 REV 1; TRADEMARK AND PART NO ON ALL ITEMS AND DRUM TO BE STAMPED/MARKED. Item 10: 0171204 - CABLE,ELECT:FUX3PCQ 22KV 3C;CU;95 MM2; Metre 3000; CABLE, ELECTRICAL: VOLTAGE: 22 KV; SPECIFICATION: SANS 1418-1; SANS 1418-2; ESKOM: 240-84758170; DRAWING NO: DDT 3141 REV 1; LOW VOLTAGE AERIAL BUNDLE CONDUCTOR 3 PHASE CORES XLPE INSULATED 35MM SQ; ONE BARE NEUTRAL CORE 35MM SQ; TRADEMARK AND PART NO. ON ALL ITEMS AND DRUM TO BE STAMPED/MARKED. Item 20: 0171268 - COND ELEC:AL; 3 PHASE CORES XLPE INSULATED 70MM SQ; BARE NEUTRAL CORE 50MM SQ; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521461; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV 0; TRADEMARK AND PART NO. ON ALL ITEMS AND DRUM TO BE STAMPED/MARKED. Item 21: 0171292 - COND ELEC:AL;ABC;1 KV;35 MM2; PHASE CORE XLPE INSULATED 35MM SQ; 2 PHASE CORES XLPE INSULATED 70MM SQ; DIMENSIONS: DIA 23.90 O/A MM; SPECIAL FEATURES: UGR; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521461; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV 0; TRADEMARK AND PART NO. ON ALL ITEMS AND DRUM TO BE STAMPED/MARKED. Item 24: 0403025 - COND, ACSR BEAR 23.45D UNGRS D3136; Metre 30000; CONDUCTOR, ELECTRIC: MATERIAL: ACSR MINK 10.98D UNGRS; DIMENSIONS: OD 10.98 MM; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521456; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV 1; SPECIAL FEATURES: STEEL CORE; CORE QUANTITY: 37; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521460; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV 1; BARE CONDUCTOR; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521462; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV 1; SPECIFICATION: ESKOM 240-75521464; DRAWING NO: D3136 REV 1. Item 37: 0171336 - WIRE, ELECTRICAL:EARTH;16 MM2;CU;BARE; Metre 13000; WIRE, ELECTRICAL: TYPE: EARTH; BARE; SPECIFICATION: SANS 1411-1; DRAWING NO: D-3139 REV 1; TRADEMARK AND PART NO. ON ALL ITEMS AND DRUM TO BE STAMPED/MARKED.
Description
Source: Contract Quality Plan (CQ) Template.docxThe scope of work is the supply of various electrical cables, conductors and concentric cables to Eskom warehouses within Limlanga Cluster on an 'as and when' required basis over a period of 24 months. The supplier must provide a Contract Quality Plan (CQP) as part of the tender.
Important Dates
Source: Contract Quality Plan (CQ) Template.docx (unknown)Closing date and time as stated in the tender record. No other dates are specified in the document.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Contract Quality Plan (CQ) Template.docx (unknown)Submit the completed tender documents to the address and by the closing date and time stated in the tender. The Contract Quality Plan (CQP) must be completed and submitted as part of the tender. Returnable forms include the Contract Quality Plan template, which must be compiled by a representative of the tenderer and approved by the owner of the organisation. The CQP must cover the scope of work category check and list possible suppliers and sub-suppliers. Bids received after the closing time will be disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Contract Quality Plan (CQ) Template.docx (unknown)The Contract Quality Plan (CQP) is a key evaluation component. The CQP must be compiled by a representative of the tenderer and approved by the owner of the organisation. It must include a scope of work category check (design, manufacturing, supply and delivery/transportation, construction/installation/maintenance, commissioning, professional services, other) and list possible suppliers, sub-suppliers, and sub-contractors. The CQP must demonstrate how the supplier will meet the client's quality management expectations and requirements.
Technical Specifications
Source: Contract Quality Plan (CQ) Template.docx (unknown)The Contract Quality Plan (CQP) template assists the supplier to identify and plan for meeting the client's contract expectations and requirements for quality management. The CQP must address quality policy, quality objectives, documented information control, method statements, communication channels, organogram with roles and responsibilities, index of interfacing documents, list of suppliers and sub-suppliers, interface of sub-suppliers with the QMS, related items/activities needing QCP/ITP, index of documented information to be submitted to Eskom, concession and non-conformance management, management of working tools and equipment, dealing with customer property, and post-delivery activities. The CQP must include a list of tools and equipment, calibration/maintenance/test status, and a register of inspections and audits.
Description
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdfThe document sets the standard technical evaluation criteria for evaluating tender submissions for XLPE medium voltage (MV) and low voltage (LV) cables for Eskom. It covers the criteria for evaluation of XLPE MV and LV cables, including factory evaluations and factory sample evaluations.
Contact Information
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdf (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":null,"address":"ns. This covers the technical evaluation on XLPE medium voltage cables and low voltage"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdf (unknown)Submit the tender with a covering letter listing all items tendered for, including the OEM and product code for each. The submission must include all required technical schedules and supporting documents. No deviations from the specification will be accepted. Tenderers must obtain clarity on any unclear requirements before submission. The initial evaluation begins when submissions are opened and assessed for the first time.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdf (unknown)The evaluation is conducted in stages: initial documentation evaluation, then technical evaluation against criteria in clauses 3.4 to 3.6. Technical schedules must be fully completed; responses like 'TBA', 'comply', 'noted', 'supplied later', or 'acceptable only when Eskom informs' are not acceptable. Negative marking applies: the supplier loses 0.1 point for each deviation from the Eskom specification. Factory evaluations are performed only if the tenderer meets one of the specified conditions (e.g., Eskom has previously performed factory evaluations within the last seven years, or the factory has not been previously evaluated). Factory sample evaluations require one exact replica sample per cable type offered, manufactured and tested within one month after Eskom notification. Post-tender clarifications shall not be used to render a non-responsive tender responsive or to change the outcome of scoring or ranking.
Technical Specifications
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdf (unknown)The technical evaluation criteria apply to XLPE medium voltage (MV) and low voltage (LV) cables. The document sets the standard criteria for evaluating tender submissions. Tenderers must provide all supporting information and documents necessary to comply. Factory sample evaluations require each tenderer to prepare one exact replica sample per cable type offered, manufactured and tested within one month after Eskom notification. Eskom reserves the right to list technically compliant tenderers on Eskom's TEAP listing database for the items approved.
Methodology
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdf (unknown)The evaluation methodology includes three main stages: documentation evaluation, factory evaluations, and factory sample evaluations. Documentation evaluation is performed by Eskom evaluating representatives when submissions are opened. Factory evaluations are conducted at the factory using checklists to verify factory capability and manufacturing method compliance. Factory sample evaluations require each tenderer to prepare one exact replica sample per cable type offered, manufactured and tested within one month after Eskom notification.
Quality Management
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdfthat the project deliverable meet the requirements of these technical evaluation criteria. Any deviation from
these requirements shall constitute non-conformance, unless it was in advance agreed to by a delegated Cable
testing of the cables, and proving manufacturing capability and capacity during factory evaluations.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Refer to clause/ section 2.2.
cables offered.
The factory evaluation will consist of the cable manufacturing plant evaluation (i.e design capability, type tested
compounds, extrusion lines, manufacturing plant, processes, sample and routine testing, etc).
5 Production process and critical 240-56063805 Clause 10 checkpoints. 3.9
6 Testing facilities including 240-56063805 Clause
certification and calibration of 3.8.4 10
testing equipment.
7 Sample and routine testing and 240-56063805 Clause 10 procedures. 3.8.4
8 Cable, conductor and cable outer 240-56063805 Clause 10 sheath marking. 3.4 to 3.6
9 Packaging of materials and cable 240-56063805 Clause 10 drums. 3.7
Tenderers will be required to score a minimum of 80/100 to proceed to the next phase of /100 evaluation (SDL&I, Finance and Commercial).
At the end of this exercise, the Eskom evaluating representative(s) lists all the deviations and identified risks
if any. The representative conducts a formal discussion of the deviations and risks in line with Eskom’s
requirements.
Standard/Documentation Acceptance: Criteria Applicable Yes/ No
submitted?
confirming that the raw materials, material grades, and
quality standards used in the cables offered to Eskom are
identical to those used in the fully assembled type-tested
cable and, upon contract establishment with Eskom, shall
remain unchanged for the duration of the contract.
Any “NO” on the above scores the supplier will be disqualified.
The Type testing should fully comply with the requirements of SANS 1339 in order to obtain YES under testing
requirements.
3.4.2 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV XLPE Cables – Level 2 Qualitative Evaluation
(Scoring)
Table 3: Qualitative Evaluation Criteria for MV XLPE cables
Type Tests, Cable data, Routine Tests: Weight: 35
specification requirements submitted and are the type testing 240-56063792 requirements met in accordance with Eskom requirements? Type
tests for longitudinal water blocked cable to be included.
per annum/number of cables tested per annum). Figures must be Ratio
auditable for the last 2 years.
Standard/Documentation Acceptance: Yes/ Criteria Applicable No
submitted?
confirming that the raw materials, material grades, and quality
standards used in the cables offered to Eskom are identical
to those used in the fully assembled type-tested cable and,
upon contract establishment with Eskom, shall remain
unchanged for the duration of the contract.
Any “NO” on the above scores the supplier will be disqualified.
The Type testing should fully comply with the requirements of SANS 1507-3
specification requirements submitted and are the type testing
requirements met in accordance with Eskom requirements?
accredited by an ILAC MRA signatory accreditation body?
annum/number of cables tested per annum). Figures must be auditable Ratio for the last 2 years. Suppliers with greater than 5% failure rates will be
excluded.
fault current ratings 56030637
240-56063805/ 240- 2 6. Do the cable ratings meet Eskom requirements? 56030637
included and loses 20% for each missing requirement.
gets 100 %, and if not 0%.
Compliance Requirements
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdf (unknown)This document contains the technical evaluation criteria for XLPE MV and LV cables. The three phases of the technical evaluation criteria are specific to each of the cable equipment types evaluated. The evaluation methodology will include three main stages, namely the documentation evaluation, factory evaluations and factory sample evaluations. 3.1 Documentation Evaluation
The documentation evaluation exercise is performed by the Eskom evaluating representatives. This initial part of the evaluation starts when submissions are opened and assessed for the first time. The submitted documents will be evaluated against the evaluation criteria as stated in clause 3.4 to clause 3.6;
The documentation evaluations are meant for establishing if all the key tender deliverables are met with regard to the cables offered. The documentation evaluation will be performed in two levels
The Mandatory Technical Evaluation requirements and deliverables (Level 1: Mandatory); and
The Qualitative Technical Evaluation requirements or scoring phase (Level 2: Qualitative).
Any non-compliance or non-submission with the Mandatory evaluation requirements shall result in a disqualification of the tender submission;
Qualitative Technical Evaluation Criteria consist of a scoring system. Tenderers are required to score a minimum of 80% in this section to proceed to the Factory Evaluation and Factory Sample Evaluation stage. Any tenderer that does not achieve the minimum 80% threshold score required for the qualitative technical evaluation criteria shall be disqualified.
Only tenderers that have scored a minimum of 80% in the Qualitative Technical Evaluation Criteria will proceed to the next stage of the Factory Evaluation and Factory Sample Evaluation. During this stage the tenderers shall be required to provide clarifications to ensure full compliance with Eskom’s technical criteria. Note: This will ensure that the product is fully compliant with the technical evaluation criteria and a score of 100% is achieved for the Qualitative Evaluation Criteria;
Such post tender clarifications as required shall not be used to render a non-responsive tender responsive or to change the outcome of scoring or ranking. Clarifications shall not trigger changes in the price, scope, lead times or risk position of Eskom or the tenderer. The objective is to provide assurance to Eskom that any remaining ambiguities arising during the qualitative technical evaluation stage are resolved prior to contract award recommendation. During this stage of clarification that will be administered through the relevant appointed Procurement Practitioner, documents that are required to resolve outstanding matters for full compliance in support of the technical requirements shall be submitted by the tenderer. This is required prior to contract award recommendation.
Eskom reserves the right to list technically compliant tenderers on Eskom’s TEAP listing database for the items approved. 3.2 Factory Evaluation The factory evaluations shall only be performed on the submissions that have met all the mandatory technical evaluation requirements in level 1: mandatory gate-keeper requirements as stated in this document. Eskom Commercial shall make the arrangements for factory visits and ensure the technical representatives are invited in time. At the factory: the Eskom evaluating representative(s) conducts the evaluation through the use of checklists. The checklists are used to verify factory capability and manufacturing method compliance to the type tested cables offered. The factory evaluation will consist of the cable manufacturing plant evaluation (i.e design capability, type tested compounds, extrusion lines, manufacturing plant, processes, sample and routine testing, etc). ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Confidential TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR MV AND LV Unique Identifier: 240-85450662 CABLES Revision: 6 Page: The following areas shall be assessed during the manufacturing evaluation: Table 1: Factory evaluation Check list Item Nr Item description Clause Weight Score
Design and software design 240-56063805 Clause 10 capability. 3.2
Machinery capability. 240-56063805 Clause 20 3.2
Plant setup. 10
Material handling and storage. 240-56063805 Clause 10 3.10 5 Production process and critical 240-56063805 Clause 10 checkpoints. 3.9 6 Testing facilities including 240-56063805 Clause certification and calibration of 3.8.4 10 testing equipment. 7 Sample and routine testing and 240-56063805 Clause 10 procedures. 3.8.4 8 Cable, conductor and cable outer 240-56063805 Clause 10 sheath marking. 3.4 to 3.6 9 Packaging of materials and cable 240-56063805 Clause 10 drums. 3.7 Tenderers will be required to score a minimum of 80/100 to proceed to the next phase of /100 evaluation (SDL&I, Finance and Commercial). At the end of this exercise, the Eskom evaluating representative(s) lists all the deviations and identified risks if any. The representative conducts a formal discussion of the deviations and risks in line with Eskom’s requirements. One of the following conditions will have to be met for the factory evaluation i.e condition for factories to which Eskom has previously performed factory evaluations within the last seven years, or condition for factories to which Eskom has never performed factory evaluations or factory evaluations were performed more than seven years ago. 3.2.1 Condition where Eskom has previously performed factory evaluations within the last seven (7) years: Factory evaluations will not be performed if an open tender evaluation was performed on the product or products offered within the last seven (7) years. If a published report was compiled and is available for the previously completed factory evaluations, then the information available from that report shall be used and there would be no need to re-evaluate the factory as per clause 3.2 of this document. If however there has been changes either on the design, or manufacturing process or raw material (including change of the location of the manufacturing plant or change of main component suppliers from the previous evaluation) then it might be required to perform the factory evaluation depending on a decision made by the Eskom evaluation team. If the Eskom evaluation team deem it necessary to perform the factory evaluation, such will be communicated once the desktop evaluation is concluded. Any changes done on the previously evaluated submission (if applicable) must be clearly stated in the submission 3.2.2 Eskom has previously performed factory evaluations more than seven (7) years ago, or no factory evaluation has been previously performed Full factory evaluation in accordance with clause 3.2 above shall be performed for these kinds of submissions. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Confidential TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR MV AND LV Unique Identifier: 240-85450662 CABLES Revision: 6 Page: 3.3 Factory Sample Evaluation The factory sample evaluations will be the evaluation of the exact replica product that is offered to Eskom during tender. A product sample will be required; whereby each tenderer is required to prepare only one exact replica sample per cable type offered for factory sample evaluations. The factory sample evaluations shall only be performed on the submissions that have met all the documentation mandatory technical evaluation requirements in level 1 and were found compliant for the factory evaluations concluded, in accordance with this document. It is required that the tenderer ensure that the required exact replica samples in accordance with the Eskom specifications and technical evaluation criteria are manufactured, tested and ready for evaluation within one month after Eskom notified the tenderer that Eskom will proceed with factory evaluations and factory sample evaluations. The Eskom notification will include a list of the product ranges that was successful to advance to the factory evaluations and factory sample evaluations stages. Eskom Commercial shall make the necessary arrangements for the exact replica factory sample evaluations, by ensuring the companies are notified and the technical representatives are invited in time. The factory sample evaluations shall be performed in accordance with SANS 1339 and or SANS 1507-3 at the cable manufacturing plant in South Africa. One of the following conditions will have to be met for the factory sample evaluation i.e condition for factories to which Eskom has previously performed factory sample evaluations within the last seven years, or condition for factories to which Eskom has never performed factory sample evaluations or factory sample evaluations were performed more than seven years ago. 3.3.1 Condition where Eskom has previously performed factory sample evaluations within the last seven (7) years: Factory sample evaluations will not be performed if an open tender evaluation was performed on the product or products offered within the last seven (7) years. If a published report was compiled and is available for the previously completed factory sample evaluations, then the information available from that report shall be used and there would be no need to re-evaluate the factory sample as per clause 3.3 of this document. If however there has been changes either on the design, or manufacturing process or raw material (including change of the location of the manufacturing plant or change of main component suppliers from the previous evaluation) then it might be required to perform the factory sample evaluation depending on a decision done by the Eskom evaluation team. If the Eskom evaluation team deem it necessary to perform the factory sample evaluation, such will be communicated once the desktop evaluation is concluded. Any changes done on the previously evaluated submission (if applicable) must be clearly stated in the submission. 3.3.2 Eskom has previously performed factory sample evaluations more than seven (7) years ago, or no factory sample evaluation has been previously performed Full factory sample evaluation in accordance with clause 3.3 above shall be performed for these kinds of submissions. ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Confidential TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR MV AND LV Unique Identifier: 240-85450662 CABLES Revision: 6 Page: 3.4 Technical Evaluation Gate Keepers for MV XLPE Cables 3.4.1 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV XLPE Cables: Mandatory Technical Evaluation Table 2: MV XLPE Cable Mandatory Technical Evaluation Criteria TASK / MEASURE Standard/Documentation Acceptance: Criteria Applicable Yes/ No
Is a covering letter listing all items tendered for with the OEM Letter and product code indicated submitted?
Is a completed Type Test schedule summary submitted in Test Schedules the provided excel format?
SABS Permit to Apply Certification Mark for SANS 1339 Permit submitted?
A signed manufacturer’s declaration shall be submitted Letter confirming that the raw materials, material grades, and quality standards used in the cables offered to Eskom are identical to those used in the fully assembled type-tested cable and, upon contract establishment with Eskom, shall remain unchanged for the duration of the contract. Any “NO” on the above scores the supplier will be disqualified. The Type testing should fully comply with the requirements of SANS 1339 in order to obtain YES under testing requirements. 3.4.2 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV XLPE Cables – Level 2 Qualitative Evaluation (Scoring) Table 3: Qualitative Evaluation Criteria for MV XLPE cables Type Tests, Cable data, Routine Tests: Weight: 35 Criteria Standard Weight Score /Documentation Applicable
Are English copies of the required type tests reports as per the 25 specification requirements submitted and are the type testing 240-56063792 requirements met in accordance with Eskom requirements? Type tests for longitudinal water blocked cable to be included.
Have all applicable type tests been performed by a testing laboratory 1 240-56063792 accredited by an ILAC MRA signatory accreditation body?
Generic routine test certificate & reports submitted? 240-56063792 1
Factory routine tests failure rate (Number of cables tested and failed 1 per annum/number of cables tested per annum). Figures must be Ratio auditable for the last 2 years.
Is the cable conductor marking method provided? 240-56063792 0.5
Are cable rating data and calculations submitted for current rating 0.5 240-56030635 and fault current ratings and
Do the cable ratings meet Eskom requirements? 240-56030635 2
Is the cable marking method provided? 240-56063792 1
Is the marking of cable outer sheath provided? 240-56063792 3 ESKOM COPYRIGHT PROTECTED When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB. Document Classification: Confidential TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR MV AND LV Unique Identifier: 240-85450662 CABLES Revision: 6 Page
For the routine test certificate or report supplier gets 100 % if all requirements are met as per SANS 1339 and loses 20% for each missing requirement. Total /35 A factory routine test failure rate < 5% the supplier gets 100% and loses 100% for a factory failure rate > than 5%. Technical Schedules Weight: 30 Criteria Clause Weight Score
Are completed technical schedules B submitted in the provided Technical 25 excel format? schedules A & B
Correctness of completion i.e. no “TBA, Comply, Noted, supplied Technical 2.5 later, noted, acceptable only when Eskom informs” schedules A & B Technical 3) No technical deviations on technical schedules. 2.5 schedules A & B NB: The technical schedules B are provided on the Annexures of the MV cable specifications.
B-BBEE Minimum Level: 2
Health & Safety
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdfproducts offered within the last seven (7) years. If a published report was compiled and is available for the
previously completed factory evaluations, then the information available from that report shall be used and
there would be no need to re-evaluate the factory as per clause 3.2 of this document.
If however there has been changes either on the design, or manufacturing process or raw material (including
change of the location of the manufacturing plant or change of main component suppliers from the previous
evaluation) then it might be required to perform the factory evaluation depending on a decision made by the
or products offered within the last seven (7) years. If a published report was compiled and is available for the
previously completed factory sample evaluations, then the information available from that report shall be used
and there would be no need to re-evaluate the factory sample as per clause 3.3 of this document.
If however there has been changes either on the design, or manufacturing process or raw material (including
change of the location of the manufacturing plant or change of main component suppliers from the previous
evaluation) then it might be required to perform the factory sample evaluation depending on a decision done
by the Eskom evaluation team. If the Eskom evaluation team deem it necessary to perform the factory sample
evaluation, such will be communicated once the desktop evaluation is concluded. Any changes done on the
previously evaluated submission (if applicable) must be clearly stated in the submission.
3.3.2 Eskom has previously performed factory sample evaluations more than seven (7)
years ago, or no factory sample evaluation has been previously performed
Full factory sample evaluation in accordance with clause 3.3 above shall be performed for these kinds of
submissions.
drawing.
1.3 All cable layers indicated on drawing?
Complete labelling of all cable layers?
Negative marking and supplier loses the applicable weighting per deviation. Total /30
Packaging Weight: 5
1.1 Does the materials and construction of cable meet the Eskom
requirements. Materials to be listed on the drawing.
1.2 All cable layers indicated on drawing?
1.3 Complete labelling of all cable layers?
Negative marking and supplier loses the applicable weighting per deviation. Total /30
Packaging Weight: 5
Contracts; will be procured by the OUs as and when
required by the specific OU.
March 2022 3 Q. Khumalo Option to waiver factory evaluation and factory
sample evaluations if they have been performed
within the past 7 years (clause 3.2 and 3.3).
Factory evaluation check sheet added ( 1).
Sept 2017 2 Q. Khumalo Revised to align with the latest revision of the cable
standards (240-56063792 & 240-56063805).
Included the buyer’s guides for Aluminium cables.
Contractual Terms
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdf (unknown)Post-tender clarifications shall not be used to render a non-responsive tender responsive or to change the outcome of scoring or ranking. Clarifications shall not trigger changes in price, scope, lead times, or risk position of Eskom or the tenderer. The objective is to resolve ambiguities prior to contract award recommendation.
Requirements
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdf (unknown)Tenderers must provide all supporting information and documents necessary to comply with the technical evaluation criteria. Factory sample evaluations require each tenderer to prepare one exact replica sample per cable type offered, manufactured and tested within one month after Eskom notification. Tenderers must meet one of the specified conditions for factory evaluations or factory sample evaluations, such as Eskom having previously performed evaluations within the last seven years.
Section
Source: 240-85450662 Technical Evaluation Criteria MV LV cables Rev 6.pdfThe evaluation criteria include: a covering letter listing all items tendered for with OEM and product code; confirmation that raw materials, material grades, and quality standards used in the cables offered are identical to those used in the type-tested cable and will remain unchanged for the contract duration; and compliance with technical schedules. Negative marking is applied, and the supplier loses 0.1 point for each deviation from the Eskom specification. Factory sample evaluations are performed only on submissions that have met all other requirements.
Important Dates
Source: Technical Schedule A&B_LV PVC Cables 2026.xls (unknown)Closing date and time are as stated in the tender record. No briefing or site visit is mentioned in the document.
Submission Guidelines
Source: Technical Schedule A&B_LV PVC Cables 2026.xls (unknown)Submission is via the Eskom Tender Bulletin and must be completed and submitted before the closing time. Bidders must be registered on the Central Supplier Database (CSD) with a valid tax clearance status. The following returnable documents are required: Schedule A (Purchaser's specific requirements), Schedule B (Guarantees and technical particulars), and the completed technical schedules for LV cables, including the Deviation Schedule and the Tools, Spares, Drawings and Type Tests schedule. Bids that fail to meet the mandatory requirements or are received after the closing time will be disqualified.
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Technical Schedule A&B_LV PVC Cables 2026.xls (unknown)Evaluation will be based on the completion of the mandatory schedules and compliance with the technical specification. The document does not state a specific preference point system or additional evaluation criteria beyond the technical requirements.
Sets the constitutional standard for fair, equitable, transparent, competitive and cost-effective public procurement.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 5 of 2000
Covers preferential procurement and preference-point systems used in public tenders.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 12 of 2004
Supports anti-corruption controls and supplier integrity in procurement processes.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 28 of 2024
Provides the national framework for public procurement across government.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 2 of 2000
Supports access to tender records, award decisions and public-sector procurement information.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 3 of 2000
Supports lawful, reasonable and procedurally fair administrative tender decisions.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Address
Limlanga Cluster Warehouses - Limlanga Cluster - Limlanga Cluster - 0700
Source confidence
High source confidence
Official source
eTenders.gov.za
Documents found
39
Last checked
12 Sept 2026
AI status
Enhanced
Data conflicts
None detected
This tender has strong source evidence, including source metadata and supporting tender information synced from the government tender portal.
Tenders SA is not the issuing authority. All tenders are automatically synced from the official government tender portal. Always confirm final submission details, closing dates, briefing sessions, eligibility requirements, and documents on the official government portal before applying.
Key Personnel
Provinces Active
Industries
Learn how to submit a winning bid with these related articles
Weight
10 or 20 points
Details
B-BBEE status level and other specific goals as per the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act.
💡 Want more tendering tips and strategies?
Explore Our BlogGet deep intelligence on Supplies: General. Unlock full pricing strategies, bid frequency, and historical win rates.